Welding Rod

Products Spotlight
Stormy, Freezing Seas... Tougher Materials... DWA-55L Meets the Requirement

Table 2. CTOD values of DWA-55L weld metal (1)
Base metal
(2)
Heat input (kJ/mm)
Test temp. () 40
CTOD (mm) (3) 0.38 0.79 0.43 0.88 0.37 0.56 0.84 0.90 0.53 0.93
1.8 SM490A, 60 mmT, Double bevel groove joint 1.1 36 36 40
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY
DWA-55L (AWS A5.29 E81T1-K2M, EN 758 T46 6 1.5Ni PM 1 H5) satisfies the latest stringent requirementsYS 470 MPa, TS 550 MPa, IV at 60 60 J (av.) and 42 J (min), and CTOD at 36 0.10 mm. This unsurpassed quality has been ensured by the sophisticated chemical compositions (1.5%Ni-Ti-B type) as shown in Table 1 , thereby facilitating the consistently fine microstructure of the weld metal even in the as-cast or dendritic zone (Figure 1).
Table 1. Chemical and mechanical properties of DWA-55L deposited metal with 80%Ar-20%CO2
Chemical composition (%) C 0.06 Si 0.30 Mn 1.15 Ni 1.41 Ti 0.06 B 0.003 0.2%PS (MPa) 558 TS (MPa) 626 EL (%) 27
Note: (1) 80%Ar-20%CO2, vertical welding position (2) Rolled steel as per JIS G 3106 (3) Testing method: BSI BS7448-91 (Specimen size: W = B)
With higher heat input, the strength of the weld metal tends to decrease and the impact toughness is apt to be affected more largely by the testing temperature as shown in Figure 3. Hence, these factors should be controlled in welding procedures. Recommended preheat and interpass temperature is 150 . Recommended welding currents and arc voltages are shown in Figure 4.
(As-cast zone)
(Refined zone)
Figure 1. Ti-B micro-alloyed fine microstructures of DWA-55L weld metal with 80%Ar-20%CO2 (Heat input: 1.7 kJ/mm)
With the fine microstructure, DWA-55L exhibits excellent Charpy impact and CTOD toughness as shown in Figure 2 and Table 2, respectively.
Figure 3. Heat input vs. strength and impact toughness of DWA55L weld metal (80%Ar-20%CO2)
Figure 2. Charpy impact toughness of DWA-55L weld metal (60mmT base metal, double bevel groove, 80%Ar-20%CO2, vertical welding position, 1.8-kJ/mm heat input)
Figure 4. A-V range for DWA-55L (1.2, 80%Ar-20%CO2)
Preface
A Happy New Year to Dear KWT Readers!!

In Japan we celebrate the New Year from the first to seventh of January, especially for the first three days of the year. During the days from January 1 to 7, which we call Matsu-no-Uchi (literally, within the days of Matsu ), we used to use pine tree branches (the Matsu was thought to be a holy tree) to decorate the entrances of houses, companies and public buildings, hoping health, happiness and prosperity. Nowadays, however, I seldom see this kind of decoration in my town, though it may be different from town to town. I regret that many historical customs or traditions have been lost. How about in your countries? Anyhow I hope this year will be fruitful for all of the readers of Kobelco Welding Today. It is also regretful to me that the supply and demand balance for welding consumables will not noticeably improve due to the shortage of raw materials this year. Even within Kobe Steel, the tight supply of wire rods for welding consumables makes it tough for the company to respond to our increasing demands. As the consumption of welding consumables increases at the sites of most of our customers, we find we cannot fulfill all their demands. Furthermore, our customers experience supply-demand imbalances not only for welding consumables but also for steel plates. I think these circumstances will continue and even deteriorate further in the near future. What we can do is to do our best to get more raw materials to supply more welding consumables to respond your increasing demands. To ensure better supply of raw materials, we reluctantly have had to accept some price increases. This is another big issue for us. However, I would like everybody to know that although the situation is difficult, I will make my best effort to maximize our supply for your demands. I am also hoping for a slow but certain favorable turn in the market situation in the near future.
Contents
P1 Products Spotlight: DWA-55L for better CTOD
P3-7 Technical Highlight: GTAW of stainless steel piping
Masakazu Tojo
General Manager International Operations Dept. Welding Company Kobe Steel, Ltd.
P8 Technical Terms Explanation: CTOD
+= JAA E
J J= >A ? I KJDAH F=HJ A
9B -KH FA * 8 9- EI IEJK=JA@ E A J JDA B JDA F AJDAH = @I )J JDEI IJ B MD 9- D=I = ,KHE C = B JDA
9A @E C
B "
OAAI
=HA ,KJ?D
M H E C @=O ?
JDAHA =HA ! IDEBJI JD=J
= A KIA
F= O ?= JAA
P9 Bulletin: Fighting against...
,KHE
K ?DJE
ALAHO> @O J= AI 9- EI J 0 MALAH I
KJ JDAEH = F J
=@A I= @ME?DAI >A?=KIA JD=J ?= IAHLA D J A= I
D=LA = OAAI ?=
EJ?DA H@AH
I= @ME?DAI =J = @A E ID F 6DA .HA ?D >HA=@ MEJD LACAJ=> AI D=
IJ F FK =H I= @ME?D EI JDA = @ ?DAAIA
1
JDA
JDA ?= JAA
=HA JM
@ @HE
=?DE AI
A ?= @O
=?DE A = @
A ? BBAA
=?DE A -LAHO KJ >O =
H E C MA HA?AELA IJ ALAHO> @O 4AF HJA@ >O
AMIF=FAH MDE?D EI HA=@ E IE@A
/ HEIIA
= @ 6 *H
A>AHC 9EHJ 9-
P10 Bulletin: Beijing Essen Fair
Technical Highlight
Pipe welding procedures
GTAW of Stainless Steel Piping

Stainless steel process pipes are usually joined, depending on the diameter and wall thickness, by GTAW for both the root and filler passes, or by GTAW for the root pass and subsequently by shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) or gas metal arc welding (GMAW) for the filler passes. With solid filler rods, the root pass is usually welded from one side using argon gas as back shielding. By contrast, with flux-cored filler rods, the root pass can be completed from one side without back shielding because the flux fuses to become slag, thereby protecting the reverse side bead from the atmosphere. Table 2 shows a summary of pipe welding procedures used in GTAW, GTAW+SMAW and GTAW+GMAW. KOBELCO GTAW filler rods suitable for welding stainless steels are shown in Table 3. This article concentrates on GTAW root-pass welding of pipe joints.
Table 2. A summary of pipe welding procedures by GTAW, GTAW+SMAW and GTAW+GMAW
Type of filler rod Root pass Process GTAW Solid GTAW GTAW Flux-cored GTAW Not required Required Not required SMAW, GMAW GTAW with solid filler rod SMAW, GMAW Back shielding Required Filler pass Process GTAW
Process piping conveys fluid to and from a plant s various pieces of equipment such as furnaces, reactors, heat exchangers, distillation towers, boilers and turbines. It also connects one process unit with another, and may at times be assembled in long straight runs. Stainless steelsmainly austenitic typesare preferred for piping used at high or cryogenic temperatures, or in highly corrosive environments. The main grades of stainless steels for the process piping are shown in Table 1.
Table 1. The main austenitic stainless steel pipes for process piping (ASTM A 312-99)
ASTM grade Main chemical composition (%)
Table 3. A quick guide to suitable GTAW filler rods for main austenitic stainless steels and dissimilar metals (1)
ASTM grade TP304 TP304L Solid filler rod Brand TGS-308 TGS-308L TGS-310 TGS-316 TGS-316L TGS-317L TGS-347 TGS-347 AWS (2) ER308 ER308L ER310 ER316 ER316L ER317L ER347 ER347 Flux-cored filler rod Brand TGX-308L TGX-308L TGX-316L TGX-316L TGX-347 TGX-347 AWS (3) R308LT1-5 R308LT1-5 R316LT1-5 R316LT1-5 R347T1-5 R347T1-5
C 0.08 max 0.035 max 0.08 max 0.08 max 0.035 max 0.035 max 0.08 max 0.08 max
Ni 8.0011.00 8.0013.00 19.022.0 11.014.0 10.015.0 11.015.0 9.0013.0 9.0013.0
Cr 18.020.0 18.020.0 24.026.0 16.018.0 16.018.0 18.020.0 17.020.0 17.020.0
Mo
Cb+Ta
Ti TP310S
TP304
TP316 TP316L TP317L
TP304L
TP310S
2.003.00 2.003.00 3.004.00
TP347 TP321 Dissimilar metals (4)
TP316
TP316L
ER309 TGS-309 ER309L TGS-309L TGS-309MoL ER309LMo
TGX-309L
R309LT1-5
TP317L
4C0.60
TP347
5C0.70
TP321
Note: (1) Available diameters (mm): 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 and 3.2 for TGS-308, 308L, 309, 309L, 316, 316L and 347; 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 and 3.2 for TGS309MoL; 1.2, 1.6, 2.0 and 2.4 for TGS-317L; 2.2 for TGX series. Spooled filler wires are also available for TGS series for automated GTAW process. (2) AWS A5.9-93 (3) AWS A5.22-95 (4) Carbon or low alloy steel to austenitic stainless steel dissimilar metal joints
Technical Highlight
Conventional GTAW root pass welding with solid filler rods

With solid filler rods, back shielding is required in GTAW root pass welding for stainless steel pipes, or the root pass weld cannot penetrate the back side of the joint properly. Poor weld penetration may be caused by oxidation due to the high chromium content of the weld. Therefore, back shielding with an inert gascommonly argon (Ar)is a must. Back shielding can be done by locally shielding the weld zone using jigs, or by surrounding the entire piping with shielding gas, as shown in Figure 1.
Flux-cored filler rods eliminate gas purging through back shielding

To improve traditional GTAW root pass welding, the TGX series of flux-cored stainless steel filler rods have been developed to provide an easy-to-use and economical welding method that produces sound welds without using back shielding. A TGX filler rod contains a particular flux inside a tubular rod of stainless steel as shown in Figure 2. When fused by the arc heat, the flux becomes molten slag. This molten slag can flow smoothly to the reverse side of the root to cover uniformly the penetration bead extruded inside the pipe. This molten slag protects the molten weld metal and red heated bead from the adverse effects of nitrogen and oxygen in the atmosphere. When the weld cools down the slag solidifies to become thin, fragile slag, which can be removed easily by lightly hitting the face of the joint with a chipping hammer. Then a glossy bead will appear on the face and reverse sides of the root with a smooth, uniform ripple without oxidation as shown in Figure 3. TGX filler rods provide regular penetration through the entire part of the pipe in all positions as shown in Figure 4.
Figure 2. A cross-sectional view of a TGX flux-core filler rod
Figure 1. Typical gas purging systems for back shielding the root pass weld in piping
With either technique, a large volume of expensive argon gas and considerable time for setting jigs and purging gas are needed. Moreover, back shielding in this way can be risky because leaks in the gas passage of the system can allow air into the argon gas. Air contamination can cause insufficient fusion and penetration along with oxidized reverse surfaces of the root pass bead. Therefore, care must be taken to ensure back shielding is properly carried out.
4
(a) Reverse bead surface
(b) Face bead surface
Figure 3. Glossy, regular bead appearance of the root pass weld of a 304-type stainless steel pipe welded with TGX-308L without back shielding
Technical Highlight
Table 4. A comparison between TGX and solid filler rods on work time, argon gas consumption, filler rod consumption and power source consumption in root pass welding of a pipe
Filler rod Groove preparation 300 mm for local shielding 5.2 min 10 min 30 min 50% 45.2 min 100 g 122.2 liter 225 liter 240 liter 587.2 liter 0.358 kwh 6000 mm for entire shielding 104 min Not required 30 min 50% 134 min 100 g 2444 liter 225 liter 240 liter 2909 liter 0.358 kwh TGX filler rod Solid filler rod
Back shielding length of pipe Pre-purging (1) Setting jigs Welding (2) Arc time rate Total work time Total filler rod consumption Pre-purging (1) Welding (2) Back shield (3) Total Ar gas consumption Total power source consumption
Without back shielding Not required Not required 35 min 50% 35 min 120 g Not required 263 liter Not required 263 liter 0.405 kwh
Figure 4. Macrostructure of TGX-308L weld made on a 304-type stainless steel pipe (12 150) in horizontally fixed position.
Note: (1) The pre-purging condition is per AWS D10.11-7X (Guide for Root Pass Welding and Gas Purging) (2) Torch shielding gas flow rate for welding: 15 liter/min Welding condition: 110 Amp. 13 Volt (3) Shielding gas flow rate for back shielding: 8 liter/min.
How TGX filler rods can cut costs for gas purging and back shielding Welding procedure with TGX filler rods
As discussed above, the use of a conventional solid filler rod requires back shielding normally with argon gas. Though the amount of argon gas and time for purging the inside of the pipe vary depending on the inside diameter and the length of the pipe to be purged, they markedly raise the total welding cost. Table 4 compares how using usual solid filler rods and TGX filler rods affects the factors associated with the costs of root pass welding a pipe with an inside diameter of 305 mm. It is obvious that the using a TGX filler rod can noticeably reduce labor (total work time) by 23-74% because no downtime for setting the back shielding jig and pre-purging is needed. It can also reduce the consumption of shielding gas by 55-91% because no argon gas is needed for pre-purging and back shielding during welding, as compared with a typical solid filler rod. On the other hand, because a TGX filler rod is a fluxcored rod, both the filler rod and power source consumption will slightly increase during welding because of a slightly lower deposition efficiency (approx. 90%) than with a solid filler rod. Furthermore, the unit price of TGX filler rods is higher than that of solid filler rods. However, calculating the total welding cost by multiplying the unit price of each factor will show that the TGX series filler rods can lead to overall savings.
5
TGX filler rods can be used in almost the same way as solid filler rods. The following are the specific techniques to be used for root pass welding with a TGX filler rod. (1) PROPER ROOT OPENING to assure a sound penetration bead.
Groove preparation
Plate thickness (T) Root opening (G)
4 mm 2.0 mm
6 mm 2.5 mm
10 mm min 3.0 mm
(2) PROPER KEYHOLE TECHNIQUE to help the molten slag flow to the backside of the root.
Technical Highlight
(3) HIGHER FEEDING PITCH with careful wire feeding than with a solid filler rod to ensure adequate fusion of the rod and sound penetration beads. This technique is to compensate for the slightly lower deposition efficiency (about 90%) of TGX filler rods. (4) PROPER WELDING CURRENT to ensure regular fusion and penetration.
Plate thickness Amperage 3-5 mm 80-90 A 6-9 mm 90-105 A 10 mm min 90-110 A
In 5G position welding, the termination of the succeeding bead onto the crater of the preceding bead should be done in the uphill positions to control the molten slag and thereby to help create the keyhole.
(5) SHORT ARC LENGTH to ensure stable crater formation and regular slag flow by keeping the nozzle contact with the groove fusion faces, with a proper extension of tungsten electrode.
(6) PROPER CRATER TREATMENT by turning the crater onto the groove face to prevent crater cracking and shrinkage cavities in the crater.
(8) ONLY ROOT PASS welding is suitable. TGX filler rods are designed so that enough slag can be generated to cover both the surfaces of the face and reverse sides of the root pass bead; therefore, if a TGX filler rod is used in filler passes, all of the slag may cover the face side of the bead, thereby causing slag inclusions and lack of fusion.
Chemical, mechanical and microscopic properties of root pass welds

Chemical and mechanical properties of root pass welds are summarized in Table 5 for individual TGX filler rods. As shown in this table, every TGX filler rod exhibits low nitrogen in the bulk of root pass weld metal. Electron Probe Micro-Analysis (EPMA) of the vicinity of the reverse surface area has verified that no microscopic condensation of nitrogen can be observed. Still more, microstructure testing has revealed that the distribution of ferrite precipitation in the austenite matrix is uniform throughout the root pass weld. Low nitrogen content, together with the glossy bead appearance mentioned above, is evidence of the effectiveness of the shielding effect of the slag of TGX filler rod.
6
(7) PROPER BEAD CONNECTION to prevent oxidation in the penetration bead and to obtain normal penetration bead contour. Maintain solid slag both on the crater and on the bead on the reverse side when re-starting an arc to join a preceding bead. The re-arcing point should be placed back from the edge of the crater by approximately 10 mm.
Technical Highlight
Table 5. Chemical and mechanical properties of single-V groove one-sided weld joints with TGX filler rods for root pass, TGS filler rods and DW flux-cored wires for filler pass
TGX-308L Filler rod for (2.2) root pass (1) Filler rod and wire for TGS-308 (2) (2.4) filler pass 304 Type of base metal (9) (Thickness, mm) Flat Welding position Welding current Root pass: (DCEN for GTAW, 105A DCEP for GMAW) Filler pass: 150-180A C 0.040 Si 0.55 Mn 1.11 Ni 9.72 Cr 18.89 Mo Nb Ti N 0.044 FS, FN 4.6-5.7 SD, F% 7 DD, FN 5.5 X-ray test per JIS 1st grade 593 Joint tension test N/mm2 (Fracture position) (Base metal) 2T-radius side and No defect root bend test Chemical composition and ferrite content of root pass weld metal (%) (3) TGX-316L (2.2) TGS-316L (2.4) 316L (9) Flat Root pass: 105A Filler pass: 150-180A 0.018 0.64 1.48 12.34 18.93 2.17 0.041 7.1-7.6 7.5 8 1st grade 551 N/mm2 (Base metal) No defect TGX-309L (2.2) DW-309L (1.2) Mild steel / 316 (19) Flat Root pass: 105A Filler pass: 180A 0.047 0.56 1.36 9.99 19.47 0.35 0.038 6.9-8.5 7 8 1st grade TGX-347 (2.2) DW-347 (1.2) 321 (20) Flat Root pass: 105A Filler pass: 180A 0.028 0.65 1.78 10.35 18.67 0.44 0.07 0.044 4.4-6.2 6 5 1st grade 634 N/mm2 (Weld metal) No defect
Table 6. Results of SCC test (1)

Type of base metal 304 304L Filler rod Root pass TGS-308L TGX-308L TGS-308L TGX-308L 2nd pass TGS-308L TGS-308L Ar back shield for root and 2nd pass Used Not used Used Not used Threshold period of macrocrack (h) C-type L-type specimen specimen 1-2 15-20 (2) 1-2 15-20 (2) 1-2 1-2
Note: (1) Two types of specimens: (2) Crack occurred for 1-2 h in the base metal
Table 7. Results of pitting corrosion test

Type of base metal 304 316L Filler rod Root pass TGS-308L TGX-308L TGS-316L TGX-316L 2nd pass TGS-308L TGS-316L Ar back shield for root and 2nd pass Used Not used Used Not used Corrosion weight loss (g/m2/h) 1 14.77 17.67 5.03 4.49 2 14.12 12.61 3.91 5.89 Av. 14.45 15.14 4.47 5.19
No defect
Note: (1) Torch shielding gas: Ar (without back shielding) (2) Torch shielding gas: Ar for GTAW; CO2 for GMAW (3) FS: Ferrite scope; SD: Schaeffler diagram; DD: Delong diagram
Table 8. Results of intergranular corrosion test

Type of base metal Filler rod Ar back shield for root and 2nd pass Root pass specimen after corrosion and bend test
Root pass: TGX-308L
Corrosion resistance of root pass welds

TGX filler rod root pass beads have to be followed by ordinary GTAW or GMAW filler pass beads to complete the weld joint. Accordingly, the root pass bead is reheated by subsequent beads. The surface of the root pass bead formed by a TGX filler rod without back shielding can therefore become oxidized. By contrast, the root pass bead formed by ordinary solid GTAW with back shielding will not become oxidized if the back shield is maintained until welding of the second or third passes is complete. The effect of this oxide film on the corrosion resistance of the root pass weld has been examined, using specimens that include the reverse side surfaces affected by the presence or absence of back shielding. The results of a stress corrosion cracking (SCC) test (JIS G 0576: 42% magnesium chloride test), a pitting corrosion test (JIS G 0578: Ferric chloride test) and an intergranular corrosion test (JIS G 0575: Sulphuric acidcopper sulphate) are shown in Tables 6 thru 8 , respectively.
304L 2nd pass: TGS-308L
Not used
Root pass: TGX-316L 316L 2nd pass: TGS-316L Not used
In the SCC test, cracks occurred in the base metal within a short time (1-2 h), whether or not back shielding was present. As for the weld metal, there was no significant difference between TGS and TGX specimens. In the pitting corrosion test, TGS and TGX specimens exhibited almost the same results. In the intergranular corrosion test, TGX specimens showed no intergranular corrosion cracking on either the weld metal or the heataffected zone of the base metal. From the above, it can be concluded that, though the reverse surface of TGX root pass beads can become oxidized when welding the subsequent passes without back shielding, its corrosion resistance remains almost the same as that of traditional TGS root pass beads with back shielding.
7
Technical Terms Explanation
CTOD
Welded constructions can rapidly fracture in an unstable manner due to welding defects and fatigue cracks occurring in the stress-concentrated areas of a weldment under lower stresses than expected. Unstable fractures or brittle fractures can occur in unexpectedly short periods of time before the end of the designed service life of the structure. This kind of fracture therefore can cause serious damage of a welded construction. To prevent unstable fractures, the field of fracture mechanics has been established. Investigations into fracture parameters allow a construction s fracture toughness to be estimated in a systematic manner. The fracture parameters include stress intensity factor (K), J-integral and Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD). Today, CTOD is most widely employed in structural and component design and in assessment of the acceptability of crack extension and allowable applied loads. CTOD testing has been used mainly for carbon-manganese and low alloy steel in the ductile/brittle transition temperature range, and has found much use in weld procedure tests for work on North Sea offshore structures. CTOD testing has been specified by British Standard (BS 7448-91), Japan Welding Engineering Standard (WES 1108-95) and American ASTM standard (ASTM E1290-93). Most CTOD tests consist of three-point bending, using a bend specimen of full-thickness that has a notch and a fatigue pre-crack at the tip of the notch. At the initial stage of loading the specimen, the plastic deformation occurs at the original fatigue crack tip, causing a certain amount of opening displacement at the tip of the crack in the period from to Figure 1. The fracture pattern of the specimen is analyzed and identified according to the following descriptions; that is, from completely brittle fracture to fully plastic collapse.
(1) A brittle fracture (either unstable cracking or pop-in in the load-displacement record) occurring at the initial stage of loading; the CTOD value is designated c. (2) A brittle fracture occurring following slow (ductile) crack growth; the CTOD value is designated u. (3) A slow (ductile) crack growing to fracture the specimen at the maximum load under conditions of stable crack growth; the CTOD value is designated m. The CTOD value is determined as the opening displacement (mm) measured with a clip gauge at the tip of the original fatigue crack when the brittle fracture of (1) or (2) above occurs, or when the maximum load has been first attained under the condition of (3). That is, the CTOD value of a particular structure shows the degree to which the structure is durable under applied loads when it contains a crack that can be detected by nondestructive testing. With a larger CTOD value, the structure can accommodate a longer crack or larger loads. The CTOD value can be affected by temperature and material thickness; thus, the requirement for CTOD is determined according to the service temperature and the maximum wall thickness of the relevant structure; e.g. CTOD at 10 0.25 mm for offshore structures. With the recent trends of ever larger welded constructions and of operating in ever more severe environments at freezing cold seas, the requirements have tended to become stringent.
Figure 1. Growth of original fatigue crack and loaddisplacement transition with a three-point bend specimen (Reference: Kobe Steel s Technical Guide, No. 395, 2003)
Bulletin
Fighting against extreme climate

A happy new year to dear readers of Kobelco Welding Today! I am greeting you from China. Tangshan City, Hebei Province, where I am working, is situated in a position to form a triangle with the two nearby cities of Beijing and Tienchin. Here in Tangshan winter comes immediately after summer, and while the highest temperature in summer reaches 40, the winter lows sink to 20! With such an extreme temperature difference, maintaining good health is very difficult and you can never avoid catching a cold at least once. Yet, we, the members of the Sales Department, are briskly developing our activities, supported by our customers, and crisscrossing this vast land of China in all weather, fair or foul, windy or calm, or scorching or freezing. For, we are a quite young company that reached its first anniversary only last November, and that is full of the most youthful energy among other companies in the Kobelco Group. We are determined to continue our strenuous efforts, planning to run north to instruct on how to adjust welding conditions, south to speak for high efficiency achieved by our products, east to hold a training course on welding skill and west to observe actual production welding by DREAM-KOBELCO, our sales car shown in the photo. Last but not least, may the year 2005 be a splendid year for you all and for us!
Greetings from KWAI
Kazuhiko Ito Kobelco Welding of America
I feel most honored to have a chance to introduce myself to readers of Kobelco Welding Today. Kazuhiko Ito is my name, but my coworkers at Kobleco Welding of America (KWAI) have given me the nickname, Kevin. I am now engaged as an engineer in the North American and Mexican markets, where I support customer inquiries on welding technology or techniques directly at their fabrication sites. Prior to coming to Houston, USA last April, I had been working in the design of flux-cored wires for mild steel since I joined the Welding Company of Kobe Steel. Using the experience I have gained in my career, I will do my best to provide our customers with effective technical services so that they will get the best out of our products. KWAI will have its 15th birthday in 2005. On this occasion we, KWAI, pledge to be your most reliable partner, following theQTQbusiness sloganQuality Products, Technical Support and Quick Delivery. Finally,Kevinis wishing that his stay in USA will be wonderful and unforgettable years of experience, not only in business but also inKevin slife with many of you.
The reporter with a reliable partner, DREAM KOBELCO Reported by Daisuke HINO Sales Dept., Kobe Welding Tangshan
Bulletin
BEIJING ESSEN WELDING

Beijing Essen, one of the biggest international welding and cutting fairs in Asia has now established itself as an annual event. Following last year s show, this year it was held for four days from November 10 through 13, in the 2nd through the 8th Halls of the China International Exhibition Center in Beijing. There were 1,745 booths, covering an area of 30,000 m2. Kobe Steel took part in the fair jointly with Kobe Welding of Tangshan (KWT) as members of the
Development Center, gave a lecture on welding of lowalloy Cr-Mo steel, stainless steel and dissimilar metals. Over 30 people attended the lecture on both days and the question-and-answer sessions were so active that there was a request to hold a similar lecture next year, too.
Eager business talks between visitors and the exhibitor
The lecturer and collaborators pose after successful welding seminar
The KOBELCO Group booth attracts many visitors from the Chinese and overseas markets at Beijing Essen Fair
Tangshan Exhibitors Group. On display were such products as Cr-Mo steel welding consumables (used widely in the energy-related fields that have led the boom in the Chinese Market), hard-surfacing welding strips, and CO2 solid wires manufactured by KWT. Our booth drew many visitors. On November 10 and 12, Mr. Maruyama, General Manager of the Shinko-Taseto Research and
More than 500 domestic and overseas exhibitors participated in the fair. There were 13,863 Chinese visitors and 863 from abroad; 53,013 attended cumulatively over four days. The number of visitors, the exhibition area and the number of exhibitors all exceeded those of last year s Shanghai International Welding Fair. Further increasing the pride of the fair promoter was that this was the 2nd biggest welding fair in the world. It also symbolized the dynamism of the expanding Chinese Market and the energy of the exhibitors, who are all fighting for dominance in the market.
Reported by Y. Muraoka IOD, Kobe Steel

January 2005, Vol.8 (No.1) Publisher : The International Operations Dept., Welding Company, Kobe Steel, Ltd. Printer : Fukuda Printing Co., Ltd. Editor : KOBELCO WELDING TODAY Editorial Staff URL : http : // www.kobelco.co.jp E-MAIL : iod@melts.kobelco.co.jp
10
Stainless Flux Cored Filler Rods
TGX Series
TG-X308L / R308LT1-5 TG-X309L / R309LT1-5 TG-X316L / R316LT1-5 TG-X347 / R347T1-5
No back purge necessary

Outstanding Features
TGX Series Flux Cored Filler Rods for TIG welding, produce slag to protect the reverse side of the root pass from oxidation by the atmosphere. Saving the costs for back shielding gases and gas purging downtime including the setting time for gas purging jigs.
Size and Packaging

Size: 0.087 dia. (2.2mm dia.) X 39 length Packaging: 11lbs in a polyethylene tube
Recommended welding parameters Plate Thickness: T (in.) Root gap: G (in.) Current (DC-EN): Amp. 1/8-3/16 5/64 80-90 1/4-11/16 3/32 90-105 >3/8 7/64 90-110 Welding direction 70 Weld Metal
T 0.040 G Key-hole Molten pool 0.020-0.040
Groove shape
Formation of key-hole
Notes: 1. Formation of key-hole during welding is very important in order to supply slag onto reverse side bead. 2. Only for root pass in single-side welding, not for cover pass.
TG-X308L TG-X316L
Typical chemistry of weld metal (100%Ar) Alloy TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347 C 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.020 Si 0.80 0.81 0.87 0.80 Mn 1.66 1.52 1.55 1.60 Cr 19.62 24.26 18.89 19.09 Ni 10.31 12.62 12.47 10.21
TG-X309L TG-X347
Other Mo: 2.32 Nb: 0.68
Alloy TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347
Typical mechanical property of weld metal (100%Ar) 0.2%P.S T.S Elongation Impact Value at 32 F (psi) (psi) (%) (ft-lbs) 65,250 92,800 47 94 76,850 63,800 66,700 98,600 87,000 91,350 32 38 48 80 88 94
Comparison of TGX to Conventional Solid Filler Rod

Requirements TGX Pipe dia. (in.) Root gap (in.) Method of back shielding Pre-purging Time (minute) Setting of jigs Welding Total Pre-purging Amount of Gas (ft3/hr) Back-shielding Shield in welding Total 5/64 6.0 6.0 1.6 1.6 Local (12in.) 0.2 10.0 5.2 15.4 0.2 1.5 1.4 3.1 Conventional 2 1/16 Entire (236in.) 4.0 5.2 9.2 3.3 1.5 1.4 6.2 7/64 35.0 35.0 9.3 9.3 Local (12in.) 5.2 10.0 30.0 45.2 4.3 8.5 7.9 20.7 Filler rod TGX Conventional 12 3/32 Entire (236in.) 104.0 30.0 134.0 86.3 8.5 7.9 102.7
1. Back shielding condition refers to AWS D10.12 2.Welding time contains time for tack welding and grinding. Arc time ratio: 50% 3 3 3 3. Gas flow rate: Pre-purging; 50ft /hr, Back-shielding; 17ft /hr, Shield in welding; 32ft /hr,
KOBELCO WELDING OF AMERICA INC.

4755 Alpine suite250 Stafford ,TX 77477
Tel: 281-240-5600 Fax: 281-240-5625 http://www.kobelcowelding.com
WELDING BUSINESS
Overall Index
Lists of Welding Consumables 10 23 For Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strenght Steel For Weather Proof Steel For High Tensile Strength Steel and Low Temperature Steel For Heat-Resistant Steel For Stainless Steel For Hardfacing For Cast Iron For 9%Ni Steel and Nickel-Based Alloy Highly Efficient Welding Processes Appendix 153 275 303 333 323 297 209 95 83
For your further information of welding consumable specifications, classifications, approvals and packages, please contact the nearest Kobelco office or sales representative.
Notification
We, Welding Business of Kobe Steel, Ltd., thank you very much for your continuous patronage of our products and services. We have changed the designation system of welding consumable as described in the following from April 2008. However, the technical design of the products is not changed.
New group brand names and the corresponding products

All KOBELCO welding consumables are designated with Trade Designation and are grouped into the following three new groups on the basis of the characteristics of individual products as detailed below.
(1) (Famili-Arc) A coined word produced by combining Familiar and Arc. Welding consumables grouped into this group are used for general welded structures made of mild steels and high tensile strength steels that have the tensile strength of less than 590 MPa. (Trust-Arc) A coined word produced by combining Trust and Arc. Welding consumables grouped into this group are used for such steels that require highly credible qualities as high tensile strength steels with the tensile strength of 570 MPa and higher, low temperature steels, and heat-resistant low-alloy steels. (Premi-Arc) A coined word produced by combining Premium and Arc. Welding consumables grouped into this group are used for high-alloy steels, stainless steels, and nonferrous metals.
(2)
(3)
The new group brand name (referred to as Trademark hereinafter) is put on the head of an individual trade designation. The trade designations are made by modifying the traditional brand names in accordance with the new designation system in which the position of hyphen is reviewed so that a hyphen comes after one letter or two letters. That is, the new brand name consists of Trademark and Product name as shown in the following. We are determined to control all the trade designations so that they can clearly be identified. Examples of new and old brand names
Old brand name (1) B-10 (2) MG-50 (3) TGS-50 (4) MGS-50 (5) ZERODE-44 (6) CMA-106N (7) DW-308 New brand name B-10 MG-50 TG-S50 MG-S50 Z-44 CM-A106N DW-308
The purpose of changing the designation system

In recent years, we have found some other companies products that have the same brand names as ours and false certificates that misrepresent our companys certificates in Japan and the Asian countries. In order to cope with this problem, we have taken legal actions against the impostors that could be verified and have required them to change their product names. However, it is difficult in the traditional product designation system to protect all of our products from imitation. Hence, we have established the new designation system of welding consumable to ensure the trademark right in main countries and to make our products identifiable more clearly, in which the particular group brand name, Trademark, is put on the head of an individual Product name. The new designation system is not only to prevent counterfeit products in Japan and overseas countries, but also to prevent our customers and users from suffering such a trouble in terms our products. This modification may cause customers and users to modify their relevant documents. We sincerely hope for your understanding of the abovementioned situation and for your cooperation with us.
Introduction to our Home page

search words: kobelco, welding handbook or http://www.kobelco.co.jp/english/welding
Foreword
Note the following preliminary information on use of this welding handbook.
1. Standards for welding consumables are abbreviated as follows AWS : American Welding Societys Standard EN : European Norm ASME : American Society of Mechanical Engineers Standard
2. Classifications for welding consumables are used in accordance with the following rules Welding consumables are classified in accordance with basically the mechanical and/ or chemical requirements of the standards, excluding such requirements as size, length, marking and identification manners. For details please contact the nearest Kobelco office or sales representative. 3. The test conditions of mechanical properties and hardness are as follows (1) Unless otherwise specified, impact values are obtained with Charpy 2mm-V notch specimens. (2) Unless otherwise specified, tension test and hardness test are carried out at room temperature. (3) Unless otherwise specified, tension test and hardness test are carried out in the aswelded condition. (4) The gauge length of tensile specimens is 4 x D (where D is the diameter) for testing at room temperature. (5) Unless otherwise specified, postweld heat treatment is followed by furnace cooling. (6) Unless otherwise specified, the testing method is as per AWS standard. (7) All mechanical and chemical data are given separately as Example (one of the manufacturers laboratory test data) and Guaranty (the guaranty value as per AWS standard). Tensile strength and 0.2% offset strength are rounded as SI unit. 4. The weight per piece of covered electrode shows an approximate weight
Abbreviations and marks with definitions

This welding handbook uses the following abbreviations and marks if necessary.
Abbrev. and mark AC A AP AW Bal CR DBE DC DC-EN DC-EP Dia. EGW El Ext F FC FCW FCAW GD GMAW GS GTAW H HAZ HF HI HT HR Hv I PT IV L (L) MS NE
Definition Alternating current or Air cooling Ampere All positions As-welded Balance Cooling rate Distance between electrodes Direct current DC, electrode negative DC, electrode positive Diameter Electrogas arc welding Elongation Extension of wire Flat position Furnace cooling Flux-cored wire Flux Cored Arc Welding Groove design Gas Metal Arc Welding Groove size Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Horizontal position Heat-affected zone Horizontal fillet Heat input High tensile Heat Resistant Hardness (Vickers) Interpass temperature Impact value Length Leading electrode Mild steel Number of electrode
Abbrev. and mark NL NR OD OQ OS OSW Pol Pre. H PT PWHT RA RC RG RT SAW SG SMAW SR SW (T) TIG TS Temp V VD VU WP WQ YP [F] [T] [P]
Definition Number of layer Not required Outer diameter Oil quenching Offset strength One-side welding Polarity Preheat Plate thickness Postweld heat treatment Reduction of area Redrying conditions Root gap Room temperature Submerged arc welding Shielding gas Shielded metal arc welding Stress relief Solid wire Trailing electrode Tungsten inert gas Tensile strength Test temperature Voltage Vertical-down position Vertical-up position Welding position Water quenching Yield point Maximum Minimum FAMILIARC TRUSTARC PREMIARC
Warning and Caution in Welding

Pay your attention to the following warnings and cautions for your safety and health during welding and related operations
WARNING

Be sure to follow safety practices stated in the following in order to protect welders, operators and accompanied workers from a serious accident resulting in injury or death.
Be sure to follow safety practices stated in the following when you use welding consumables. Be sure to follow safety practices stated in the instruction manual of welding equipment when you use it.
WARNING
Electric shock can kill.
Do not touch live electrical parts (A covered electrode held with an electrode holder and a welding wire are electrically live). Wear dry, insulated gloves. Do not wear torn or wet gloves. Use an electric shock preventing device (e.g., open-circuit-voltage-reducing device) when welders or operators work in confined or high-level spaces. Use also a lifeline when welders or operators conduct welding at a high-level space. Follow safety practices stated in the instruction manual of welding machines before use. Do not use a welding machine the case or cover of which is removed. Welding cables must have an adequate size for the capacity expected. Welding cables must be kept in an appropriate condition and a damaged cable must be repaired or replaced with new one.
CAUTION
Fumes and gases generated during welding are dangerous to your health. Welding in confined spaces is dangerous because it can be a cause to suffocation by oxygen deficient.
Keep your head out of the source of fumes or gases to prevent you from directly breathing high density fumes or gases. Use local exhaust ventilation, or wear respirators in order to prevent you from breathing fumes and toxic gases which cause toxication, poor health and suffocation by oxygen deficient. Use general ventilation during welding in a workshop. Particularly during welding in confined spaces, be sure to use adequate ventilation or respirators, and welding should be done at the presence of a trained supervisor. Do not conduct welding at where degreasing, solvent cleaning, spraying, or painting operations are carried out nearby. Welding work accompanied by these operations may cause generation of harmful gases. Use adequate ventilation or respirators with special attention during welding plated and coated steels. Use respirators, eye safety glasses and safety leather gloves when using welding fluxes in order to prevent you from flux dust.
CAUTION
Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin.
Wear hand shields with an adequate shade grade during welding operations and supervising the welding work. Select the correct shade grade for filter lenses and filter plates suitable for exact welding work by referring the standard JIS T81 41. Wear suitable protectors for protecting you from an arc ray; e.g., safety leather glove for welding, long sleeve shirt, foot cover, leather apron. Use, at need, shade curtains for welding by surrounding the welding areas in order to prevent accompanied workers from arc rays.
CAUTION
Fire and explosion can take place.
Never conduct welding at areas adjacent to highly inflammable materials. Remove combustibles so that spatters cannot ignite them. If combustibles cannot be removed, cover them with a noninflammable material. Do not weld vessels or pipes which contain combustibles or being sealed. Do not put a hot weldment close to combustibles right after welding finished. When welding ceilings, floors, walls, remove combustibles put at the other side of them. Any part of a welding wire, with exception of the potion appropriately extended from the tip of the torch, must be free from touching the electrical circuit of the base metal side. Fasten cable joints and seal them with an insulation tape. The cable of the base metal side should be connected as close as possible to the welding portion of the work. Prepare fire-extinguishing equipment at where welding is carried out, in order to cope with a possible accident.
CAUTION
Flying spatter and slag can injure eyes and cause skin burns. High temperature heat of welding can cause skin burns.
Wear safety glasses, safety leather gloves for welding, long sleeve shirts, foot covers, leather aprons, etc. Do not touch weldments while they are hot.
CAUTION
The tip of a welding wire and filler wire can injure eyes, faces, etc.
When take off the tip of a wire fastened in the spool, be sure to hold the tip of the wire. When check the wire feeding condition, do not direct the welding touch to your face.
CAUTION
Falling down or dropping welding consumables can injure you.
Wear safety shoes and pay your attention not to drop welding consumables on your body when carrying and handling them. Keep yourself in a correct posture not to cause a crick in your back while handling them. Follow the handling instructions shown on the surface of the pail pack wire packages when handle them. Pile up welding consumables in a correct way so as not to cause falling or dropping while they are stored or carried.
Lists of Welding Consumables

Welding Process Product names ASME / AWS EN ASME F No. A No. 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page 38 44 33 44 44 32 44 46 26 34 35 26 46 46 48 36 37 46 41 39 46 40 42 43 48 57 56 58 60 54 ISO 2560-A-E 35 0 R ISO 2560-A-E 35 2 RA ISO 2560-A-E 42 3 B ISO 2560-A-E 42 2 B ISO 2560-A-E 42 3 B ISO 2560-A-E 42 0 RR ISO 2560-A-E 42 2 B ISO 2560-A-E 42 0 C ISO 2560-A-E 36 0 Z C ISO 2560-A-E 46 2 Z B ISO 2560-A-E 50 2 Z B ISO 17632-A T 42 2 M C/M 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 42 4 M M 3 H5 ISO 17632-A T 42 0 R C 3 H5
For Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel

SMAW KOBE-6010 B-33 RB-26 Z-44 B-10 B-14 B-17 LB-26 LB-47 LB-52 LB-52U LB-M52 LB-52A LB-57 LT-B52A LB-52-18 KOBE-7024 LB-52T LB-78VS KOBE-7010S LB-76 KOBE-8010S LB-88VS LB-98VS LT-B50 FCAW MX-100T MX-A100 DW-200 MX-100 MX-200 A5.1 E6010 A5.1 E6013 A5.1 E6013 A5.1 E6013 A5.1 E6019 A5.1 E6019 A5.1 E6019 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7016 A5.1 E7018 A5.1 E7018 A5.1 E7024 A5.1 E7048 A5.1 E7048 A5.5 E7010-P1 A5.5 E7016-G A5.5 E8010-P1 A5.5 E8018-G A5.5 E9018-G A5.18 E70C-6C/6M A5.18 E70C-6M A5.20 E70T-1C A5.20 E70T-1C A5.20 E70T-1C ISO 2560-A-E 35 0 C
10
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.20 E70T-9C A5.20 E70T-1C A5.20 E70T-1M A5.20 E71T-1C A5.20 E71T-9C A5.20 E71T-1C A5.20 E71T-1C/1M, -9C/9M A5.20 E71T-1M A5.20 E71T-5M-J A5.18 ER70S-3 A5.18 ER70S-6 A5.18 ER70S-G A5.18 ER70S-G A5.18 ER70S-G A5.18 ER70S-G A5.18 ER70S-2 A5.18 ER70S-6 A5.18 ER70S-G A5.17 F7A0-EH14 A5.17 F7A2-EH14 A5.17 F7A2-EH14 A5.17 F7A2-EH14, F6P2-EH14 A5.17 F7A4-EH14 A5.17 F7A6-EH14, F7P6-EH14 A5.17 F7A6-EH14, F7P6-EH14 A5.5 E7016-G A5.5 E7016-G
EN ISO 17632-A T 42 3 R C 3 H5 ISO 17632-A T 42 0 P C 1 H10 ISO 17632-A T 42 2 P C 1 H10 ISO 17632-A T 42 2 P C/M 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 42 2 P M 1 H5 -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page 55 60 60 50 51 58 53 52 58 64 63 66 62 66 64 64
FCAW MX-200E MX-200H MX-A200 DW-100 DW-100E DW-100V DW-50 DW-A50 DW-A51B GMAW MIX-50 MG-51T MIX-50S MG-50 MG-S50 SE-A50 MIX-1TS MG-50T GTAW NO65G TG-S51T TG-S50 SAW MF-53/US-36 G-50/US-36 G-60/US-36 G-80/US-36 PF-H55E/US-36 MF-300/US-36 MF-38/US-36
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1 1 1 1 1 -
64 70 69 68 78 72 73 78 80 76 74
For Weather Proof Steel

SMAW LB-W52 LB-W52B 4 4 86 86 11
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-C3 A5.5 E8018-W2 A5.29 E81T1-W2C A5.28 ER80S-G A5.23 F7A0-EG-G A5.23 F7A2-EG-G A5.1 E7018-1 A5.5 E7016-C2L A5.5 E7016-G A5.5 E8016-C1 A5.5 E8016-C1 A5.5 E8016-G A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E9018-G A5.5 E10016-G A5.5 E10016-G A5.5 E11016-G A5.5 E11016-G A5.5 E11016-G A5.5 E11018-G H4 A5.20 E70T-9C-J A5.20 E71T-12M-J A5.20 E71T-9C-J A5.20 E71T-9M-J A5.28 E80C-G A5.28 E80C-G A5.28 E110C-G H4
EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 4 B ISO 2560-A-E 42 6 Z B ISO 2560-A-E 50 3 Z B ISO 2560-A-E 50 3 Z B -
ASME F No. A No. 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 1 1 10 -
Page 86 86 88 88 90 92 92 102 114 107 109 114 108 104 106 105 110 114 114 111 114 114 113 112 130 130 116 117 130 127 128
SMAW LB-W588 LB-W62G FCAW DW-588 DW-50W GMAW MG-W50TB SAW MF-53/US-W52B MF-38/US-W52B SMAW LB-7018-1 NB-3J LB-52NS LB-62L LB-65L NB-1SJ LB-62 LB-62U LB-62UL LB-67L LB-62D LB-106 LB-70L LB-116 LB-80UL LB-88LT LB-80L FCAW MX-55LF DW-A55ESR DW-55E DW-A55E MX-A55T MX-A55Ni1 MX-A80L
For High Tensile Steel and Low Temperature Steel
ISO 17632-A T 42 4 P C 1 H5
ISO 17632-A T 42 4 P M 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T46 6 Mn1Ni M M 3 H5 ISO 18276 T69 6 Mn2.5Ni M M 3 H5
12
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.29 E71T1-GC A5.29 E81T1-K2C A5.29 E81T1-K2C A5.29 E91T1-Ni2C-J A5.29 E81T1-K2M A5.29 E81T1-Ni1M A5.29 E91T1-GM A5.29 E91T1-K2M-J A5.29 E81T1-Ni1M-J A5.18 ER70S-G A5.28 ER70S-G A5.28 ER70S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER100S-G A5.28 ER100S-G A5.28 ER110S-G A5.28 ER110S-G A5.28 ER120S-G A5.28 ER70S-G A5.28 ER70S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER110S-G A5.17 F7A6-EH14 F7P6-EH14 A5.17 F7A6-EH14 F7P6-EH14 A5.17 F7A8-EH14 F7P8-EH14
EN ISO 17632-A T 46 6 1.5Ni P C 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 46 6 1.5Ni P C 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 50 6 Z P C 2 H5 ISO 17632-A T 46 6 1.5Ni P M 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 46 6 Z P M 1 H5 ISO 17632-A T 50 6 Z P M 2 H5 ISO 18276-AT55 4 Z P M 2 H5 ISO 17632-A T 46 6 1Ni P M 2 H5 -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 10 2 1 1
Page 118 120 122 124 121 123 125 126 119 136 136 136 132 97 132 132 132 134 134 134 140 140 138 138 138 150 96 148
FCAW DW-50LSR DW-55L DW-55LSR DW-62L DW-A55L DW-A55LSR DW-A62L DW-A65L DW-A81Ni1 GMAW MG-S50LT MG-S1N MG-S3N MG-60 MG-T1NS MG-S63B MG-70 MG-S70 MG-80 MG-S80 MG-S88A GTAW TG-S1N TG-S3N TG-S60A TG-S62 TG-S80AM SAW MF-38/US-49A PF-H55S/US-49A PF-H55LT/US-36
13
Welding Process SAW
Product names PF-H55AS/US-36J PF-H203/US-203E MF-38/US-A4 MF-38/US-49 MF-38/US-40 PF-H80AS/US-80LT PF-H80AK/US-80LT
ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A8-EH14 F7P8-EH14 A5.23 7P15-ENi3-Ni3 A5.23 F8A4-EA4-A4, F8P4-EA4-A4 A5.23 F8A4-EG-A4, F8P6-EG-A4 A5.23 F9A6-EA3-A3, F8P6-EA3-A3 A5.23 F11A10-EG-G A5.23 F12A10-EG-G A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E7015-B2L A5.5 E7016-A1 A5.5 E8013-G A5.5 E8015-B3L A5.5 E8016-B2 A5.5 E8016-B2 A5.5 E8016-B2 A5.5 E8016-B6 A5.5 E8016-B8 A5.5 E8018-B2 A5.5 E9016-B3 A5.5 E9016-B3 A5.5 E9016-B3 A5.5 E9015-B9 A5.5 E9016-B9 A5.5 E9016-G A5.5 E9018-B3 A5.28 ER80S-B6
EN -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 1 10 2 3 2 3 4 3 3 3 4 5 3 4 4 4 5 5 4 4 4 4
Page 149 150 144 142 145 147 150 146 172 170 170 154 170 160 161 161 172 166 170 162 163 163 168 168 167 170 172 164 165 169 176
PF-H80AK/US-80BN A5.23 F11A4-EG-G
For Heat-Resistant Steel

SMAW BL-96 CM-B95 CM-A76 CM-B83 CM-B105 CM-A96 CM-A96MB CM-A96MBD CM-5 CM-9 CM-B98 CM-A106 CM-A106N CM-A106ND CM-95B9 CM-96B9 CM-9Cb CM-B108 CM-2CW CM-A106H CM-A106HD CR-12S GMAW MG-S5CM
14
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-B8 A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER70S-A1 A5.28 ER80S-B6 A5.28 ER80S-B8 A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-G A5.28 ER80S-B2 A5.28 ER90S-B3 A5.28 ER90S-B9 A5.28 ER90S-G A5.28 ER90S-G A5.23 F7P2-EG-B6 A5.23 F8P2-EG-B2 A5.23 F8P2-EG-B2 A5.23 F8P4-EA4-A4 F8A4-EA4-A4 A5.23 F8P6-EG-A4 F8A4-EG-A4
EN -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 3 2 4 3 4 4 5 3 4 11 12 3 2 3 4 5 4 5 4 3 4 3 3 2 -
Page 176 174 174 174 176 174 176 155 174 176 188 188 185 179 182 188 188 178 188 180 183 187 181 186 188 184 188 155 204 194 195 192 190
GMAW MG-S9CM MG-S56 MG-S1CM MG-SM MG-S9Cb MG-S2CM MG-S2CW MG-CM MG-S2CMS MG-S12CRS GTAW TG-S70SA1 TG-S5CM TG-S9CM TG-S1CML TG-S2CML TG-S56 TG-S63S TG-S1CM TG-SM TG-S80B2 TG-S90B3 TG-S90B9 TG-S2CM TG-S9Cb TG-S12CRS TG-S2CMH TG-S2CW TG-SCM SAW PF-200S/US-502 PF-200/US-511N PF-200D/US-511ND MF-38/US-A4 MF-38/US-49
15
Welding Process SAW
Product names MF-38/US-40 PF-200/US-521S PF-200D/US-521S MF-27/US-56B PF-200/US-56B PF-90B9/US-90B9 PF-200S/US-9Cb PF-500/US-521H PF-500D/US-521HD MF-29A/US-2CW PF-200S/US-12CRSD
ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P6-EA3-A3 F9A6-EA3-A3 A5.23 F9P2-EG-B3 A5.23 F9P2-EG-B3 A5.23 F9P4-EG-G A5.23 F9P4-EG-G A5.23 F9PZ-EB9-B9 A5.23 F10PZ-EG-G A5.4 E308-16 A5.4 E308H-16 A5.4 E308L-16 A5.4 E308L-16 A5.4 E309-16 A5.4 E309L-16 A5.4 E309LMo-16 A5.4 E310-16 A5.4 E312-16 A5.4 E316-16 A5.4 E316L-16 A5.4 E316L-16 A5.4 E317L-16 A5.4 E347-16 A5.4 E347-16 A5.4 E409Nb-16 A5.4 E410-16 A5.4 E430-16 A5.4 E430Nb-16 A5.4 E2209-16 A5.4 E2594-16 -
EN -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 6 7 7 7
Page 193 196 197 202 202 201 200 198 199 204 206 218 220 228 219 221 222 223 210 210 224 225 228 228 230 230 226 226 227 227 232 232 227
For Stainless Steel

SMAW NC-38 NC-38H NC-38LT NC-38L NC-39 NC-39L NC-39MoL NC-30 NC-32 NC-36 NC-36L NC-36LT NC-317L NC-37 NC-37L CR-40Cb CR-40 CR-43 CR-43Cb NC-2209 NC-2594 CR-43CbS
16
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.22 E308HT1-1/4 A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 A5.22 E308LT1-1/4 A5.22 E308LT1-1/4 A5.22 E308T0-1/4
EN ISO 17633-AT 19 9 L R C/M 3 ISO 17633-AT 19 9 L P C/M 1 ISO 17633-AT Z 19 9 R C/M 3
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page 230 232 248 235 252 248 236 234 240 241 238 239 237 248 252 252 243 254 250 244 242 250 254 256 256
SMAW NC-316MF NC-329M FCAW DW-308H DW-308L DW-308LT DW-308LH DW-308LP DW-308 DW-309MoL DW-309MoLP DW-309L DW-309LP DW-309 DW-309LH DW-310 DW-312 DW-316L DW-316LT DW-316LH DW-316LP DW-316 DW-316H DW-317L DW-317LP DW-317LH DW-347 DW-347H
A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/4 ISO 17633-AT 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 A5.22 E309LMoT1-1/4 ISO 17633-AT 23 12 2 L R C/M 1 A5.22 E309LT0-1/4 A5.22 E309LT1-1/4 A5.22 E309T0-1/4 A5.22 E309LT1-1/4 A5.22 E310T0-1/4 A5.22 E312T0-1 A5.22 E316LT0-1/4 A5.22 E316LT1-1/4 A5.22 E316LT1-1/4 A5.22 E316LT1-1/4 A5.22 E316T0-1/4 A5.22 E316T1-1/4 A5.22 E317LT0-1/4 A5.22 E317LT1-1/4 A5.22 E317LT1-1/4 A5.22 E347T0-1/4 A5.22 E347T1-1/4 ISO 17633-AT 23 12 L R C/M 3 ISO 17633-AT 23 12 L P C/M 1 ISO 17633-AT Z 23 12 R C/M 3 ISO 17633-AT Z 19 12 3 R C/M 3 ISO 17633-AT 19 12 3 L P C/M 1 ISO 17633-AT Z 19 12 2 R C/M 3 -
6 6
8 8
254 250
17
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.22 E2209T0-1/4 A5.22 E2209T1-1/4 A5.22 E2209T1-1/4 A5.22 E2594T1-1/4 A5.22 R308LT1-5 A5.22 R309LT1-5 A5.22 R316LT1-5 A5.22 R347T1-5 A5.9 ER308 A5.9 ER308LSi A5.9 ER309 A5.9 ER309LSi A5.9 ER316LSi A5.9 ER347Si A5.9 ER308 A5.9 ER308L A5.9 ER309 A5.9 ER309L A5.9 ER309LMo A5.9 ER310 A5.9 ER316 A5.9 ER316L A5.9 ER317L A5.9 ER347 A5.9 ER410 A5.9 ER2209 A5.9 ER2594
EN ISO 17633-AT 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 ISO 17633-AT 22 9 3 N L P C/M 1 -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 8 8 8 6 -
Page 245 246 258 258 264 265 266 267 211 211 258 260 260 260 262 262 262 262 262 211 211 268 268 268 268 268 270 268 270 270 270 272 272 272
FCAW DW-329A DW-329AP DW-2209 DW-2594 TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347 DW-410Cb DW-430CbS DW-2101 MX-A135N MX-A410NM MX-A430M GMAW MG-S308 MG-S308LS MG-S309 MG-S309LS MG-S316LS MG-S347S MG-S430M GTAW TG-S308 TG-S308L TG-S309 TG-S309L TG-S309MoL TG-S310 TG-S316 TG-S316L TG-S317L TG-S347 TG-S410 TG-S2209 TG-S2594 18
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.9 ER308 A5.9 ER308L A5.9 ER309 A5.9 ER309L A5.9 ER316 A5.9 ER316L A5.9 ER317L A5.9 ER347 -
EN -
ASME F No. A No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 -
Page 270 272 272 270 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 280 280 280 280 282 282 282 282 284 284 284 286 286 286 286 286 288 288 288 288 288
GTAW TG-S310MF TG-S329M TG-S410Cb NO4051 SAW PF-S1/US-308 PF-S1/US-308L PF-S1/US-309 PF-S1/US-309L PF-S1M/US-316 PF-S1M/US-316L PF-S1/US-317L PF-S1/US-347 PF-S4M/US-410
For Hardfacing
SMAW HF-240 HF-260 HF-330 HF-350 HF-450 HF-500 HF-600 HF-650 HF-700 HF-800K HF-950 HF-11 HF-12 HF-13 HF-16 HF-30 FCAW DW-H250 DW-H350 DW-H450 DW-H600 DW-H700
19
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS A5.15 ENi-CI A5.15 ENiFe-CI A5.15 Est A5.11 ENiCrFe-1 A5.11 ENiCrFe-3 A5.11 ENiCrFe-9 A5.11 ENiMo-8 A5.34 ENiCr3T0-4 A5.34 ENiCrMo3T1-4 A5.34 ENiCrMo4T0-4 A5.14 ERNiCr-3 A5.14 ERNiCr-3 A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 A5.14 ERNiMo-8 A5.14 ERNiMo-8 A5.14 ERNiMo-8
EN -
ASME F No. A No. 43 43 43 44 43 43 43 44 44 44 -
Page 288 290 290 290 290 292 292 292 292 294 294 294 300 300 300 310 310 308 308 310 310 312 314 314 312 316 318 318 318 320 320
FCAW DW-H800 DW-H11 DW-H16 DW-H30 DW-H30MV SAW G-50/US-H250N G-50/US-H350N G-50/US-H400N G-50/US-H450N G-50/US-H500N MF-30/US-H550N MF-30/US-H600N
For Cast Iron

SMAW CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3
For Nickel-Based Alloy

SMAW NI-C70A NI-C703D NI-C70S NI-C1S NI-C625 ME-L34 FCAW DW-N82 DW-N625 DW-NC276 DW-N70S GMAW MG-S70NCb GTAW TG-S70NCb TG-SN625 TG-S709S SAW PF-N3/US-709S PF-N4/US-709S
20
Welding Process
Product names
ASME / AWS
EN
ASME F No. A No. 6 4 12 -
Page
Highly Efficient Welding Processes

FCBTM PF-I50/US-43/ PF-I50R (MF-1R) PF-I55E/US-36/ PF-I50R (MF-1R) FA-B FA-B MF-38/US-36/ RR-2/FA-B1 MF-38/US-49/ RR-2/FA-B1 PF-I52E/US-36/ RR-2/FA-B1 EGW DW-S43G DW-S1LG DW-S60G EAW LB-116 LB-80EM A5.26 EG70T-2 A5.5 E11016-G 324 324 326 326 326 328 328 328 330 330
21
For Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strenght Steel
Welding Consumables and Proper Welding Conditions for

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
SMAW

A guide for selecting the type of welding consumable (1)
Type of covering and AWS classification Weldability
Crack X-ray
High titania E6013
High Low Ilmenite (2) cellulose hydrogen E7016 -(4) E6019 E6010
Lime titania
(3)
Ironpowder ironoxide E6027
Ironpowder titania E7024
E6013
resistant soundness value F
Impact
Usability
Suitability
for particular welding positions
F, HF VU VD OH F F, HF V, OH
Bead
appearance
Penetration Spatter Slag
removal speed for
Travel
Suitability
thin metal
Note (1) : Excellent, : Good, : Fair F: Flat butt welding, F, HF: Flat and horizontal fillet welding, VU: Vertical-up welding, VD: Vertical-down welding, OH: Overhead welding, V, OH: Vertical and overhead welding (2) The ilmenite type corresponds to the iron-oxide titania potassium type per the AWS standard. (3) The lime titania type is not specified by the AWS standard, but exact products fall in the range of AWS E6013. (4) Some low-hydrogen electrodes classified as E7048 are suitable exclusively for verticaldown welding.
24
Tips for better welding results

(1) Slag and fumes on tack weld beads absorb moisture; therefore, they must be removed
right after tack welding to prevent adverse effects on the subsequent main welding.
(2) When wind velocity is more than 3m/sec in field welding, use a wind screen, or nitrogen
in the wind decreases impact value and X-ray soundness of the weld.
(3) In welding medium and heavy thick mild steels by using non-low-hydrogen electrodes,
keep the work at appropriate preheat and interpass temperature to remove diffusible hydrogen and thereby prevent cracking in the weld.
(4) In order to get better impact values, it is effective to lay each weld layer as thin as possible. (5) Many covered electrodes can be used with both AC and DC power sources. Low-hydro-
gen type electrodes, however, should be tested on mechanical properties beforehand, because DC current causes a little lower strength of the weld metal.
(6) Low-hydrogen type electrodes are more suitable for surface finishing and repair welding
of gas shielded metal arc and self-shielded metal arc welded deposits in order to prevent pits and blowholes.
How to keep covered electrodes in good condition

(1) Store covered electrodes in a warehouse where the humidity is low. (2) Low-hydrogen type electrodes should be stored in an oven (100-150) placed near the
welding area after re-drying was finished so that welders can take out the electrodes little by little. This manner is good for preventing the electrodes from moisture pick up and thereby decrease the diffusible hydrogen content of the weld metal.
(3) A change of the color of the flux coating to become darker, much more spatter, stronger
arc, and irregular slag-covering are signs that the electrodes picked up moisture excessively. In such a case, re-drying is effective even for non-low-hydrogen electrodes to improve usability and X-ray soundness. But excessive drying for long hours at high temperatures deteriorates X-ray soundness of the weld metal.
(4) Welders should bring an appropriate amount of electrodes for half-a-day use at sites in
order to prevent electrodes from excessive moisture pick up.
25
SMAW

A guide for selecting filler metals for API grade pipes and comparison of welding procedures (1)
With high cellulose electrodes API 5L pipe grade Welding pass With low hydrogen electrodes Downhill welding process With With a combination only of high cellulose low hydrogen and low electrodes hydrogen electrodes KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S LB-78VS LB-78VS KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S LB-78VS KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S LB-78VS LB-88VS KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S LB-88VS KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S LB-88VS KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S LB-98VS
Downhill welding process
Uphill welding process
A25 A, B X42 X46 X52
Root Hot Filler and cap Root Hot Filler and cap Root Hot Filler and cap Root Hot Filler and cap
LB-52U KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S KOBE-7010S KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S KOBE-8010S KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S KOBE-8010S LB-47 LB-52 LB-M52 LB-52-18 LB-52U LB-52 LB-M52 LB-52-18 LB-52U LB-52 LB-M52 LB-52-18 LB-52U LB-57 LB-62 LB-62D LB-62U LB-62 LB-62D LB-62U LB-65D
X56
LB-78VS
X60
LB-78VS LB-88VS
X65
LB-88VS
Root Hot Filler and cap Root X80 Hot Filler and cap Weldability Stability of root pass Weld soundness Crack resistance Welding efficiency Groove size tolerance X70
LB-88VS LB-98VS
Note (1) : Excellent, : Fair, : Inferior
26
Tips for better welding results 1) Sizes and tolerances of welding grooves In one-side butt welding of pipes, it is important to make sound root pass welds without incomplete joint penetration and other discontinuities. For this, it is essential to prepare welding grooves suitable for individual welding procedures. Refer to the recommended sizes and tolerances of the grooves shown in the table below.
Welding consumable High cellulose electrodes Welding process Downhill welding Recommendation and tolerance Recommendatiion Tolerance Recommendatiion Tolerance Recommendatiion Tolerance Groove angle (deg.) 60-70 50-75 60-80 (70-80) 55-90 60-80 55-90 Root face (mm) 1.2-2.4 (1.2-2.0) 0.8-2.4 0.4-2.0 0.4-2.4 1.2-2.0 1.0-2.0 Root gap (mm) 1.2-2.0 0.8-2.4 2.0-3.2 (2.0-2.6) 1.6-3.6 2.6-3.4 (2.6-3.2) 2.5-3.5 Misalignment (mm) 0.8 1.6 1.6 (0.8) 2.0 0.6 1.0
Low hydrogen electrodes
Uphill welding
Downhill welding
Note: Recommended ranges in parentheses are suitable for small diameter tubes with an approximate thickness of 7mm or less.
2) How to proceed root pass welding (1) Downhill welding should be started at the 11 to 1 oclock position of a pipe, whereas uphill welding should be started at the 5 to 7 oclock position in common procedures. However, welding should be started at where there is a narrower root opening. (2) It is recommended to strike an arc on the groove face and transfer the arc to the root of the groove, maintaining the arc in stable condition. (3) Joint penetration can be adjusted by controlling the shape of a keyhole molten crater by adjusting welding current, electrode holding angle, the extent of sticking an electrode into the root opening, and weaving width. Control the penetration more strictly particularly at the 12 oclock position where reverse side bead extrusion tends to be excessive and the 6 oclock position that tends to cause a concave reverse side beads. (4) Before joining beads particularly with low hydrogen electrodes, the end of the preceding bead should be tapered by grinding. (5) After the completion of root pass welding, remove slag and unacceptable portion of beads, and shape the beads along the entire circumference of the pipe by grinding. Particularly, where the weld surfaces contain deep undercut, the shaping should be conducted more carefully.
27
FCAW

Types and features of flux-cored wires There are two types of flux cored wires: DW series rutile type and MX series metal type. Both DW and MX series include a variety of wires that use either CO2 or Ar-CO2 admixture shielding gas. The following paragraphs describe essential characteristics of both types of flux-cored wires to provide users with a useful guide. DW series: DW series is the most popular type of flux-cored wire, most of which contains rutile flux. This series offers excellent weldability with good arc stability and very low spatter generation. With CO2 or Ar-CO2 admixture shielding gas, DW wires show good slag removability and smooth, glossy bead appearance. Because of high deposition rates, highly efficient welding can be conducted. DW series includes those suitable for out-of-position welding and those suitable for horizontal fillet welding for a variety of applications. MX series: MX series is metal type flux-cored wire. Due to high deposition rates, highly efficient welding can be conducted. MX wires offer excellent weldability with good arc stability and low spatter generation. With some wires, the amount of slag is as little as in gas metal arc welding with solid wires; therefore, multi-pass welding can continuously be conducted without removing the slag on each pass. A variety of MX wires are available to cover wide applications of thin plate, medium and thick plate, and primer-coated plates. Deposition rate: Compared at the same welding current, the deposition rates of flux-cored wires are higher by 50 - 60% relative to stick electrodes and 10 - 20% higher than solid wires. Spatter generation in use of flux-cored wires is much lower than in use of solid wires. Tips for better welding results In addition to the tips for gas metal arc welding with solid wires, the following tips especially for flux-cored wires are essential to use the excellent features of the wires.
(1) Because the wire is softer than solid wire, do not excessively tighten the pressure roller of (2) In flat butt welding, backhand technique is better for stable penetration. In horizontal and (3) In vertical down fillet welding, the first layer run should be straight and keep the welding
the wire feeder so as not to cause the deformation of the wire.
overhead fillet welding, forehand technique is better for flat bead appearance.
speed faster to avoid slag inclusions and to get better penetration. For the 2nd and subsequent layers, remove the slag of preceding beads and avoid weaving. (4) In one-side welding, welding parameter should carefully be selected to prevent welding defects such as hot cracking. (5) In horizontal fillet welding of primer-coated plates, porosity defects such as pit and gas hole are apt to occur; therefore, the selection of proper wires and welding parameters suitable for welding primer-coated plates are essential. Figure 1 shows the relationship between welding speed and the number of pits occurred in the weld metal. Figure 2 shows proper welding speeds related to fillet leg lengths.
28
15
Type of primer: inorganic zinc primer Coating thickness: 25 Leg length: 5.0mm (60cm/min)
Number of pits(pcs/500mm L)
10 Flux-cored wire (Rutile type)
Solid wire
5 MX-200
20
40
60
80
100
120
Welding speed(cm /min)
Fig.1 Porosity resistance to primer
9 MX-200 1.2mm
8 Leg length of horizontal fillet(mm)
7 280A 6
5 220A 4
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Welding speed(cm/min)
Fig.2 Horizontal fillet leg length vs. welding speed
29
GMAW, GTAW

Tips for better welding results in GMAW
(1) Use a CO2 shielding gas corresponding to ANSI/AWS A5.32/A5.32M SG-C or an equivalent (2) Control the mixing ratio of Ar and CO2 in an Ar-CO2 admixture shielding gas because (3) Adjust the shielding gas flow rate in the 20 to 25 l/min range. (4) Use a wind screen in welding in a windy area because a strong wind causes blowholes. (5) Use a proper ventilation system at where general ventilation is inadequate. (6) Keep the tip-to-work distance at around 15 mm with welding currents less than 250A and (7) The use of an excessively low arc voltage may generate a large sound in spray arc
CO2 gas purified for welding.
fluctuation of the mixing ratio affects the usability of a solid wire.
at around 20 to 25 mm with welding currents over 250A.
welding with an Ar-CO2 shielding gas. In such a case increase the arc voltage to prevent blowholes. (8) Torch angle, welding speed, wire diameter, and welding current markedly affect bead appearance and penetration; therefore, adjust such welding parameters according to the application. Tips for better welding results in GTAW
(1) Welding power source: Use the DC-EN connection with the constant current or drooping characteristic DC power source in general applications. (2) Shielding gas: Use an argon gas with a high purity equivalent to that of JIS K1105, in order to prevent pits and blowholes in the weld metal and decrease consumption of the tip of a tungsten electrode. When the length of the Ar gas piping is long, use metal pipes or Teflon tubes to prevent porosity in the weld metal, because moisture can permeates into the Ar gas through the wall of a rubber hose and thereby causes porosity. Adjust the shielding gas flow rate in the 12-18 l/min range. (3) Tungsten electrode: A 1-2% thoriated tungsten electrode is suitable. The tip of the tungsten electrode must be kept sharp in order to maintain the arc stable. (4) Tungsten electrode extension length and arc length: In order to keep the shielding of molten weld pool in good condition, the extension of a tungsten electrode from shielding nozzle should be approx. 5 mm. Maintain the arc length at 1-3 mm. The use of an excessively long arc length can deteriorate the shielding effect and causes undercut. (5) Cleaning of welding groove: Because the quality of gas tungsten arc welds is markedly affected by dirt on groove surfaces, scale, rust, water and oil must be removed before welding because they can cause pits, blowholes and unstable arcs. (6) Wind protection and ventilation: Use a wind screen in a windy site to maintain the shielding gas in good condition. Use an appropriate ventilation system where welding is carried out in a confined area to prevent welders from oxygen deficiency.
30
SAW
Tips for better welding results in SAW The accuracy of root gap and groove angle affects the quality of welds much more than with other welding processes; where the accuracy is poor, burn-through, lack of penetration, excessive or insufficient reinforcement can occur. (2) Surface of groove: Rust and oil in the groove shall be removed before welding to prevent pits and blowholes. (3) Distribution and circulation of flux: Where a flux is supplied excessively on the base plate, the bead appearance becomes irregular particularly in use of melted fluxes. In case where a flux is used repetitively by means of a circulation system, the flux can be contaminated with scale and dust and its grain size distribution can be varied; therefore, add new flux occasionally to maintain good performances of the flux. (4) Grain size of flux: Several gain sizes are available for a certain melted flux. The most proper size depends on welding currents to be used. The use of high currents with a coarse grain size flux can deteriorates bead appearance; in contrast, the use of low currents with a fine grain size flux can cause pock marks because of poor degassing. (5) Welding condition and penetration: Submerged arc welding can use a wide range of parameters such as wire diameter, welding current, arc voltage and welding speed; however, erroneous setting of the parameter causes burn-through, and insufficient or excessive penetration and reinforcement. The bead shape can be affected by the travel angle of a wire; that is, where the wire is leaned to the direction of welding (backhand welding), the bead shape becomes narrower with comparatively deep penetration. In contrast, where the wire is leaned to the opposite direction of welding (forehand welding), the bead shape becomes wider with shallower penetration.
(1) Accuracy of groove sizes:
31
SMAW
B-14
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E6019 EN ISO 2560-A-E 35 2 RA Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding of thin and medium-thick plates (up to 20mm) Excellent usability Type of covering: Ilmenite Redrying conditions: 70~100x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Pale brown, 2nd Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.10 0.05~0.13 Si 0.10 0.05~0.25 Mn 0.43 0.25~0.65
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
P 0.015 0.030
S 0.007 0.025
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal as per AWS

YP (MPa) 410 330 TS (MPa) 460 410 El (%) 32 22 IV (J) -18: 82 -1827
Example Guaranty
Recommended welding parameters

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 55~90A 45~75A 3.2mm 85~140A 60~120A 4.0mm 130~190A 100~160A 5.0mm 180~260A 135~210A 6.0mm 240~310A -
Polarity
Example Guaranty AC AC, DC-EP, DC-EN
Approvals
ABS 3 LR 3m DNV 3 BV 3 NK KMW3 Others CR: 3 GL: 3
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 32 Length (mm) 350 400 450 450 450 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 20 35 62 94 141
SMAW
RB-26
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A 5.1 E6013 EN ISO 2560-A-E 35 0 R Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding of thin plates Excellent usability in all positions including vertical downward Type of covering: High titania Redrying Conditions: 70~100x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Black, 2nd Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~0.12 Si 0.30 0.15~0.45 Mn 0.37 0.25~0.65
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
P 0.012 0.030
S 0.010 0.025

Example Guaranty YP (MPa) 450 330 TS (MPa) 510 410 El (%) 25 17

Dia. F, HF, H, VD VU, OH 2.0mm 30~65A 30~65A 2.6mm 45~95A 45~95A 3.2mm 60~125A 60~125A 4.0mm 105~170A 100~150A 5.0mm 150~220A 125~190A
Polarity
Example Guaranty AC AC, DC-EP, DC-EN
Approvals
ABS 2 LR 2m NK KMW2
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 300 350 350 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 10 19 29 53 81 33
SMAW
LB-52
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7016 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 3 B Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding of heavy structures Excellent mechanical properties Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 300~350x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd White Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~0.10 Si 0.60 0.75 Mn 0.94 1.60
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
P 0.011 0.020
S 0.006 0.020

0.2%OS (MPa) 500 420 400 350 TS (MPa) 570 520 480 460 El (%) 32 33 22 25 IV (J) -29: 120 -29: 150 -2927 -2927 PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW 62015x1
Example Guaranty

Polarity
Example Guaranty AC AC, DC-EP
Approvals
ABS 3H10, 3Y, 3Y400 LR 3Ym H15 DNV 3YH10 BV 3H, 3YHH NK KMW53Y40H10 GL 3YH15
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 34 Length (mm) 350 350 400 450 450 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 20 31 54 97 137
SMAW
LB-52U
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7016 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 2 B Features: Suitable for one side welding of pipes Extremely good arc stability in one side welding with relatively low current Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 300~350x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd Pink Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
P 0.012 0.020
S 0.008 0.020

0.2%OS (MPa) 480 400 TS (MPa) 560 480 El (%) 31 22 IV (J) -29: 80 -2927
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH Root pass 2.6mm 60~90A 50~80A 30~80A 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A 60~110A 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A 90~140A 5.0mm 180~240A 150~200A 130~180A
Root pass: DC-EN is also suitable.
Polarity
Approvals
ABS 3H10, 3Y LR 3Ym H15 DNV 3YH10 BV 3, 3YHH NK KMW53H10 CCS 3YH10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 350 400 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 20 35 53 82 35
SMAW
LB-52-18
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7018 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 3 B Suitable for butt and fillet welding of heavy structure Features: Good performance by DC-EP current Type of covering: Iron powder low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 300~350x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd Blue Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
P 0.013 0.020
S 0.007 0.020

0.2%OS (MPa) 500 420 400 350 TS (MPa) 560 520 480 460 El (%) 31 32 22 25 IV (J) -29:110 -29:140 -2927 -2927 PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW 62015x1
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 65~95A 60~90A 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~190A 110~170A 5.0mm 190~250A 165~210A
Polarity
Approvals
ABS 3Y H10 LR 3Ym H15 DNV 3YH10 NK KMW53H10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 36 Length (mm) 350 400 450 450 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 24 41 69 106
SMAW
KOBE-7024
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7024 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 0 RR Features: Suitable for flat and horizontal fillet welding Good welding usability in manual and gravity welding Type of covering: Iron powder titania Redrying Conditions: 70~100x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st -, 2nd Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.09 0.15 Si 0.35 0.90 Mn 0.63 1.25
Welding Positions:
HF
P 0.017 0.030
S 0.008 0.030

0.2%OS (MPa) 470 400 TS (MPa) 540 490 El (%) 27 17 IV (J) 0: 55 -
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF 3.2mm 120~150A 4.0mm 170~210A 5.0mm 220~260A
Polarity
Example Guaranty DC-EP DC-EP, AC, DC-EN
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 400 450 450 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 57 101 147
37
SMAW
KOBE-6010
Covered electrode for pipe welding (up to API-X52)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E6010 EN ISO 2560-A-E 35 0 C Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Type of covering: High cellulose Identification color: 1st Yellowish green, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F VU
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS

Example Guaranty C 0.12 0.05~0.20 Si 0.15 0.40 Mn 0.51 0.30~0.80 P 0.009 0.030 S 0.008 0.025

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, H VD VU, OH 2.4mm 40~75A 40~75A 40~75A 3.2mm 70~130A 70~130A 70~130A 4.0mm 90~180A 90~180A 90~180A 4.8mm 140~225A 140~225A 140~225A
Polarity
Example Guaranty DC-EP DC-EP
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 38 Length (mm) 300 350 350 350 Weight per pack(kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 13 27 40 58
SMAW
KOBE-7010S
Covered electrode for pipe welding (up to API-X52 to X60)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E7010-P1 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 0 C Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Type of covering: High cellulose Identification color: 1st Brown, 2nd Black
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F VU

Example Guaranty C 0.14 0.20 Si 0.10 0.60 Mn 1.01 1.20 P 0.012 0.03 S 0.007 0.03

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, H VD VU, OH 2.4mm 40~70A 40~70A 40~70A 3.2mm 60~120A 70~120A 60~120A 4.0mm 90~170A 100~170A 80~160A 4.8mm 130~210A 150~210A 120~200A
Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 Length (mm) 300 350 350 350 Weight per pack(kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 13 26 40 58 39
SMAW
KOBE-8010S
Covered electrode for pipe welding (up to API-X60 to X70)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8010-P1 EN ISO 2560-A-E 36 0 Z C Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Type of covering: High cellulose Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F VU

Example Guaranty C 0.15 0.20 Si 0.12 0.60 Mn 1.05 1.20 P 0.012 0.03 S 0.006 0.03 Mo 0.27 0.50

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, H VD VU, OH 3.2mm 60~120A 70~120A 60~120A 4.0mm 90~170A 100~170A 80~160A 4.8mm 130~210A 150~210A 120~200A
Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 40 Length (mm) 350 350 350 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 26 40 58
SMAW
LB-78VS
Covered electrode for pipe welding (up to API-X60)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7048 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 2 B Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Good mechanical properties Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Orange, 2nd Black Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F
P 0.012 0.020
S 0.005 0.020

0.2%OS (MPa) 490 400 TS (MPa) 580 480 El (%) 30 22 IV (J) -29:100 -2927
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, VD, H OH 3.2mm 80~140A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~210A 110~160A
Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 Length (mm) 350 400 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 33 56
41
SMAW
LB-88VS
Covered electrode for pipe welding (API-X60 to X70)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8018-G EN ISO 2560-A-E 46 2 Z B Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Good mechanical properties Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Yellowish green, 2nd Yellowish green Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.05~0.10 Si 0.55 0.30~0.75 Mn 1.20 1.00~1.40 P 0.012 0.020 S 0.006 0.020
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F
Ni 0.53 0.40~0.80
Mo 0.12 0.30

0.2%OS (MPa) 510 460 TS (MPa) 620 550 El (%) 30 19 IV (J) -18: 120 -
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, VD, H OH 3.2mm 80~140A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~200A 110~160A 4.5mm 160~250A 130~190A
Polarity
Packages
SMAW
LB-98VS
Covered electrode for pipe welding (API-X80)
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9018-G EN ISO 2560-A-E 50 2 Z B Features: Suitable for butt welding of pipes Excellent usability in vertical downward welding Good mechanical properties Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Blue, 2nd Silver Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.05~0.10 Si 0.61 0.30~0.75 Mn 1.27 1.00~1.50 P 0.013 0.020 S 0.004 0.020
Welding Positions:
H OH VD F
Ni 1.17 0.90~1.40
Mo 0.18 0.10~0.40

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, VD, H OH 3.2mm 80~140A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~200A 110~160A 4.5mm 160~250A 130~190A
Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.5 Length (mm) 350 400 400 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 Weigh per carton(kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 31 56 67 43
SMAW
Covered Electrodes for Mild Steel

Product names ASME AWS class. Type of covering Pol. Features WP Ex
B-10
A5.1 E6019
Ilmenite
AC DC-EP DC-EN
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding of thin and thick plates (up to 20mm) Better usability RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Gt
B-17
A5.1 E6019
Ilmenite
AC DC-EP DC-EN
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding of thin and thick plate (up to 20mm) Good mechanical properties RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
Gt
Z-44
A5.1 E6013
Lime titania
AC DC-EP DC-EN
Typical
lime titania type electrode RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
Gt
B-33
A5.1 E6013
High titania
AC DC-EP DC-EN
Excellent
usability in the flat and horizontal positions RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
Gt
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example (polarity: AC);
Approvals
B-17 Z-44 ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL, CR ABS, LR, DNV, NK
Identification color
Product names B-10 B-17 Z-44 B-33 1st Green Yellow Silver gray Pink 2nd Blue white -
44
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) C 0.10 0.05~ 0.13 0.09 0.05~ 0.13 0.08 Si 0.09 0.05~ 0.25 0.08 0.05~ 0.25 0.14 0.05~ 0.45 0.30 0.20~ 0.50 Mn 0.39 0.25~ 0.65 0.60 0.50~ 0.90 0.34 0.20~ 0.60 0.33 0.10~ 0.65 P 0.016 S 0.008
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal YP TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 400 450 30 -18: 68 -18 27 -18: 80 -18 27 0: 110 -
0.030
0.025
Gt
330
410
22
0.012
0.006
Ex
420
470
31
0.030
0.025
Gt
330
410
22
0.014
0.009
Ex
410
460
32
0.12
0.030
0.025
Gt
330
410
17
0.08 0.05~ 0.12
0.013
0.009
Ex
430
480
25
0.030
0.025
Gt
330
410
17
Gt: Guaranty (polarity: as specified above)
Diameter and Length (mm)

Dia. B-10 B-17 Z-44 B-33 2.0 300 300 2.6 350 350 350 350 3.2 350 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 450 400 5.0 400 400 450 400 6.0 450 450 450 450
45
SMAW
Covered Electrodes for 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel

Product names ASME AWS class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU VD OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH C Ex 0.08 0.05~ 0.10 0.08 0.05~ 0.10 0.08 0.05~ 0.10 0.08 0.05~ 0.10 0.08 0.05~ 0.10 Si 0.50 0.75 0.57 0.75 0.47 0.90 0.64 0.75 0.58 0.30~ 0.75
LB-26
A5.1 Low E7016 hydrogen
Low hydrogen type containing iron AC powder DC-EP RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Gt
Ex
LB-52A
A5.1 Low E7016 hydrogen
AC Better impact value DC-EP RC: 350~400x1h
Gt
LB-52T
A5.1 E7048
Low hydrogen
hydrogen type AC for tack welding DC-EP RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Low
Ex
Gt
LB-57
A5.1 E7016
Low hydrogen
Suitable for butt and fillet welding of AC 520MPa high tensile DC-EP steel RC: 350~400x1h Suitable
Ex
Gt
LB-76
A5.5 Low AC E7016-G hydrogen DC-EP
for butt and fillet welding of 520MPa high tensile steel RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
Gt
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example (polarity: AC),
Approvals
LB-26 LB-52A LB-52T ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR NK ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR
Product names LB-26 LB-52A LB-52T LB-57 LB-76 1st Blue white Red Red Blue Blue white 2nd White Brown Green
46
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn 0.97 1.60 1.12 1.60 1.06 1.60 0.85 1.60 1.30 1.00~ 1.50 P 0.013 0.020 0.012 0.020 0.012 0.020 0.011 0.020 0.013 0.020 S 0.007 0.020 0.005 0.020 0.007 0.020 0.006 0.020 0.007 0.020 Mo Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal YP TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 480 410 400 340 500 430 400 370 450 400 530 470 400 400 510 390 550 500 480 450 580 530 480 480 540 480 610 540 480 500 600 480 33 34 22 25 31 33 22 25 32 22 31 32 22 25 29 25 -29:100 -29:130 -2927 -2927 -29:120 -29:150 -2927 -2927 -29:110 -2927 -29:100 -29:130 -2927 -2927 -29:110 AW 6201 AW 62015x1 AW 6201 AW 62015x1 AW
Gt
Ex
Gt
Ex
Gt
AW AW 620x10 AW 62015x10 AW
0.17 0.30 -
Ex
Gt
Ex
Gt
AW

Dia. LB-26 LB-52A LB-52T LB-57 LB-76 2.6 350 350 3.2 350 350 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 400 400 5.0 450 450 450 450 450 6.0 450 450 450 450 47
SMAW
Covered Electrodes for 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel

Product names ASME AWS class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C Ex F HF Gt 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.11
LT-B50
Lime titania
AC DC-EP DC-EN
Suitable
for flat and horizontal fillet welding RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
LT-B52A
A5.1 E7018
Low hydrogen
for flat and horizontal fillet welding AC Iron powder low DC-EP hydrogen type RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Suitable
Ex F HF Gt
Approvals
LT-B50 LT-B52A ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR, GL ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK
Product names LT-B50 LT-B52A 1st Purple Silver 2nd Orange Orange
48
composition of all-weld metal (%) Si 0.39 0.10~ 0.70 0.35 0.75 Mn 0.94 0.60~ 1.25 1.03 1.60 P 0.017 0.030 0.014 0.025 S 0.009 0.025 0.008 0.025 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal YP TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) 480 390 530 490 29 20 0: 74 047 -29: 75 -2927
Gt
Ex
480 400
550 480
30 22
Gt
Diameter and length (mm)

Dia. LT-B50 4.0 450 450 LT-B52A 4.5 450 550 700 5.0 450 550 700 550 700 5.5 450 550 700 6.0 450 550 700 550 700 6.4 450 550 700 550 700 7.0 450 550 700 550 700 8.0 450 550 700 450 550 700
49
FCAW
DW-100
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-1C EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 0 P C 1 H10 Features: Soft and stable arc, less fume and spattering, smooth bead appearance, and good slag removal Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU


Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H VU, OH VD 1.2mm 120~300A 120~280A 120~260A 200~300A 1.4mm 160~350A 160~320A 160~270A 220~300A 1.6mm 200~400A 200~350A 200~280A 250~300A
Approvals
ABS 2YSA, 2Y400SA, H10 LR 2YS, 2YM H10 Others CR: 2YS-HH GL: 2Y40H10S SA2M, SA2YM, YMS(H10) KSW52Y40G(C)H10 KR: 2YSG(C) SA2Y40M HH CCS: 2SH10, 2YSH10 DNV BV NK
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 12.5 15 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Pack Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 350 Dia. (mm) 1.6 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 350
50
FCAW
DW-100E
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-9C EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 2 P C 1 H10 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -29 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS (shielding gas: CO2)
Example Guaranty C 0.05 0.12 Si 0.43 0.90 Mn 1.28 1.75 P 0.013 0.03 S 0.008 0.03 Ni 0.38 0.50
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal as per AWS (Shielding gas: CO2)

Example Guaranty

Dia. F HF H VU, OH 1.2mm 120~300A 120~300A 120~280A 120~250A 1.4mm 150~400A 150~350A 150~320A 150~250A
Approvals
ABS 3YSA, 3Y400SA, H10 LR 3YS, H10 DNV YMS BV SA3, 3YM NK KSW53G Others GL: 3YS CCS: 3YSH10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Weight (kg) 15
51
FCAW
DW-A50
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-1M EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 2 P M 1 H5 Features: Excellent usability with soft and stable arc, less fume and spattering, good bead appearance and smooth slag removal Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU


Example Guaranty

Dia. F HF H 1.2mm 120~300A 120~300A 120~280A 1.6mm 180~450A 180~400A 180~350A Dia. VU, OH VD 1.2mm 120~260A 200~300A 1.6mm 180~280A 250~300A
Approvals
ABS 3YSA, H5 LR 3YS, H5 DNV BV NK YMS(H5), MG SA3YM HHH KSW52G(M2)H5 GL 3YH5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.1 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 15 20 Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 15 20 Dia. (mm) 1.6 Type Spool Weight (kg) 15
52
FCAW
DW-50
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-1C/1M, -9C/9M EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 2 P C/M 1 H5 Features: Excellent usability with soft and stable arc, less fume and spattering, good bead appearance and smooth slag removal Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS (Shielding gas: CO2)

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH VD 1.2mm 120~250A 120~250A 200~250A 1.6mm 180~340A 180~280A 250~300A
Approvals
ABS 3YSA, H5 LR 3YS, H5 DNV YMS(H5) NK KSW53G(C)H5 Others GL: 3YH5S CWB
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.1 Type Spool Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 5 12.7 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Weight (kg) 15 Dia. (mm) 1.6 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250
53
FCAW
MX-200
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E70T-1C EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 0 R C 3 H5 Features: Excellent porosity resistibility to inorganic zinc primer Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
HF


Example Guaranty

Dia. F HF 1.2mm 150~300A 180~300A 1.4mm 170~400A 200~350A 1.6mm 200~450A 270~400A
Approvals
ABS 2YSA, 2Y400SA, H5 LR 2YS, H5 DNV YMS(H5) BV SA2YM HHH Others CR: 2YS-HH GL: 3YH5S KSW52Y40G(C)H5 KR: 2YSG(C)H10 CCS: 2YSH5 NK
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.6 Type Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 350
54
FCAW
MX-200E
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E70T-9C EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 3 R C 3 H5 Features: Excellent porosity resistibility to inorganic zinc primer Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -29 Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.05 0.12 Si 0.63 0.90 Mn 1.57 1.75
Welding Positions:
HF
P 0.008 0.03
S 0.007 0.03

Example Guaranty

Dia. F HF 1.2mm 150~300A 180~300A 1.4mm 170~400A 200~350A
Approvals
ABS 4Y400SA, H5 LR 4Y40S(H5) DNV IVY40MS(H5) BV SA4Y40M H5 NK KSW54Y40G(C)H5 GL 4Y40H5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 55
FCAW
MX-A100
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 E70C-6M EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 4 M M 3 H5 Features: Better arc stability and wider optimum current range for spray transfer arc with less spattering than solid wire Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF


Example Guaranty

Dia. F HF, H 1.2mm 150~350A 150~300A 1.4mm 200~450A 200~400A 1.6mm 250~500A 250~450A
Approvals
LR 4YS, H5 DNV YMS(H5) BV SA4YM HHH GL 4YH5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 200 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.6 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250
56
FCAW
MX-100T
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 E70C-6C/6M EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 2 M C/M 1 H5 Features: Suitable for thin plates (e.g., 0.8mm) Excellent arc stability in low current range (50~180A) for short circuiting welding Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 1.2mm 50~300A 50~180A 1.4mm 80~400A 70~180A
Approvals
ABS 3YSA, H5 LR 3YS, H5 DNV YMS(H5) BV SA3YM HHH Others CR: 3YS-HH GL: 3YH5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 250
57
FCAW
Flux cored Wires for 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel

Product names ASME AWS class. Type of cored flux
SG
Pol.
Features
WP
DW-100V
A5.20 E71T-1C
Rutile
CO2
for butt and fillet welding in all positions including vertical downward DC-EP Excellent performance especially in vertical upward
Suitable
F HF H VD VU OH
Ex
Gt
DW-200
A5.20 E70T-1C
Rutile
for flat and horizontal fillet welding CO2 DC-EP A large leg length of about 9mm in horizontal fillet
Suitable
Ex F HF Gt
DW-A51B
A5.20 E71T5M-J
Basic
ArCO2
DC-EN
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding in all positions
F HF H VU OH
Ex
Gt
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
Approvals
DW-100V DW-200 DW-A51B ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK LR, DNV, BV, GL
58
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) C 0.05 Si 0.60 Mn 1.35 P 0.010 S 0.009
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) 490 580 30 -18: 50
Ex
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
490
22
-1827
0.06
0.48
1.50
0.012
0.010
Ex
490
560
28
-18: 60
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
490
22
-1827
0.07
0.45
1.40
0.014
0.009
Ex
480
570
30
-40: 95
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
480
22
-4027
Diameter (mm)
DW-100V DW-200 DW-A51B 1.2, 1.4 1.2, 1.4 1.2, 1.6
59
FCAW
Metal Type Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS class. Type of cored flux SG Pol. Features WP
MX-100
A5.20 E70T-1C
Metal
CO2
DC-EP
Suitable for butt fillet welding
and
F HF H
Ex
Gt
MX-200H
A5.20 E70T-1C
Metal
CO2
for horizontal fillet welding by high speed tandem method (150cm/min) DC-EP Excellent porosity resistibility to inorganic zinc primer
Suitable
Ex F HF Gt
MX-A200
A5.20 E70T-1M
Metal
ArCO2
for flat and horizontal fillet welding DC-EP Excellent porosity resistibility to inorganic zinc primer
Suitable
Ex F HF Gt
Approvals
MX-100 MX-200H ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR, GL ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR, KR, CCS
60
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) C 0.06 Si 0.62 Mn 1.35 P 0.014 S 0.011
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) 510 580 30 -18: 50
Ex
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
490
22
-1827
0.06
0.55
1.55
0.015
0.008
Ex
500
600
27
-18: 90
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
490
22
-1827
0.05
0.56
1.52
0.010
0.009
Ex
520
590
29
-18: 67
0.12
0.90
1.75
0.03
0.03
Gt
400
490
22
-1827
Diameter (mm)
MX-100 MX-200H MX-A200 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.0 1.4, 1.6 1.1, 1.3, 1.6
61
GMAW
MG-50
Solid wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 ER70S-G Features: Higher currents are recommended Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS

Example Guaranty C 0.04 0.15 Si 0.73 0.55~ 1.10 Mn 1.64 1.40~ 1.90 P 0.010 0.030 S 0.010 0.030 Cu 0.23 0.50 Al 0.01 0.10 Ti+Zr 0.22 0.30

0.2%OS (MPa) 490 420 400 TS (MPa) 570 530 480 El (%) 30 34 22 IV (J) -18: 100 -18: 110 047 PWHT (xh) AW 625x1 AW
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H 1.0mm 50~220A 50~200A 1.2mm 100~350A 100~300A 1.4mm 150~450A 150~350A 1.6mm 200~550A 200~400A
Approvals
ABS 3SA, 3YSA LR 3YS, H15 DNV YMS BV SA3M, SA3YM NK KSW53G(C) Others CR: 3YS GL: 3YS KR: 3YSG(C)
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 10 15 20 300 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Pack Pack Spool Pack Weight (kg) 15 20 250 400 20 400
1.6
62
GMAW
MG-51T
Solid wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 ER70S-6 Features: Higher currents can be applied in vertical and overhead positions Suitable for pipe welding in all positions Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS (Shielding gas: CO2)

Example Guaranty C 0.10 0.06~ 0.15 Si 0.88 0.80~ 1.10 Mn 1.56 1.40~ 1.85 P 0.011 0.025 S 0.012 0.030 Cu 0.24 0.50

0.2%OS (MPa) 470 520 400 TS (MPa) 560 600 480 El (%) 32 31 22 IV (J) -29: 70 -29: 90 -2927 Shielding gas CO2 80%Ar-20%CO2 CO2
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H VU OH 0.9mm 50~200A 50~180A 50~140A 50~120A 1.0mm 50~220A 50~200A 50~140A 50~120A 1.2mm 80~350A 80~300A 50~160A 50~140A
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.0 Type Spool Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 20 250 Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Pack Weight (kg) 20 300
63
GMAW
Solid Wires
Product names ASME AWS Class Chemical SG Pol. Features
Smooth
WP
Si
SE-A50
A5.18 ER70S -G
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
wire feeding, Smooth arc start and stable arc with little spatter generation The special surface treatment that eliminates the need for Cu coating
Suitable
Ex F VU OH Gt
0.06
0.62
0.15
0.40~ 1.00
MG-50T
CO2
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions Suitable for lower currents
F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.06
0.75
Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt
0.15 0.10 0.06~ 0.15 0.08 0.15
0.55~ 1.10 0.55 0.45~ 0.70 0.60 0.40~ 1.00
MIX-50
A5.18 ER70S -3
Suitable
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions Suitable for lower currents
Pulsed
MIX-1TS
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
MAG with MIX-1TS offers better bead appearance on a galvanized steel plate
Approvals
SE-A50 MG-50T MIX-50 NK ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, CR, KR ABS, NK
64
composition of wire (%) Mn P S Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT YP TS El IV (Cxh) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 460 559 30 -20: 120 AW
1.27
0.010
0.015
0.10
Ex
0.90~ 1.60
0.030
0.030
0.50
Gt
400
490
18
-20 27 -18: 100 -18: 110 0 27 -18: 170 -18 27 -20 150 -20 27
AW
460 1.34 0.011 0.011 0.24 Ex 360 1.25~ 1.90 1.11 0.90~ 1.40 1.01 0.90~ 1.60 0.030 0.012 0.025 0.010 0.030 0.030 0.011 0.030 0.006 0.030 0.50 0.24 0.50 0.24 0.50 Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt 390 440 400 440 390
540 490 490~ 670 540 480 540 490
31 34 18 (5D) 32 22 30 18
AW 625x2 AW AW AW AW AW
Diameter (mm)
SE-A50 MG-50T 0.9, 1.0, 1.2 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6 MIX-50 MIX-1TS 0.9, 1.0, 1.2 1.2
65
GMAW
Solid Wires
Product names ASME AWS Class A5.18 ER70S -G Chemical SG Pol. Features
Suitable
WP F HF H VU OH
Ex Gt
C 0.07 0.15
Si 0.57 0.401.00
MIX-50S
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions Suitable for higher currents
Ex A5.18 ER70S -G Ar5~20% CO2 Ar2~5%O2

Suitable
0.11
0.72
MG-S50
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions
F HF H VU OH Gt 0.12 0.501.00
Approvals
MIX-50S ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL
66
composition of wire (%) Mn 1.17 1.001.60 P 0.010 0.030 S 0.013 0.030 Cu 0.24 0.50 Ex Gt
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT YP TS El IV (Cxh) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 470 400 450 550 480 570 520 480 590 540 480 32 22 28 32 22 33 33 22 -18: 170 -18 27 AW AW
Ex 1.41 0.010 0.011 0.24 Gt 370 400 490 1.201.60 Ex 0.025 0.025 0.50 Gt 400 400
-29: AW 180 80%Ar-20%CO2 -29: 620x1 190 80%Ar-20%CO2 -29 27 -29: 180 -29: 200 -29 27 AW AW 98%Ar-2%O2 620x1 98%Ar-2%O2 AW
Diameter (mm)
MIX-50S MG-S50 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6
67
GTAW
TG-S50
TIG welding rod and wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 ER70S-G Features: Good impact value at low temperatures Most widely used in japan Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Yellow
Chemical composition of rod and wire (%) as per AWS

C Example 0.10 Guaranty 0.12 Si Mn P S 0.74 1.40 0.009 0.010 0.95 1.00~1.50 0.025 0.025 Cu 0.24 0.50 Al 0.01 0.15 Ti 0.01 0.15 Zr 0.01 0.12

0.2%OS (MPa) 480 380 400 TS (MPa) 580 500 480 El (%) 33 36 22 IV (J) -29: 180 -29: 230 -2927 PWHT (xh) AW 625x8 AW
Example Guaranty
Approvals
ABS 3, 3Y, MG LR 3Ym(H15) DNV YM BV SA3YM NK KSW53G(I) CCS 3, 3YSM
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 20 5 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 9 16 25 35 63
1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 68
GTAW
TG-S51T
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 ER70S-6 Features: Its tensile strength after long time PWHT is high enough for 490MPa Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Black

Example Guaranty C 0.10 0.07~ 0.15 Si 0.89 0.80~ 1.00 Mn 1.56 1.40~ 1.85 P 0.010 S 0.011 Cu 0.23 0.50 Al 0.01 0.15 Ti 0.01 0.15 Zr 0.01 0.12
0.025 0.025

Example Guaranty
Approvals
Others TV
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
69
GTAW
NO65G
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.18 ER70S-2 Features: Suitable for root pass welding of pipes Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd -

Example C 0.04 Si 0.54 0.40~ 0.70 Mn 1.25 0.90~ 1.40 P 0.007 S 0.014 Cu 0.25 0.50 Al 0.07 0.05~ 0.15 Ti 0.08 0.05~ 0.15 Zr 0.04 0.02~ 0.12
Guaranty 0.07
0.025 0.030

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 5 20 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 9 16 25 35 63
70
71
SAW
G-50/US-36
SAW flux and wire combination
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A2-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding of thin plates at high speeds DC-EP (CP type power source) is better for sheet metal of 4mm or thinner Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.12 0.10~0.20 Si 0.03 0.10 Mn 1.95 1.70~2.20 P 0.013 0.030 S 0.005 0.030 Cu 0.11 0.35
Chemical composition of weld metal (%) as per AWS

Example C 0.06 Si 0.44 Mn 1.83 P 0.012 S 0.004
Mechanical properties of weld metal as per AWS

0.2%OS (MPa) 440 400 TS (MPa) 540 480~660 El (%) 29 22 IV (J) -29: 40 -2927 PWHT (xh) AW AW
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Example Guaranty AC AC
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Spool Spool Coil Spool Pack Coil Pack Coil Pack Coil Coil Weight (kg) 10,20 10,20 25,76 10 300 25,76 300 25,75,150 300 25,75,150 25,78,159 Flux Mesh size 8x48 12x65 12x150 Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4 72
SAW
G-60/US-36
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A2-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding of thin or medium plate at high speeds Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS

Example C 0.07 Si 0.34 Mn 1.70 P 0.017 S 0.004

Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
Single ABS 1T LR 1T DNV T BV A1T NK KAW1TM
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Spool Spool Coil Spool Pack Coil Pack Coil Pack Coil Coil Weight (kg) 10,20 10,20 25,76 10 300 25,76 300 25,75,150 300 25,75,150 25,78,159 Flux Mesh size 12x65 12x150 Type Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25
3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4
73
SAW
MF-38/US-36
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A6-EH14 F7P6-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt and flat fillet welding of medium or heavy thick plate Excellent mechanical properties of weld metal by multi-pass welding Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h


Example C 0.09 Si 0.32 Mn 1.63 P 0.018 S 0.011

0.2%OS (MPa) 490 420 400 400 TS (MPa) 570 530 480~660 480~660 El (%) 30 31 22 22 IV (J) -51: 59 -51: 64 -5127 -5127 PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW 62015x1
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
ABS Single 2T, 2YT 3M, 3YM LR 2T, 2YT 3YM DNV YT YM BV A2, 2YT A3, 3YM NK KAW52T KAW53M Others CR: 2YT,3YM GL: 2YT,3YM KR: 2YT,3YM
74
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Spool Spool Coil Spool Pack Coil Pack Coil Pack Coil Coil Weight (kg) 10,20 10,20 25,76 10 300 25,76 300 25,75,150 300 25,75,150 25,78,159 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4
75
SAW
MF-300/US-36
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A6-EH14 F7P6-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt and flat fillet welding of medium or heavy thick plate Excellent slag removal and good mechanical properties Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h


Example C 0.09 Si 0.23 Mn 1.62 P 0.014 S 0.007

Example Guaranty
Polarity
76
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Spool Spool Coil Spool Pack Coil Pack Coil Pack Coil Coil Weight (kg) 10,20 10,20 25,76 10 300 25,76 300 25,75,150 300 25,75,150 25,78,159 Flux Mesh size 20x200 Type Can Weight (kg) 25
3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4
77
SAW
SAW Flux and Wire Combinations

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex
Suitable
C 0.12 0.10~ 0.20
G-80/ US-36
A5.17 F7A2-EH14 F6P2-EH14
Fused
AC
for butt and flat fillet welding of medium or heavy thick plate Good Mechanical properties in multi-pass welding RC: 150~350x1h
Wire-Gt
Weld-Ex
0.09
Suitable
MF-53/ US-36
A5.17 F7A0-EH14
Fused
AC
for fillet welding for both single and multiple electrodes procedures Excellent bead appearance and slag removal RC: 150~350x1h
Wire-Ex Wire-Gt Weld-Ex
0.12 0.10~ 0.20 0.05
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Wire-Ex: Example of wire, Wire-Gt: Guaranty of wire, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC), Gt: Guaranty of weld metal (polarity: AC)
Approvals
G-80/US-36 MF-53/US-36 ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, KR ABS, LR, DNV, NK
78
composition (%) Si 0.03 0.10 Mn 1.95 1.70~ 2.20 P 0.013 0.030 S 0.005 0.030 Ex
Mechanical properties of weld metal 0.2%OS TS El PWHT IV(J) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (Cxh) 410 360 400 520 500 480~ 660 410~ 550 29 35 22 22 -29: 43 -29: 82 -29 27 -29 27 AW 620 x1 AW 62015 x1
0.46
1.41
0.018
0.011
Gt 330
0.03 0.10 0.67
1.95 1.70~ 2.20 1.61
0.013 0.030 0.016
0.005 Ex 0.030 0.009 Gt 400 480~ 660 22 -18 27 AW 430 510 29 -18: 40 AW
Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal
Diameter of wire (mm)

US-36 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0, 4.8, 6.4
Mesh size of flux

G-80 MF-53 12x65, 12x200, 20x200, 32x200, 20xD 8x48
79
SAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex C 0.12 Si 0.03
PF-H55E/ US-36
A5.17 F7A4 -EH14
Bonded
AC
for single-passon-both-sides or multilayer butt welding Good bead appearance and excellent impact value RC: 200~300x1h
Suitable
Wire-Gt
0.10~ 0.20
0.10
Weld-Ex
0.09
0.21
Approvals
PF-H55E/US-36 ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL, CR
80
composition (%) Mn 1.95 P 0.013 S 0.005 Mo Ex 1.70~ 2.20 0.030 0.030
Mechanical properties of weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J)
PWHT
460
530
32
-40: 118
AW
1.23
0.015
0.007
Gt
400
480~ 660
22
-40 27
AW

US-36 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0, 4.8, 6.4
Mesh size of flux

PF-H55E 10x48
81

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
SMAW, FCAW, GMAW, SAW

A guide for selecting welding consumables Table 1 shows suitable welding consumables for shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), flux cored arc welding (FCAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW), and submerged arc welding (SAW) of weather proof steels. Table 1 Welding consumables for weather proof steel
ASTM Steel grade A709 Gr.36 JIS G3114 SMA400P SMA400W SMA490P SMA490W SMAW FCAW GMAW SAW LB-W52B DW-50W MG-W50TB MF-38/US-W52B MF-53/US-W52B (HF)
(1)
ASTM A588 A709 Gr.50W A242 LB-W588 LB-W62G DW-588 -
Note (1) F, H, and HF designate suitable welding position.
84
Tips for better welding results In addition to the tips for mild steel and 490MPa high tensile strength steel, the following notes should be taken into consideration in welding weather proof steels.
(1) Remove rust and dirt from welding grooves to prevent pits and blowholes in the weld
metal.
(2) Use an appropriate welding procedure taking into account the requirements for the
mechanical properties of the weldment, because heat input, interpass temperature and plate thickness affect the cooling rate of welds and, where the cooling rate is excessively low, the tensile strength and notch toughness of the weld decrease.
(3) Use appropriate preheating according to the type of base metal and the thickness of
the work to prevent cold cracking in the weld. Table 2 shows the minimum preheat temperatures used in general applications.
Table 2 Minimum preheat temperatures () for general uses for several steel grades and thicknesses
Steel grade (See Table 1) A709 Gr.36 SMA400P SMA400W A588 A709 Gr.50W A242 SMA490P SMA490W Type of welding joint Groove Fillet Plate thickness (mm) Welding process SMAW FCAW, GMAW, SAW SMAW FCAW, GMAW, SAW 25 max 50 Over 25 Up to 38 50 100 Over 38 Up to 50 100 50 100 50
Groove Fillet
(4) For welding a high-phosphorous weather proof steel (e.g., A242), use lower welding
currents and slower welding speeds to prevent hot cracking.
85
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C Si
LB-W52
A5.5 E7016 -G
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding of weather proof steel (with painting) RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.07
0.48
Gt
0.12
0.90
LB-W52B
A5.5 E7016 -G
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding of weather proof steel (without painting) RC: 350~400 x1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.05
0.54
Gt
0.12
0.90
LB-W588
A5.5 E8016 -C3
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for butt and fillet welding of ASTM A588 and A242 steel RC: 350~400 x1h
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.07
0.57
Gt
0.12
0.80
LB-W62G
A5.5 E8018 -W2
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
for butt and fillet welding of 570MPa class weather proof steel Applicable for ASTM A588 and A242 steel RC: 350~400 x1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.07
0.58
Gt
0.12
0.35~ 0.80
Product names LB-W52 LB-W52B LB-W588 LB-W62G 86 1st Blue Green White Silver gray 2nd Pink Red Silver gray Silver gray
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Cu Ni Cr
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 490 550 31 -29: 130
0.82
0.010
0.005
0.31
0.33
0.30~ 1.40
0.040 0.030
0.20~ 0.60
0.25~ 0.70
Gt
390
480
25
0.63
0.010
0.004
0.38
0.20
0.59
Ex
480
570
29
-29: 140
0.30~ 1.40
0.040 0.030
0.30~ 0.70
0.05~ 0.70
0.45~ 0.75
Gt
390
480
25
1.10
0.010
0.007
1.06
Ex
520
600
30
-40: 120 -40 27 -18: 160 -18 27
0.40~ 1.25
0.03
0.03
0.80~ 1.10
Gt
470~ 550
550
24
1.02
0.009
0.004
0.35
0.49
0.57
Ex
540
640
29
0.50~ 1.30
0.03
0.03
0.30~ 0.75
0.40~ 0.80
0.45~ 0.70
Gt
460
550
19

Dia. LB-W52 LB-W52B LB-W588 LB-W62G 2.6 350 300 350 3.2 350 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 400 5.0 450 450 400 450
87
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cored flux Chemical SG Pol. Features
Suitable
WP
Si
DW-50W
Rutile
CO2
for butt and fillet welding in all positions DC- Applicable for EP weather proof steel which is used normally without painting for butt and fillet welding in all positions DCApplicable for A588 EP steel which is used normally without painting
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.06
0.35
Gt
0.12
0.90
DW-588
A5.29 E81T1 -W2C
Rutile
CO2
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.04
0.55
Gt
0.12
0.35~ 0.80
88
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Cu Cr Ni
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 510 590 27 0: 140
1.06
0.013
0.008
0.39
0.54
0.38
0.50~ 1.60
0.03
0.03
0.30~ 0.60
0.45~ 0.75
0.05~ 0.70
Gt
390
490
20
0 47
1.14
0.012
0.010
0.41
0.52
0.48
Ex
550
620
27
-29: 60
0.50~ 1.30
0.03
0.03
0.30~ 0.75
0.45~ 0.70
0.40~ 0.80
Gt
470
550~ 690
19
-29 27
Diameter (mm)
DW-50W DW-588 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 1.2
89
GMAW
Solid wires
Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features WP C Si Mn
Applicable
MG-W50TB
A5.28 ER80S -G
CO2 80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
for weatherproof steel which is used normally without painting Lower currents are suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.03
0.77
1.39
Gt
0.15
0.30~ 1.20
0.70~ 1.80
90
composition of wire (%) P S Cr Ni Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) 450 560 580 550 550 30 29 19 19 0: 110 -18: 120 0 47 -18 27 CO2 80%Ar20%CO2 CO2 80%Ar20%CO2
0.012
0.010
0.61
0.19
0.45
Ex 480 400 Gt 400
0.030 0.030
0.50~ 0.80
0.05~ 0.70
0.30~ 0.60
Diameter (mm)
MG-W50TB 1.0, 1.2
91
SAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex MF-38/ US-W52B A5.23 F7A2 -EG-G
Suitable for butt and flat fillet welding (without painting) Good impact value RC: 150~350x1h
C 0.10
Si 0.03
Fused
AC
Wire-Gt
0.15
0.10
Weld-Ex
0.05
0.32
Wire-Ex MF-53/ US-W52B A5.23 F7A0 -EG-G for fillet welding (without painting) Excellent bead appearance and good slag removal RC: 150~350x1h
Suitable
0.10
0.03
Fused
AC
Wire-Gt
0.15
0.10
Weld-Ex
0.05
0.58
92
composition (%) Mn 1.51 1.20~ 1.80 1.48 P 0.010 S 0.008 Cu 0.36 0.30~ 0.55 0.35 Cr 0.62 0.50~ 0.80 0.51 Ni 0.14
Ex 0.025 0.025 0.10~ 0.25 0.14 Gt
490
590
25
-29: 76
0.017
0.005
400
480~ 660
22
-29 27
1.51 1.20~ 1.80 1.35
0.010
0.008
0.36 0.30~ 0.55 0.36
0.62 0.50~ 0.80 0.59
0.14 Ex 430 530 23 0.10~ 0.25 0.18 Gt 400 480~ 660 22 -18: 35
0.025 0.025
0.009
0.007
-18 27

US-W52B 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0, 4.8
Mesh size of flux

MF-38 MF-53 12x65, 20x200, 20xD 8x48
93
For High Tensile Strength Steel and Low Temperature Steel

SMAW, FCAW, GMAW, GTAW, SAW

A guide for selecting welding consumables (1)
TS YS IV SMAW -20 -40 -60 LB-52 (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-52A (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-7018-1 (DC-EP) NB-1SJ (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-52NS (AC, DC-EP, SR) DW-100E (100%CO2) MG-S50 (Ar-20%CO2, SR) DW-55E (100%CO2) DW-A55E (Ar-20%CO2) DW-A55ESR (Ar-20%CO2, SR) DW-50LSR (100%CO2, SR) DW-55L (100%CO2) DW-A55L (Ar-20%CO2) MG-S50LT (Ar-20%CO2, SR) MX-A55Ni1 (Ar-20%CO2)
(3)
490MPa 350MPa 35J
520MPa 400MPa 40J LB-57 (AC, DC-EP, SR) NB-1SJ (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-52NS (AC)
550MPa 420MPa 42J LB-62UL (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-62 (AC, DC-EP, SR) NB-1SJ (AC, SR) LB-62L (AC, DC-EP, SR)
FCAW, GMAW (2) -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 GTAW -20 -30 -40 -60 SAW -20 -40 MF-38/US-36 (AC, SR) MF-38/US-49A (AC, SR) PF-H55S/US-49A (AC, SR) PF-H55AS/US-36J (DC-EP) PF-H55LT/US-36 (AC) PF-H55LT/US-36J (AC, SR) PF-H55S/US-49A (AC, SR) PF-H80AK/US-56B (DC-EP) PF-H55LT/US-36J (AC) DW-55L (100%CO2) DW-A81Ni1 (Ar-20%CO2) MG-T1NS (Ar-20%CO2) DW-A81Ni1 (Ar-20%CO2) DW-55LSR (100%CO2) DW-A55L (Ar-20%CO2) DW-A55LSR (Ar-20%CO2) MX-A55Ni1 (Ar-20%CO2) TG-S62 (SR) TG-S60A (SR) TG-S60A (SR)
DW-55LSR (100%CO2, SR) DW-A55L (Ar-20%CO2) DW-A55LSR (Ar-20%CO2, SR) MG-S50LT (Ar-20%CO2) MX-A55Ni1 (Ar-20%CO2) TG-S62 (SR) TG-S60A (SR) TG-S60A (SR)
TG-S50 (SR) TG-S51T (SR) TG-S1MT TG-S1N
-60
PF-H55AS/US-36J (DC-EP, SR) PF-H55LT/US-36 (AC, SR)
Note (1) Welding consumables shown with SR are suitable for the as-welded and PWHT conditions. (2) DW-XXX and DW-AXXX are flux-cored wires. MG-SXXX and MG-TXXX are solid wires.
96
610MPa 500MPa 50J LB-62UL (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-62 (AC, DC-EP, SR) LB-65L (DC-EP, SR) LB-62L (AC, SR) LB-67L (DC-EP, SR)
670MPa 550MPa 55J LB-106 (AC, DC-EP) LB-70L (DC-EP) LB-Y75 (AC)
770MPa 690MPa 69J LB-80UL (AC) LB-116 (AC) LB-80L (DC-EP) LB-88LT (AC)
DW-A65L (Ar-20%CO2) MG-T1NS (Ar-20%CO2)
MG-S70 (Ar-20%CO2)
MG-S80 (Ar-20%CO2)
DW-62L (100% CO2) DW-A62L (Ar-20%CO2) MG-S62L (Ar-20%CO2)
MG-S88A (Ar-20%CO2) MX-A80L (Ar-20%CO2)
TG-S62 (SR) TG-S60A (SR) TG-S60A (SR) TG-S80AM (SR)
MF-38/US-40 (AC) PF-H55S/US-40 (AC) PF-H80AK/US-56B (AC, DC-EP) PF-H80AK/US-56B (AC) PF-H55S/US-2N (AC, SR) (3) In one-side welding, back shielding is recommended. (4) To prevent cold cracks or to assure mechanical properties of weld metals, preheating and interpass temperatures must be controlled as per an appropriate welding procedure spec. 97 PF-H80AS/US-80LT (DC-EP) PF-H80AK/US-80LT (AC)
PF-H80AK/US-255 (AC)

Tips for better welding results Common to individual welding processes
(1) Use an appropriate welding procedure taking into account the requirements for the
mechanical properties of the weldment, because heat input, Interpass temperature and plate thickness affect the cooling rate of welds and, where the cooling rate is excessively low, the tensile strength and notch toughness of the weld decrease.
(2) Use appropriate preheat and Interpass temperatures to prevent cold cracking assisted
by the diffusible hydrogen in welds. Suitable preheat and Interpass temperatures vary depending upon welding process, plate thickness, and kind of steel plate. In general, higher tensile strength steels need higher preheat and interpass temperatures.
(3) Select appropriate welding consumables and welding conditions carefully particularly in
cases where the weld metal dilution by the base metal is large, because the chemical composition of the weld metal can markedly be affected by the base metal chemical composition and thereby the properties of the weld metal can be varied.
(4) Confirm the applicability of postweld heat treatment for welding consumables before use,
because some welding consumables can provide good notch toughness only in the aswelded condition and some welding consumables can provide sufficient notch toughness in the postweld heat treated conditions. because each welding consumable is designed to provide the highest performances with specific type of electric current (AC, DC, or both) and polarity (DC-EP, DC-EN, or both). Therefore, when a welding consumable designed for AC is used in DC or in opposite case, there are possibilities to deteriorate the properties of the weld metal and usability.
(5) Confirm the suitable electric current characteristics for welding consumables before use,
(6) Some welding consumable can be used by both AC and DC-EP; however, the use of DC-
EP causes a little decrease in strength of the weld metal.
SMAW
(1) Low-hydrogen type electrodes should be stored in an oven (100-150C) placed near
the welding area after re-drying was finished. Take out minimize amounts of electrodes needed for a certain work from the oven. This manner is to keep the diffusible hydrogen content of the weld metal in a low level. before transferring the arc into the groove to prevent cracking.
(2) Use the backstep technique directly in the welding groove or strike an arc on a scrap plate (3) Keep the arc length as short as possible to maintain good shielding by the coating flux
decomposed gases during welding. The use of a long arc can cause a decrease of impact value of the weld metal caused by the nitrogen in the atmosphere and, where the arc length is excessive, blowholes can occur in the weld metal. Use a wind screen in windy areas.
(4) Refer to the tips for Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel for other notes.
98
FCAW, GMAW, and GTAW

(1) Use suitable shielding gas for each welding wire because the composition of a shielding
gas can affect the mechanical properties of the weld metal.
(2) Use a wind screen in windy areas to maintain the shielding gas in good condition. Insufficient
or irregular shielding gas can cause weld defects.
(3) Refer to the tips for welding Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel for other
notes.
SAW
(1) Remove rust, oil, grease, and water in the welding groove beforehand because such dirt
can cause weld defects like pits and blowholes.
(2) Select suitable steel plates and welding consumables carefully taking into account the
dilution of weld metal by the base metal. Submerged arc welding characterizes deeper penetration and thus larger dilution; therefore, the properties of the weld metal can markedly be varied by the chemical composition of the base metal. Especially in the single-pass-onboth-side welding, the dilution ratio becomes as large as about 60% and thus the properties of the weld metal is considerably affected by the chemical composition of the base metal.
(3) Refer to the tips for Mild Steel and 490MPa High Tensile Strength Steel for other notes.
How to prevent cold cracks in welding high tensile strength steels In order to prevent cold cracks in arc welding, preheat temperature is a key factor, which relates to the hardenability of the steel material, the amount of diffusible hydrogen in the weld metal, and the degree of restraint of the welding joint. Fig. 1 shows the relationship between preheat temperature and the Cracking Parameter (PC) which consists of the Cracking Parameter of Material (PCM), plate thickness (t), and diffusible hydrogen (H). This diagram was developed through the y-groove cracking test of high tensile strength steels having a variety of chemical compositions. It can be considered that PCM relates to the hardenability of a steel material, and plate thickness relates to the degree of restraint of a welding joint. Hence, PC can be a guide to estimating the preheat temperature needed for preventing a cold crack in arc welding of a particular steel material. However, in the stricter sense, the following formula (PW) is more recommended to use for estimating the cooling time after welding that relates to preheat temperature, heat input, ambient temperature, and other factors to prevent a cold crack in arc welding of actual steel structures. The applicable ranges of individual parameters are given in Table 1. PW = PCM + H/60 + RF/400,000 where PCM (%): the same as that contained in the PC formula RF (N/mmmm): the degree of restraint of a welding joint
The degree of restraint (N/mmmm) of a y-groove welding joint used for developing PC is about 700 times the plate thickness (mm); if RF is substituted by 700 x t, PW becomes almost the same as PC.
99

200
Cross sectional crack ratio 0% 1-10% 11-50% 51-100%
150 Preheat temperature()
No crack
Crack
100
50
0.20
0.30
0.40
t 600
Pc=PcM+

H 60
Fig. 1 Preheat temperature vs. cracking parameter (Plate thickness: 16~50 mm) PCM = C + Si/30 + Mn/20 + Cu/20 + Ni/60 + Cr/20 + Mo/15 + V/10 + 5B (%) t: Plate thickness (mm) H: Content of diffusible hydrogen of deposited metal (Glycerine method) (ml/100 g) H (Glycerine method) = 0.79H (Gas chromatography method) - 1.73
100
Table 1 Applicable ranges of parameters for PW formula Chemical composition of steels (%) C 0.07~ 0.22 Si 0~ 0.60 Mn 0.40~ 1.40 Cu 0~ 0.50 Ni 0~ 1.20 Cr 0~ 1.20 19~50 mm Mo 0~ 0.70 V 0~ 0.12 Ti 0~ 0.05 Nb 0~ 0.04 B 0~ 0.005
Amount of diffusible hydrogen, H 1.0~5.0 ml/100g
Plate thickness, t
Degree of restraint, RF 5000~33000 N/mmmm
(References: WES 3001-1996 and JIS Z 3118-1992)
101
SMAW
LB-7018-1
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.1 E7018-1 EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 4 B Features: Suitable for low temperature service steel Type of covering: Iron poder low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Brown, 2nd White
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.15 Si 0.40 0.75 Mn 1.57 1.60 P 0.011 0.035 S 0.003 0.035 Ti 0.025 B 0.0035 -

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 490 400 TS (MPa) 580 480 El (%) 31 22 IV (J) -46: 135 -4627 PWHT (xh) AW AW

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 70~100A 65~95A 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A 5.0mm 180~240A -
Polarity
Example Guaranty DC-EP AC, DC-EP
Approvals
ABS 4Y400, H10 LR 4Y40m H10
102
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 350 350 400 450 450 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 23 35 61 69 106
103
SMAW
LB-62
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-G EN ISO 2560-A-E 50 3 Z B Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding Typical coverd electrode in this classification Type of covering: Low hydrogen and moisture resistent Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Blue white, 2nd Yellow Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.09 Si 0.61 0.40~ 0.75 Mn 1.15 0.75~ 1.35 P 0.011 0.020 S 0.005 0.020
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Ni 0.63 0.40~ 0.75
Mo 0.26 0.20~ 0.40

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Approvals
ABS 3YQ500 H10 LR 3Ym H15 DNV 3YH10 BV 3 HH, 3Y HH NK KMW3Y50H10 CR MG
Packages
SMAW
LB-62UL
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-G EN ISO 2560-A-E 50 3 Z B Features: Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen and moisture resistent Redrying Conditions: 350~430x1h Identification color: 1st Brown, 2nd Silver
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.09 Si 0.63 0.40~ 0.75 Mn 1.13 0.75~ 1.35 P 0.010 0.020 S 0.006 0.020 Ni 0.65 0.45~ 0.80 Mo 0.25 0.20~ 0.40

Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH 3.2mm 90~130A 80~115A 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A 5.0mm 180~240A 150~200A 6.0mm 250~310A -
Polarity
Approvals
CCS 3Y50H10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 Length (mm) 350 400 400 450 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 31 55 85 140
105
SMAW
LB-62U
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-G Features: Suitable for one-side welding of pipes Good arc stability with relatively low currents Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen and moisture resistent Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Blue, 2nd Yellow Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.09 Si 0.64 0.40~ 0.75 Mn 1.03 0.70~ 1.20 P 0.010 0.020 S 0.004 0.020 Ni 0.59 0.45~ 0.80
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Mo 0.24 0.20~ 0.40

Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH Root pass 2.6mm 60~90A 50~80A 30~80A 3.2mm 90~130A 80~115A 60~110A 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A 90~140A
Polarity
Example Guaranty DC-EP DC-EP, AC (DC-EN is also suitable for root pass.)
Approvals
ABS 3YQ500 H10
Packages
SMAW
LB-52NS
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E7016-G EN ISO 2560-A-E 42 6 Z B Features: Good CTOD properties at temperatures down to -30 Better impact values at temperatures down to -60 Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st White, 2nd Green Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.10 Si 0.40 0.30~ 0.90 Mn 1.38 1.00~ 1.60 P 0.012 0.020 S 0.007 0.020 Ni 0.48 0.30~ 0.70
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Ti 0.023 0.005~ 0.035
B 0.0021 0.0005~ 0.0045

0.2%OS (MPa) 490 470 390 390 2.6mm 55~85A 50~80A AC AC, DC-EP LR 5Y40m(H15) DNV BV 5Y40H10, 4Y40M HH(KV-60) NV2-4(L), 4-4(L) NK KMWL3H10, KMW54Y40 TS (MPa) 580 570 480 480 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A El (%) 29 31 25 25 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A IV (J) -60: 130 -60: 120 -6027 -6027 5.0mm 180~240A 150~200A PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW 62015x1 6.0mm 250~310A -
Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH
Polarity
Example Guaranty
Approvals
ABS 3Y, 4Y400 H10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 Length (mm) 300 350 400 450 450 Weight per pack(kg) 2 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 17 31 55 97 140 107
SMAW
NB-1SJ
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-G Features: Good CTOD properties at temperatures down to -45 Good impact values at temperatures down to -80 Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st White, 2nd Brown
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.10 Si 0.31 0.15~ 0.50 Mn 1.32 1.10~ 1.70 P 0.007 0.020 S 0.004 0.020 Ni 1.33 1.10~ 1.70 Ti 0.020 0.005~ 0.035 B 0.0018 0.0005~ 0.0045
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal as AWS

Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~180A 110~170A 5.0mm 180~240A 150~200A
Polarity
Approvals
LR 5Y40m(H15) DNV 5YH10, NV2-4L, 4-4L BV 4Y40M HH, UP NK KMW5Y42H10
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 108 Length (mm) 350 400 450 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 31 55 97
SMAW
LB-62L
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-C1 Features: Good CTOD properties at temperatures down to -10 Better impact values at temperatures down to -60 AC is recommended for 570 to 610MPa class steel Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Blue, 2nd Orange
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example C 0.07 Si 0.34 0.60 Mn 0.97 1.20 P 0.012 0.03 S 0.005 0.03 Ni 2.10 2.00~ 2.75 Mo 0.13 Ti 0.022 B 0.0016 -
Guaranty 0.10

Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH 3.2mm 90~130A 80~120A 4.0mm 130~180A 100~170A 5.0mm 180~240A -
Polarity
Approvals
ABS 5YQ500 H10, MG
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 350 400 450 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 31 55 97 109
SMAW
LB-67L
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-G Features: Good CTOD properties at temperatures down to -20 Better impact values at temperatures down to -60 Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st White, 2nd Yellow Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.10 Si 0.33 0.15~0.50 Mn 1.09 0.60~1.20 P 0.008 0.020 S 0.002 0.020
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Ni 2.55 2.00~2.75
Mo 0.13 0.3
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal as AWS

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Approvals
ABS 5YQ500 H5
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 110 Length (mm) 300 350 400 450 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 18 31 55 97
SMAW
LB-70L
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E10016-G Features: Good impact values at temperatures down to -60 Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~430x1h Identification color: 1st Green, 2nd Yellowish green
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.03 0.07 Si 0.36 0.20~ 0.60 Mn 1.12 0.80~ 1.40 P 0.008 0.020 S 0.004 0.020 Ni 3.50 3.05~ 3.90 Cr 0.22 0.10~ 0.40 Mo 0.38 0.30~ 0.60

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Approvals
ABS 4YQ620 H5 DNV 4Y62H5
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 Weight per pack(kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 18 31 55 87 111
SMAW
LB-80L
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E11018-G H4 Features: Good impact values at temperatures down to -60 Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~400x1h Identification color: 1st Brown, 2nd Brown
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.04 0.09 Si 0.60 0.20~0.75 Mn 1.39 1.20~1.90 P 0.009 0.020 S 0.006 0.020 Ni 2.88 2.50~3.30 Mo 0.70 0.40~1.00

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Approvals
ABS 5YQ690 H5 DNV 5Y69H5
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 112 Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 Weight per pack(kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 18 32 57 90
SMAW
LB-88LT
Covered electrode
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E11016-G Features: Good impact values at temperatures down to -80 Excellent crack resistibility Type of covering: Low hydrogen Redrying Conditions: 350~430x1h Identification color: 1st Brown, 2nd Brown
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.04 0.09 Si 0.58 0.40~0.75 Mn 1.81 1.40~2.00 P 0.012 0.020 S 0.006 0.020 Ni 2.62 2.10~2.80 Mo 0.73 0.50~0.80

Example Guaranty

F, HF, H VU, OH 3.2mm 90~130A 80~115A 4.0mm 130~180A 100~170A 5.0mm 180~240A -
Polarity
Approvals
DNV 5Y69H5
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 350 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 30 54 87
113
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME Type of AWS Pol. covering Class. A5.5 E9018 -G A5.5 E8016 -C1 A5.5 E10016 -G A5.5 E11016 -G A5.5 E11016 -G Low hydrogen DCEP Chemical Features
Suitable
WP F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH
Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt
C 0.06 0.09 0.06
Si 0.61 0.40~ 0.75 0.33
Mn 1.28 0.80~ 1.40 1.09 1.20 1.40 1.20~ 1.70 1.50 1.20~ 1.70 1.50 1.30~ 1.80
LB-62D
for 550 to 610MPa high tensile strength steel RC: 350~400x1h

Suitable
LB-65L
Low hydrogen
DCEP
for 610MPa high tensile strength steel RC: 350~400x1h
0.10 0.60 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.61 0.40~ 0.75 0.63 0.40~ 0.75 0.52 0.35~ 0.70
LB-106
Low hydrogen
AC
Suitable
LB-116
Low hydrogen
AC
Suitable

Suitable
LB-80UL
Low hydrogen
AC
for 780MPa high tensile strength steel Ultra low hydrogen type RC: 350~430x1h
NB-3J
A5.5 E7016 -C2L
Low hydrogen
AC
Suitable for 3.5%Ni RC: 350~400x1h
steel
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.04
0.26
0.66
Gt
0.05 0.50
1.25
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example (polarity: AC, DC-EP for LB-62D), Gt: Guaranty (polarity: as specified above)
Approvals
LB-106 LB-80UL ABS, NK, CR NK, CCS
1st 2nd Product names LB-62D Pink Yellow LB-65L White Yellow LB-106 Blue white Purple Product names LB-116 LB-80UL NB-3J 1st 2nd Blue white Red Brown Green Yellow green Silver gray
114
composition of all-weld metal (%) P 0.011 S 0.005 Ni 0.57 0.45~ 0.85 2.55 2.00~ 2.75 1.50 1.20~ 1.70 1.83 1.50~ 2.10 1.90 1.70~ 2.10 Cr 0.22 0.10~ 0.30 0.28 0.20~ 0.40 0.28 0.10~ 0.40 Mo 0.25 0.20~ 0.35 0.13 0.19 0.10~ 0.30 0.43 0.35~ 0.55 0.43 0.25~ 0.55
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt 570 530 560 460 660 600 730 670 710 670 470 660 620 660 550 760 690 830 760 820 760 560 530 480 480 29 17 29 19 25 16 24 15 25 15 31 35 25 25 -20: 170 -20 27 -60: 130 -60 27 -20: 110 -20 27 -20: 110 -20 27 -20: 110 -20 27 -85: 170 -100: 140 -101 27 -101 27
PWHT (Cxh) AW AW AW AW AW AW AW AW AW AW AW 605 x1 AW 60515 x1
0.020 0.020 0.008 0.03 0.010 0.002 0.03 0.005
0.020 0.020 0.010 0.006
0.020 0.020 0.009 0.006
0.020 0.020
0.006
0.003
3.44
Ex 440 390
0.03
0.03
3.00~ 3.75
Gt 390

Dia. LB-62D LB-65L LB-106 2.6 3.2 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 Dia. LB-116 LB-80UL NB-3J 2.6 300 3.2 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 115
FCAW
DW-55E
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-9C-J EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 4 P C 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -40 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 3YSA, 3Y400SA, H5 LR 3YS, 4Y40S, H5 DNV YMS(H5) BV SA3, SA3YM HHH NK KSW54Y40G(C)H5 Others CR: 3YS-HH L1YS-HH GL: 3YH5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15 20 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 15 20
116
FCAW
DW-A55E
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.20 E71T-9M-J EN ISO 17632-A - T 42 4 P M 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -40 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar+20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H VU, OH 1.2mm 150~300A 150~280A 150~250A
Approvals
ABS 4Y400SA(H5) LR 4Y40S, H5 DNV YMS(H5) BV SA4Y40M HHH GL 3YH5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15
117
FCAW
DW-50LSR
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E71T1-GC Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 in the as-welded condition and down to -50 in the PWHT condition Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.12 Si 0.25 0.80 Mn 1.28 0.50~1.75 P 0.009 0.030 S 0.007 0.030 Ni 0.85 0.70~1.00

0.2%OS (MPa) 480 425 400 TS (MPa) 560 520 490~621 El (%) 31 35 20 IV (J) -60: 111 -60: 111 -6027 PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW
Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 5Y400SA, H5 LR 5Y40S, H5 DNV Y40MS(H5)
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15 20
118
FCAW
DW-A81Ni1
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E81T1-Ni1M-J EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 6 1Ni P M 2 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Meets the NACE MR0175 requirements for both chemistry and hardness. The nickel content is normally 1% max. Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.05 0.12 Si 0.32 0.80 Mn 1.26 1.50 P 0.006 0.030 S 0.006 0.030 Ni 0.95 0.80~1.10

0.2%OS (MPa) 520 470 TS (MPa) 580 550~690 El (%) 29 19 IV (J) -60: 142 -6027
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H VU, OH 1.1~1.2mm 150~300A 150~280A 150~250A
Approvals
ABS 5YQ420SA(H5) 4Y400SA(H5) LR 5Y42S, H5 DNV Y42MS(H5) Others CWB
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.1 1.2 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.7 15
119
FCAW
DW-55L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E81T1-K2C EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 6 1.5Ni P C 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.04 0.15 Si 0.38 0.80 Mn 1.32 0.50~ 1.75 P 0.010 0.030
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
S 0.008 0.030
Ni 1.40 1.00~ 2.00

Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 3YSA, 4Y400SA, MG LR 5Y40S, H15 DNV BV Others GL: 6Y40H15S KSWL3G(C), KR: L 3SG(C)H10, KSW54Y40G(C) 4Y40SG(C)H10 CCS: 5Y40SH10 NK
Y40MS(H10), SA5Y40M HH NV2-4L, 4-4L
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15 20 Dia. (mm) 1.4 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15
120
FCAW
DW-A55L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E81T1-K2M EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 6 1.5Ni P M 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 3YSA, MG LR 5Y46S, H5 DNV Y46MS(H5), NV2-4, NV4-4 BV S5Y46 H5
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Weight (kg) 15
121
FCAW
DW-55LSR
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E81T1-K2C EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 6 1.5Ni P C 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 in the as-welded and PWHT conditions Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


0.2%OS (MPa) 480 440 470 TS (MPa) 565 530 550~690 El (%) 33 34 22 IV (J) -60: 115 -60: 100 -6027 PWHT (xh) AW 620X1 AW
Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 5YQ420SA(H5) 4Y400SA(H5) LR DNV 5Y42S, 5Y42srS, Y42MS(H10), MG MG, H10 NV2-4L, 4-4L BV SA4Y40M HH, UP NK KSW5Y42G(C)H10, MG
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 15
122
FCAW
DW-A55LSR
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E81T1-Ni1M EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 6 Z P M 1 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 in the as-welded and PWHT conditions Meets the NACE MR0175 requirements for both chemistry and hardness. The nickel content is normally 1% max. Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty C 0.05 0.12 Si 0.33 0.80 Mn 1.32 1.50 P 0.009 0.030
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
S 0.008 0.030
Ni 0.90 0.80~1.10

0.2%OS (MPa) 510 450 470 TS (MPa) 570 530 550~690 El (%) 29 33 22 IV (J) -60: 120 -60: 70 -6027 PWHT (xh) AW 620x2 AW
Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 5YQ420SA(H5) LR 5Y42S(H5) DNV Y42MS(H5), NV2-4L, 4-4L
Packages
123
FCAW
DW-62L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E91T1-Ni2C-J EN ISO 17632-A - T 50 6 Z P C 2 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Excellent CTOD value at low temperatures down to -40 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 Polarity: DC-EP Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
S 0.008 0.030
Ni 2.5 1.75~2.75

Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 5YQ500SA H5 DNV Y50MS(H5)
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 124 Type Spool Weight (kg) 12.5
FCAW
DW-A62L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E91T1-GM EN ISO 17632-A - T 50 6 Z P M 2 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Excellent CTOD value at low temperatures down to -40 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
S 0.011 0.030
Ni 2.1 1.75~2.75

Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS 5YQ500 H5 DNV Y50MS(H5)
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 125
FCAW
DW-A65L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.29 E91T1-K2M-J EN ISO 18276-A-T55 4 Z P M 2 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -40 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.05 0.15 Si 0.32 0.80 Mn 1.18 0.50~1.75 P 0.009 0.030 S 0.008 0.030 Ni 1.78 1.00~2.00 Mo 0.11 0.35

Example Guaranty

Packages
126
FCAW
MX-A55Ni1
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 E80C-G EN ISO 17632-A - T46 6 Mn1Ni M M 3 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF


Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H 1.2mm 150~300A 150~300A
Packages
127
FCAW
MX-A80L
Flux cored wire
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 E110C-G H4 EN ISO 18276 T69 6 Mn2.5Ni M M 3 H5 Features: Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 Type of flux: Metal Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF

Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.03~0.10 Si 0.48 0.90 Mn 1.87 1.1~2.0 P 0.008 0.020 S 0.010 0.020 Ni 2.37 2.1~3.0 Mo 0.09 0.1

Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF H 1.1~1.2mm 150~300A 150~300A
Approvals
ABS 5YQ690SA(H5) DNV Y69MS(H5) LR 5Y69S, H5 GL 6Y69H5S
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.1 1.2 128 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.7 12.5
129
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME Type of AWS cored Class. flux Chemical SG Pol. Features
Suitable
WP
DW-A55ESR
A5.20 E71T -12M-J
Rutile
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -46 in the aswelded and PWHT conditions
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.05
Gt
0.12
MX-55LF
A5.20 E70T -9C-J
Metal
CO2
DCEP
for flat and horizontal fillet welding Excellent porosity resistibility to F inorganic zinc primer HF Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60
Suitable
Ex
0.05
Gt
0.12
MX-A55T
A5.28 E80C -G
Metal
80%Ar20%CO2
DCEP
for butt and fillet welding in all positions with a short circuit arc Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.05
Gt
0.15
Approvals
DW-A55ESR MX-55LF MX-A55T ABS, CWB ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK LR, DNV, BV
130
composition of all-weld metal (%) Si Mn P S Ni
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 500 580 30 -46: 100 -46: 60 -46 27 AW
0.50
1.40
0.013
0.007
0.40
Ex 470 560 480~ 620 31 22
620x3
0.90 1.60 0.03
0.03
0.50
Gt
400
AW
0.44
1.42
0.012
0.007
0.34
Ex
540
590
29
-60: 58
0.80 1.75 0.03
0.03
0.50
Gt
400
490
22
-60 27
0.34
1.40
0.013
0.018
1.42
Ex
540
600
29
-60: 90
0.80
0.50~ 1.75
0.03
0.03
1.00~ 2.00
Gt
470
550~ 690
19
-60 27
Diameter (mm)
DW-A55ESR MX-55LF MX-A55T 1.1, 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 1.2, 1.4
131
GMAW
Solid Wires
MG-60
A5.28 ER80S -G
CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for flat, F horizontal and HF horizontal fillet H welding
Ex
0.04
0.85
1.95
Gt
0.12
0.60~ 1.00
1.65~ 2.15
MG-S63B
A5.28 ER90S -G
Ar5~25% CO2
DCEP
F for 550 HF to 610MPa H high tensile VU strength steel OH

Suitable
Ex
0.09
0.69
1.36
Gt
0.12
0.40~ 0.90
1.00~ 1.50
MG-70
A5.28 ER100S -G
CO2
DCEP
Suitable
690MPa high tensile strength steel
for
Ex F HF H Gt
0.08
0.78
2.00
0.12
0.50~ 1.00
1.70~ 2.30
MG-S70
A5.28 ER100S -G
Ar5~25% CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.08
0.47
1.41
Gt
0.11
0.30~ 0.80
0.90~ 1.60
Note: Welding tests are as pert AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
Approvals
MG-60 DNV, NK
132
composition of wire (%) P S Ni Cr Mo Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT 0.2%OS TS El IV (CX h) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 590 670 660 28 29 Ex 570 -18: 90 -18: 80 -5 47 AW 620x5
0.007
0.010
Al: 0.01
Ti+Zr: 0.20
0.32
0.23
0.025 0.025
Al: Ti+Zr: 0.10 0.30
0.20~ 0.50
0.50
Gt
470
550
19
AW
0.004
0.007
0.05
0.45
0.28
0.21
Ex
580
660
29
-18: 150
AW 80%Ar20%CO2 AW 80%Ar20%CO2
0.025 0.025 0.20
0.20~ 0.60
0.20~ 0.50
0.50
Gt
490
620
19
-5 47
0.008
0.007
1.05
0.03
0.64
0.23
Ex
610
720
26
-18: 90
AW
0.030 0.030
0.70~ 0.30 1.50
0.40~ 0.90
0.35
Gt
550
690
16
-18 27
AW
0.006
0.008
2.02
0.17
0.39
0.21
Ex
650
720
25
-40: 100
AW 80%Ar20%CO2 AW 80%Ar20%CO2
0.030 0.030
1.50~ 0.30 2.50
0.20~ 0.60
0.50
Gt
550
690
16
-40 27
Diameter (mm)
MG-60 MG-S63B 0.9, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 1.2, 1.6 MG-70 MG-S70 1.2, 1.6 1.2 133
GMAW
Solid wires
MG-80
A5.28 ER110S -G
CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for
Ex F HF H Gt
0.08
0.67
1.88
0.12
0.40~ 0.90
1.60~ 2.20
MG-S80
A5.28 ER110S -G
Ar5~25% CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.08
0.46
1.37
Gt
0.12
0.30~ 0.60
1.10~ 1.60
Suitable
MG-S88A
A5.28 ER120S -G
80%Ar20% CO2
DCEP
for 780MPa high tensile strength steel for low temperature service
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.06
0.50
1.59
Gt
0.09
0.30~ 0.70
1.30~ 1.70
Approvals
MG-S80 MG-S88A ABS, DNV, NK, GL ABS, DNV
134
composition of wire (%) P S Ni Cr Mo Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 680 800 22 -18: 85 AW
0.008
0.009
2.16
0.65
0.23
Ex
0.030 0.030
1.80~ 2.60
0.40~ 0.35 Gt 0.90
590
760
15
-18 27
AW
0.007
0.002
2.64
0.19
0.50
0.22
Ex
770
850
20
-40: 80
AW 80%Ar20%CO2 AW 80%Ar20%CO2 AW 80%Ar20%CO2 AW 80%Ar20%CO2
0.030 0.030
2.40~ 3.00
0.10~ 0.40
0.30~ 0.35 Gt 0.70
665
760
15
-40 27
0.005
0.005
3.56
0.78
0.18
Ex
770
880
22
-80: 78
0.020 0.020
3.20~ 3.80
0.60~ 0.50 Gt 0.90
690
830
15
-60 27
Diameter (mm)
MG-80 MG-S80 MG-S88A 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6 1.2
135
GMAW
Solid wires
MG-S50LT
A5.18 ER70S -G
80%Ar20% CO2
DCEP
for 400 to 490 high tensile strength steel for low temperature service Ti-B type weld metal
Suitable
Ex F HF H VU OH Gt
0.09
0.39
1.91
0.03~ 0.10
0.30~ 0.50
1.50~ 2.10
MG-S1N
A5.28 ER70S -G
Ar5~20% CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for low temperature steel
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.04
0.43
1.30
Gt
0.07
0.20~ 0.60
1.00~ 1.60
MG-S3N
A5.28 ER70S -G
Ar5~20% CO2
DCEP
Suitable
for 3.5% Ni steel
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.03
0.26
1.18
Gt
0.07
0.50
1.00~ 1.50
Approvals
MG-S50LT ABS, LR, DNV, NK
136
composition of wire (%) P S Ni Others Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT 0.2%OS TS El IV (Cxh) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 470 540 33 -60: 110 -60: 88 -60 27 -60 27 -60: 140 AW
0.006
0.003
0.03
Ti: 0.08 B: 0.006 Ti: 0.04~ 0.12 B: 0.003~ 0.010 Mo: 0.21
0.22
Ex 440 400 510 480 480 35 22 22
620x1
AW 62015x1 620x1 80%Ar20%CO2 62015x1 80%Ar20%CO2 620x1 95%Ar5%CO2 62015x1 95%Ar5%CO2
0.015 0.015
0.50
0.40
Gt 400
0.005
0.006
1.76
0.21
Ex
410
520
32
0.020 0.020
1.50~ 2.00
Mo 0.40
0.50
Gt
360
480
22
-60 27
0.007
0.003
4.14
Mo: 0.22
0.22
Ex
470
570
32
-101: 130
0.020 0.020
3.80~ 4.50
Mo 0.40
0.50
Gt
360
480
16
-105 27
Diameter (mm)
MG-S50LT MG-S1N MG-S3N 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
137
GTAW
TIG Welding Rods and Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features C Si Mn P
Ex A5.28 ER80S -G
Suitable for 550 DCto 590MPa EN high tensile strength steel
0.08
0.74
1.38
0.007
TG-S62
Ar
Gt
0.10
0.30~ 0.85
1.15~ 1.65
0.020
Ex A5.28 ER80S -G
Suitable for 550 DCto 610MPa EN high tensile strength steel
0.08
0.04
1.28
0.006
TG-S60A
Ar
Gt
0.12
0.20
1.00~ 1.60
0.025
TG-S80AM
A5.28 ER110S -G
Ar
Suitable for DC780MPa EN high tensile strength steel
Ex
0.09 0.12
0.11 0.20
1.24 0.90~ 1.40
0.006 0.025
Gt
Product names TG-S62 TG-S60A TG-S80AM White Orange -
138
composition of rod and wire (%) S Ni Mo Others Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal YP TS EL IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 540 660 28 -20: 180 -20: 98 -20 27 -20 27 -60: 270 -60: 280 -60 27 -60 27 -60: 240 -60 27 AW 620 x1 AW 62015 x1 AW 600 x1 AW 60015 x1 AW
0.009
0.02
0.51
0.12
Ex 530 420 640 550 550 26 18 18
0.020
0.60
0.25~ 0.65
0.50
Gt 420
590 0.010 0.88 0.61 0.12 Ex 590 420 0.50 Gt 420 Cr: 0.36 Cr: 0.10~ 0.60 0.21 0.50
670
28
660 550 550
30 18 18
0.025
0.60~ 1.20
0.30~ 0.65
0.008 0.025
2.89 2.60~ 3.20
0.69 0.40~ 0.90
Ex
760 665
880 760
23 15
Gt
AW
Diameter (mm)
TG-S62 TG-S60A TG-S80AM 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4
139
GTAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features C Si Mn P
Ex TG-S1N A5.28 ER70S -G Ar

Suitable for low DC temperature EN steel
0.05
0.31
1.07
0.005
Gt
0.09
0.60
0.70~ 1.30
0.025
Ex TG-S3N A5.28 ER70S -G Ar DC- Suitable for EN 3.5% Ni steel Gt
0.04
0.36
0.89
0.004
0.06
0.60
0.60~ 1.10
0.020
Approvals
TG-S1N ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL
Product names TG-S1N TG-S3N Black Yellowish green
140
composition of rod and wire (%) S Ni Mo Cu
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal YP TS EL IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 460 540 450 480 580 570 480 480 33 35 24 30 31 24 24 -60: 200 -60: 250 -60 27 -60 27 -101: 69 -101: 78 -105 27 -105 27 AW 620 x1 AW 62015 x1 AW 620 x1 AW 62015 x1
0.007
0.82
0.15
0.12
Ex 390 360
0.025
0.60~ 1.00
0.30
0.40
Gt 510
0.007
3.48
0.15
0.11
Ex 490 360
0.020
3.20~ 3.90
0.30
0.50
Gt 360
Diameter (mm)
TG-S1N TG-S3N 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 1.6, 2.0, 2.4
141
SAW
MF-38/
Flux and wire combination
US-49
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8A4-EG-A4 F8P6-EG-A4 Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding Applicable for 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h

Example Guaranty C 0.09 0.07~ 0.12 Si 0.03 0.05 Mn 1.58 1.25~ 1.80 P 0.014 0.025 S 0.013 0.025 Mo 0.52 0.45~ 0.60 Cu 0.10 0.35

Example Guaranty C 0.10 0.15 Si 0.37 0.80 Mn 1.35 1.60 P 0.014 0.030 S 0.014 0.030 Mo 0.53 0.40~ 0.65 Cu 0.09 0.35

Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals (Single)
ABS 3YTM LR 3T, 3YM, 3YT DNV YTM BV A3YTM NK KAW3Y46TM H10 CCS 3YTM
142
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4 Type Spool Coil Spool Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 20 25 10 25, 76 25, 75 25, 75 25 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
143
SAW
MF-38/
US-A4
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8A4-EA4-A4 F8P6-EA4-A4 Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding Applicable for 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h


Example Guaranty C 0.10 0.15 Si 0.39 0.80 Mn 1.35 1.60 P 0.013 0.030 S 0.013 0.030 Mo 0.52 0.40~ 0.65 Cu 0.11 0.35

Example Guaranty
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 144 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
SAW
MF-38/
US-40
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F9A6-EA3-A3 F8P6-EA3-A3 Features: Suitable for butt and fillet welding Applicable for 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h


Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.15 Si 0.34 0.80 Mn 1.58 2.10 P 0.017 0.030 S 0.009 0.030 Mo 0.45 0.40~0.65 Cu 0.12 0.35

Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
Single ABS MG NK KAW3Y50MH10
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 25, 75 25, 75 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
145
SAW
PF-H80AK/US-80LT
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F12A10-EG-G Features: Suitable for butt and flat fillet welding of heavy duty structures Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -80 Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 250~350x1h

Example Guaranty C 0.12 0.15 Si 0.15 0.25 Mn 2.03 1.75~ 2.25 P 0.007 0.015 S 0.002 0.015 Ni 2.75 2.40~ 2.90 Mo 0.77 0.60~ 0.90 Cu 0.10 0.40


0.2%OS (MPa) 760 750 TS (MPa) 840 830~970 El (%) 22 14 IV (J) -73: 90 -7327 PWHT AW AW
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
Single DNV Y69M NK KAW5Y69MH5
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 146 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
SAW
PF-H80AS/US-80LT
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F11A10-EG-G Features: Suitable for butt and flat fillet welding of heavy duty structures Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -80 Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 250~350x1h



0.2%OS (MPa) 740 680 TS (MPa) 860 760~900 El (%) 23 15 IV (J) -73: 83 -7327 PWHT AW AW
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
Single DNV Y69M(H5) ABS 4YQ690
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
147
SAW
PF-H55LT/US-36
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A8-EH14, F7P8-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt welding of structures for low temperature service AC current is only applicable Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 and CTOD at temperatures down to -50 Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS

Example C 0.08 Si 0.19 Mn 1.42 P 0.013 S 0.005 Ti 0.02 B 0.004

Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals
ABS Single Tandem 3M, 3YM, MG 4YM, MG LR 5Y40M, H5 DNV YM, NV2-4, NV4-4 YM BV A4YM, UP NK KAWL3M KAWL3M
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 148 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25, 76 25, 75, 150 25, 75, 150 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
SAW
PF-H55AS/US-36J
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.17 F7A8-EH14, F7P8-EH14 Features: Suitable for butt welding of structures for low temperature service DC-EP current is only applicable Excellent impact value at low temperatures down to -60 and CTOD at temperatures down to -20 Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h Chemical composition of wire (%) as per AWS

Example C 0.07 Si 0.23 Mn 1.42 P 0.009 S 0.004 Ti 0.02 B 0.004

0.2%OS (MPa) 485 430 400 400 DC-EP DC-EP TS (MPa) 555 530 480~660 480~660 El (%) 33 31 22 22 IV (J) -62: 170 -62: 180 -6227 -6227 PWHT (xh) AW 620x1 AW 62015x1
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Example Guaranty
Approvals
ABS Single Tandem 5Y400 H5 5Y400 H5 LR 5Y40M, H5 5Y40M, H5 DNV Y40M, NV2-4L, NV4-4L Y40M(H5), NV2-4L, NV4-4L
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25, 76 25, 75 25, 75 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
149
SAW

Trade Designation ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features
Suitable
Wire-Ex Wire-Gt
C 0.12 0.10~ 0.18
Si 0.02 0.10
[F]MF-38/
[T]US-49A
A5.17 F7A6 -EH14 F7P6 -EH14
Fused
AC
for multi-layer butt welding of structures for low temperature service Excellent impact value at temperatures down to -40 RC: 150~350x1h
Weld-Ex
0.09
0.40
Wire-Ex
Suitable
0.10 0.13 0.07 0.12 0.06 0.13 0.04 0.12
0.13 0.30 0.30 0.80 0.18 0.05~ 0.30 0.21 0.80
[T]PF-H80AK/ [T]US-80BN
A5.23 F11A4 -EG-G
Bonded
AC
for butt and flat fillet welding of heavy structures Bead appearance and slag removal are excellent RC: 250~350x1h
Wire-Gt Weld-Ex Weld-Gt Wire-Ex Wire-Gt Weld-Ex Weld-Gt
Suitable
[T]PF-H203/ [T]US-203E
A5.23 F7P15 -ENi3 -Ni3
Bonded
AC
for multi-layer butt welding of 3.5% Ni steel Excellent impact value at temperatures down to -100 after PWHT RC: 200~300x1h
Note: Welding tests as per AWS, Wire-Ex: Example of wire, Wire-Gt: Guaranty of wire, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC), Gt: Guaranty of weld metal (polarity: AC)
150
composition (%) Mn 1.99 1.70~ 2.20 P 0.005 S 0.002 Mo 0.27 0.20~ 0.35 Cr or Ni Ex
Mechanical properties of weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 540 490 400 620 590 480~ 660 480~ 660 28 30 22 22 -51: 50 -51: 60 -51 27 -51 27 AW 620x1 AW 62015 x1
0.025 0.025
1.63
0.019
0.013
0.21
Gt 400
2.59 2.10~ 2.80 2.01 1.50~ 2.50 0.98 0.60~ 1.20 0.73
0.013
0.002
0.88 0.70~ 1.05 0.85 0.60~ 1.20 -
Cr: 0.78 Cr: 0.70~ 0.90 Cr: 0.79 Cr: 0.50~ 1.00 Ni: 3.48 Ni: 3.10~ 3.80 Ni: 3.35
Ex
720
820
24
0.020 0.020 0.007 0.004
-40: 80
AW
Gt
680
0.020 0.020 0.007 0.005
760~ 900
15
-40 27
AW
Ex
440
530
34
0.020 0.020 0.008 0.004
-101: 130
610x1
Gt 400 Ni: 1.60 0.030 0.025 2.80~ 3.80 Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal, Weld-Gt: Guaranty of weld metal
480~ 660
22
-101 27
62015 x1

US-49A US-80BN US-203E 2.4, 3.2, 4.0, 4.8 3.2, 4.0, 4.8 4.0
Mesh size of flux

MF-38 PF-H80AK PF-H203 12x65, 20x200, 20xD 10x48 10x48
151

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
SMAW, GMAW, GTAW, SAW

A guide for selecting welding consumables
Steel type Mn-Mo Mn-Mo-Ni ASTM / ASME steel grade Plate A302Gr.B, C, D A533Type A, B, C, D Pipe / Tube BL-96 SMAW
0.5Mo
A204Gr.A, B, C
A209Gr.T1 A335Gr.P1 A213Gr.T2 A335Gr.P2 A213Gr.T11,T12 A335Gr.P11,T12
CM-A76
0.5Cr-0.5Mo
A387Gr.2 Cl.1, Cl.2
CM-B83 CM-A96 CM-A96MB (AC) CM-A96MBD (DC-EP) CM-B98 CM-A106 CM-A106N (AC) CM-A106ND (DC-EP) CM-B108 CM-A106H (AC) CM-A106HD (DC-EP) CM-2CW
1Cr-0.5Mo 1.25Cr-0.5Mo
A387Gr.12 Cl.1, Cl.2 A387Gr.11 Cl.1, Cl.2
2.25Cr-1Mo
A387Gr.22 Cl.1, Cl.2
A213Gr.T22 A335Gr.P22
2.25Cr-1Mo-V Low C 2.25Cr-W-V-Nb 5Cr-0.5Mo 9Cr-1Mo 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb 9Cr-W-V-Nb 12Cr-W-V-Nb
A542Type D Cl.4a A832Gr.22V A387Gr.5 Cl.1, Cl.2 A387Gr.9 Cl.1, Cl.2 A387Gr.91 Cl.2
SA213Gr.T23 SA335Gr.P23 A213Gr.T5 A335Gr.P5 A213Gr.T9 A335Gr.P9 A213Gr.T91 A335Gr.P91 A213Gr.T92 A335Gr.P92 SA213Gr.T122 SA335Gr.P122
CM-5 CM-9 CM-9Cb CM-95B9 CM-96B9 CR-12S
154
GMAW
GTAW
SAW
MG-S56
TG-S56
PF-200/US-56B MF-38/US-40 MF-38/US-49 MF-38/US-A4 -
MG-SM
TG-SM
MG-CM
TG-SCM
MG-S1CM
TG-S1CM TG-S1CML TG-S80B2 TG-S2CM TG-S2CML TG-S90B3 TG-S2CMH TG-S2CW
PF-200/US-511N (AC) PF-200D/US-511ND (DC-EP)
MG-S2CM MG-S2CMS
PF-200/US-521S (AC) PF-200D/US-521S (DC-EP) PF-500/US-521H (AC) PF-500D/US-521HD (DC-EP) PF-H80AK/US-2CW
MG-S2CW
MG-S5CM MG-S9CM MG-S9Cb
TG-S5CM TG-S9CM TG-S9Cb TG-S90B9
PF-200S/US-502 PF-200S/US-9Cb (AC) PF-90B9/US-90B9 (DC-EP) PF-200S/US-12CRS (AC) PF-200S/US-12CRSD (DC-EP)
MG-S12CRS
TG-S12CRS
155

Tips for better welding results for individual welding processes SMAW
(1) Remove scale, rust, oil, grease, water, and other dirt from welding grooves beforehand to (2) Use welding currents in the recommended range because the use of excessively high
prevent defects such as porosity and cracking in the weld metal.
currents can cause imperfections such as poor X-ray soundness, much undercuts, much spatter, and hot cracking. (3) With low-hydrogen type electrodes, keep the arc length as short as possible to prevent porosity caused by nitrogen in the atmosphere. Limit the weaving width within two and a half times the diameter of the electrode. When striking an arc in the welding groove directly, use the backstep technique or strike an arc on a scrap plate before welding the groove to prevent blowholes in the arc starting bead. (4) Use preheating and interpass temperatures in the recommended range as shown in Table 1 in order to prevent the occurrence of cold cracks. (5) Use proper postweld heat treatment (PWHT) temperatures to ensure good mechanical properties of the weld. The use of an excessively high temperature can damage the weld causing inadequate tensile strength and impact value of the weld. In contrast, the use of an excessively low temperature can cause poor ductility and impact toughness of the weld in addition to inadequate stress relieving. The recommended ranges of PWHT temperatures are shown in Table 1. Hold weldments at PWHT temperatures for appropriate time according to the thickness of the base metal to ensure the quality of the weld. (6) Control heat input in predetermined ranges because heat input can markedly affect the crack resistibility and mechanical properties of the weld.
Table 1 Recommended temperatures for preheating and interpass control and PWHT Type of steel Mn-Mo-Ni steel 0.5Mo and 0.5Cr-0.5Mo steel 1Cr-0.5Mo and 1.25Cr-0.5Mo steel 2.25Cr-1Mo steel 5Cr-0.5Mo and 9Cr-1Mo steel 9Cr-1Mo-Nb-V steel Preheating and interpass temperature () 150-250 100-250 150-300 200-350 250-350 250-350 PWHT temperature () 590-650 620-680 650-700 680-730 710-780 710-760*1 710-800*2
*1: For CM-9Cb, MG-9Cb, TS-S9Cb, and PF-200S/US-9Cb *2: For CM-95B9, CM-96B9, TG-S90B9, and PF-90B9/US-90B9
156
GMAW
(1) Use DC-EP polarity. (2) Use and appropriate shielded gas flow rate as shown in Table 2 for recommendation. (3) In spray arc welding with a shielding gas of Ar/O2 or Ar/5-20%CO2 admixture, short
circuiting noise may occur when the arc voltage is excessively low. In such a case, keep the arc length about 4-5 mm in order to prevent blowholes in the weld metal. (4) Refer to (1), (4), (5), (6) of the tips for SMAW.
Table 2 Recommended shielding gas flow rate Flow rate (liter/min) 20-25 Nozzle standoff (mm) 20 Max wind velocity (m/sec) 2
GTAW
(1) Use DC-EN polarity. (2) Use an appropriate shield gas flow rates as shown in Table 3. (3) Use back-shielding to ensure good reverse bead appearance and prevent the occurrence (4) Refer to (1), (4), (5), (6) of the tips for SMAW.
of porosity in the weld metal for low-alloy steels containing Cr over 1.25%.
Table 3 Recommended shielding gas flow rate Flow rate (liter/min) 10-15 Max. wind velocity (m/sec) 1
SAW
(1) Control flux supply at an appropriate flux-burden height. The flux-burden height can affect the
appearance of beads and X-ray soundness. The most appropriate height varies depending on flux mesh size, shape of welding groove and other welding conditions; however, single electrode welding commonly use 25-35 mm while tandem welding generally use 30-45 mm. (2) Use lower currents and slower speeds for root pass welding of thick plates to prevent cracking. (3) Refer to (1), (4), (5), (6) of the tips for SMAW.
157

How to select the proper welding consumable for joining dissimilar metals The structural components of high temperature service equipment such as power generation boiler use several types of steels; therefore, joining dissimilar steels is unavoidable at the interface of different service condition areas. When joining carbon steels and Cr-Mo steels, or when joining dissimilar Cr-Mo steels, a filler metal with a composition similar to the lower-alloy steel or with an intermediate composition is commonly used for butt joints. For instance, carbon steel can readily be joined to 2.25Cr-1Mo steel by using either a carbon steel or a 1.25Cr-0.5Mo steel filler metal; however, carbon steel filler metals are usually selected except where carbon migration (the diffusion of carbon from lower-Cr metal to higher-Cr metal during PWHT and high temperature service) must be decreased. Likewise, 2.25Cr-1Mo steel can be joined to 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb steel by using a 2.25Cr-1Mo filler metal. In contrast, Cr-Mo steel and austenitic stainless steel are joined with a high Cr-Ni stainless (e.g. E309) or, where carbon migration and thermal stress are important factors, nickel alloy (e.g. ENiCrFe-1) filler metal. For a quick guide to recommended welding consumables for joining dissimilar metals, refer to Table 1.
Table 1 A quick guide to recommended welding consumables for joining dissimilar metals Base metal Type 304 stainless steel Mild steel 0.5Mo 1.25Cr-0.5Mo 2.25Cr-1Mo 5Cr-0.5Mo
(1) (2)
9Cr-1Mo 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb
NC-39 (E309), NC-39L (E309L), TG-S309 (ER309), TG-S309L (ER309L) NI-C703D (ENiCrFe-3), NI-C70A (ENiCrFe-1), TG-S70NCb (ERNiCr-3) LB-52 (E7016) TG-S50 (ER70S-G) LB-52 (E7016) TG-S50 (ER70S-G) LB-52 (E7016) TG-S50 (ER70S-G) CM-A76 (E7016-A1) TG-SM (ER80S-G) CM-A76 (E7016-A1) TG-SM (ER80S-G) CM-A76 (E7016-A1) TG-SM (ER80S-G) CM-A96 (E8016-B2) TG-S1CM (ER80S-G) CM-A96 (E8016-B2) TG-S1CM (ER80S-G) CM-A96 (E8016-B2) TG-S1CM (ER80S-G) CM-A106 CM-5 (E9016-B3) (E8016-B6) TG-S2CM TG-S5CM (ER90S-G) (ER80S-B6) CM-A106 (E9016-B3) TG-S2CM (ER90S-G)
9Cr-1Mo 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb
5Cr-0.5Mo
2.25Cr-1Mo
1.25Cr-0.5Mo
LB-52 CM-A76 (E7016-A1) (E7016) TG-S50 TG-SM (ER70S-G) (ER80S-G) LB-52 (E7016) TG-S50 (ER70S-G)
0.5Mo
158
Note: (1) This table guides to recommended filler metals matching the lower-alloy steels in various dissimilar metal joints, excepting for Type 304 steel. Other types of filler metals may be needed where a specific requirement is imposed. Note: (2) Preheating and postweld heat treatment for dissimilar Cr-Mo steels should be sufficient to the higher-alloy steel; however, the PWHT temperature should be lower to avoid damage to the lower-alloy steel and minimize the carbon migration. Type 304 stainless steel should not be preheated or postweld heat-treated to avoid sensitization.
159
SMAW
CM-A96
Covered electrode for 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-B2 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.11, Gr.12 and equivalents Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Silver, 2nd Black
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.05~0.12 Si 0.38 0.60 Mn 0.72 0.90 P 0.008 0.03 S 0.004 0.03 Cr 1.31 1.00~1.50 Mo 0.54 0.40~0.65

Temp. () RT 450 RT 0.2%OS (MPa) 570 460 460 TS (MPa) 650 520 550 El (%) 26 21 19 IV (J) 0: 210 PWHT (xh) 690x1 690x1 69015x1
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 55~85A 50~80A 3.2mm 80~120A 75~110A 4.0mm 125~175A 100~160A 5.0mm 185~235A 6.0mm 240~300A -
Polarity
Approvals
ABS LR MG(E8016-B2) MG(E8016-B2) DNV H10, NV1Cr0.5Mo BV NK Others TV UP(E8016-B2) MG(E8016-B2)
Packages
SMAW
CM-A96MBCM-A96MBD
Covered electrode for 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-B2 Features: Applicable for ASTM A387 Gr.11, Gr.12 and equivalents Lower tensile strength and higher impact value Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: CM-A96MB 1st Silver, 2nd Silver gray CM-A96MBD 1st Black, 2nd Silver gray
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

CM-A96MB CM-A96MBD C Si Example 0.06 0.45 Guaranty 0.05~0.12 0.60 Example 0.06 0.37 Guaranty 0.05~0.12 0.60 Mn 0.74 0.90 0.76 0.90 P 0.007 0.03 0.006 0.03 S Cr Mo 0.003 1.30 0.54 0.03 1.00~1.50 0.40~0.65 0.004 1.29 0.57 0.03 1.00~1.50 0.40~0.65

Temp. () RT 450 RT RT 450 RT 0.2%OS (MPa) 490 360 460 515 394 460 TS (MPa) 590 450 550 617 484 550 El (%) 30 24 19 27 19 19 IV PWHT (J) (xh) 690x1 -18: 200 690x1 -18: 170* 69015x1 690x1 -20: 174 690x1 -40: 78* 69015x1 * 690x1+Step Cooling
CM-A96MB Example Guaranty CM-A96MBD Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 55~85A 50~80A Example Guaranty 3.2mm 80~120A 75~110A AC AC 4.0mm 125~175A 100~160A CM-A96MBD 5.0mm 185~235A 6.0mm 240~300A DC-EP DC-EP Weight per piece (g) 17 30 54 84 120 161
Polarity
CM-A96MB Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 20
SMAW
CM-A106
Covered electrode for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-B3 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.22 and equivalents Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Silver, 2nd Brown
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


Temp. () RT 450 RT 0.2%OS (MPa) 630 520 530 TS (MPa) 730 580 620 El (%) 22 17 17 IV (J) 0: 120 PWHT (xh) 690x1 690x1 69015x1
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm 55~85A 50~80A 3.2mm 90~130A 75~115A 4.0mm 140~190A 100~160A 5.0mm 190~240A 6.0mm 240~300A -
Polarity
Approvals (CM-A106)
DNV H10, MG(E9016-B3) MG(E9016-B3) NV2.25Cr1Mo ABS LR BV NK Others TV UP(E9016-B3) MG(E9016-B3)
Packages
SMAW
CM-A106NCM-A106ND
Covered electrode for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-B3 Features: Applicable for ASTM A387 Gr.22 and equivalents Lower tensile strength, higher impact value and less sensitive to temper embrittlement Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: CM-A106N 1st Silver, 2nd White CM-A106ND 1st Black, 2nd White Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
CM-A106N CM-A106ND C Si Example 0.11 0.33 Guaranty 0.05~0.12 0.60 Example 0.11 0.32 Guaranty 0.05~0.12 0.60 Temp. () RT 450 RT RT 450 RT 0.2%OS (MPa) 510 430 530 501 402 530 Mn 0.81 0.90 0.84 0.90 TS (MPa) 650 510 620 635 483 620 P 0.005 0.03 0.004 0.03
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
S Cr Mo 0.002 2.28 0.98 0.03 2.00~2.50 0.90~1.20 0.002 2.41 1.04 0.03 2.00~2.50 0.90~1.20 IV PWHT (J) (xh) 690x8 -29: 120 690x8 -29: 108* 69015x1 690x8 -40: 151 690x8 -60: 109* 69015x1 *690x8 +Step Cooling

El (%) 28 20 17 26 19 17
CM-A106N
Example
Guaranty CM-A106ND Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 2.6mm (CM-A106N only) 55~85A 50~80A Example Guaranty Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 400 3.2mm 90~130A 75~115A AC AC 4.0mm 140~190A 100~160A CM-A106ND 5.0mm 190~240A Example Guaranty Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 20 6.0mm 240~300A DC-EP DC-EP Weight per piece (g) 18 31 55 86 122 163
Polarity
CM-A106N
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 (CM-A106N only) 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 5
SMAW
CM-A106H
Covered electrode for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo-V steel
Features: Applied for ASTM A336 Gr F22V and equivalents Excellent tensile strength at high temperatures and good creep rupture strength Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Silver, 2nd Green
Welding Positions:
H VU
HF

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~ 0.12 Si 0.31 0.20~ 0.50 Mn 1.18 0.50~ 1.30 P 0.004 S 0.001 Cr 2.42 2.00~ 2.60 Mo 1.01 0.90~ 1.20 V 0.29 0.20~ 0.40 Nb 0.017 0.010~ 0.040
0.015 0.015

0.2%OS (MPa) 612 420 TS (MPa) 713 590 El (%) 23 18 IV (J) -18: 147 PWHT (xh) 705x7 70515x8
Example Guaranty

Dia. F, HF, H VU 3.2mm 90~130A 75~115A 4.0mm 140~190A 100~160A 5.0mm 190~240A -
Polarity
Packages
SMAW
CM-A106HD
Covered electrode for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo-V steel
Features: Applicable for ASTM A336 Gr F22V and equivalents Excellent tensile strength at high temperatures and good creep rupture strength Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Silver, 2nd Green
Welding Positions:
H VU
HF

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~ 0.15 Si 0.24 0.20~ 0.50 Mn 1.12 0.50~ 1.30 P 0.005 S 0.002 Cr 2.48 2.00~ 2.60 Mo 1.05 0.90~ 1.20 V 0.27 0.20~ 0.40 Nb 0.012 0.010~ 0.040
0.015 0.015

0.2%OS TS El (MPa) (MPa) (%) Example 520 636 24 Guaranty 420 590 18 *1: 705x 8h for impact test, 705x 26h for tensile test IV (J) -30: 130 PWHT (xh) *1 70515x8

Dia. F, HF, H VU 3.2mm 90~130A 75~115A 4.0mm 140~190A 100~160A 5.0mm 190~240A -
Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 350 400 400 Weight per pack(kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton(kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 32 56 87 165
SMAW
CM-9
Covered electrode for 9%Cr-1%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E8016-B8 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.9 and equivalents Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Yellow, 2nd Blue
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU


0.2%OS (MPa) 510 460 TS (MPa) 680 550 El (%) 26 19 IV (J) 0: 110 PWHT (xh) 740x10 74015x1
Example Guaranty

Polarity
Packages
SMAW
CM-9Cb
Covered electrode for 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9016-G Features: Applicable for ASTM A387 Gr.91 and equivalents Excellent creep rupture strength Good performance by AC current Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st Yellow, 2nd Purple
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example C 0.06 Si 0.31 0.60 Mn 1.51 P 0.006 S 0.003 Ni 0.94 Cr 9.11 8.00~ 10.50 Mo 1.06 0.80~ 1.20 Nb 0.03 0.15 V 0.18 0.50
Guaranty 0.12
2.00 0.025 0.025 1.00

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Approvals
NK MG
Packages
SMAW
CM-95B9CM-96B9
Covered electrode for 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.5 E9015-B9: CM-95B9 E9016-B9: CM-96B9 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.91 and equivalents Excellent creep rupture strength Good performance by DC-EP current Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: CM-95B9 1st Yellow, 2nd Brown CM-96B9 1st Yellow, 2nd Brown Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
CM-95B9 Example Guaranty CM-96B9 Example Guaranty CM-95B9 Example Guaranty CM-96B9 Example Guaranty C Si Mn 0.10 0.20 0.82 0.08~ 0.30 1.20 0.13 0.1 0.23 0.83 0.08~ 0.30 1.20 0.13 Cu Al N 0.03 0.006 0.04 0.02~ 0.25 0.04 0.07 0.03 0.006 0.04 0.02~ 0.25 0.04 0.07 0.2%OS (MPa) 651 530 657 530 3.2mm 75~115A 70~110A P 0.006 0.005 Mn+Ni 1.31 1.50 1.31 1.50 S 0.001 0.001 Ni 0.49 0.48 Cr 9.09 8.0~ 10.5 9.08 8.0~ 10.5
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
0.01 0.01 0.80 0.01 0.01 0.80
Mo 1.03 0.85~ 1.20 1.06 0.85~ 1.20
Nb 0.03 0.02~ 0.10 0.03 0.02~ 0.10
V 0.25 0.15~ 0.30 0.24 0.15~ 0.30

CM-95B9 CM-96B9 Example Guaranty Example Guaranty 2.6mm 55~85A 50~80A DC-EP DC-EP Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 TS (MPa) 768 620 771 620 El (%) 22 17 21 17 4.0mm 120~160A 90~140A IV (J) 20: 74 20: 71 5.0mm 160~220A PWHT (xh) 760x2 76015x2 760x2 76015x2
Recommendable welding parameters

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH
Polarity
Example Guaranty AC (CM-96B9 only) Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 18 31 55 85
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 168
SMAW
CR-12S
Covered electrode for T92/P92 and equivalent steel
Classification: Features: Applicable for T92/P92 and equivalents Excellent creep rupture strength Redrying Conditions: 325~375x1h Identification color: 1st -, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C Si Mn 0.08 0.41 0.94 0.15 0.60 0.50~1.50 Co Cr Mo 1.57 9.62 0.23 0.50~1.80 8.60~13.00 0.50 P 0.008 0.025 V 0.37 0.50 S 0.001 0.025 Nb 0.03 0.080 Cu 0.02 0.25 W 1.63 1.30~2.50 Ni 0.52 1.50 N 0.05 0.03~0.07

Example Guaranty

Polarity
Example Guaranty DC-EP DC-EP, AC
Packages
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. A5.5 E7016 -A1 Type of covering Low hydrogen Chemical Pol. Features WP F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH Ex C 0.06 0.12 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.05~ 0.12 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.05~ 0.12 Si 0.49 0.60 0.87 1.00 0.68 0.80 0.85 1.00 0.68 0.80
AC
CM-A76
steel DCRC: 325~375x1h EP

Suitable
Suitable
for 0.5%Mo
Gt
CM-B95
A5.5 E7015 -B2L
Low hydrogen
for 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo DCsteel EP DC-EP is only applicable. RC: 325~375x1h AC for 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo DCsteel EP RC: 325~375x1h for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo DC- steel EP DC-EP is only applicable RC: 325~375x1h AC for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo DC- steel EP RC: 325~375x1h
Suitable Suitable Suitable
Ex
Gt
CM-B98
A5.5 E8018 -B2
Low hydrogen
Ex
Gt
CM-B105
A5.5 E8015 -B3L
Low hydrogen
Ex
Gt
CM-B108
A5.5 E9018B3
Low hydrogen
Ex
Gt
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example (polarity: AC, except DC-EP for CMB-95/-105),
Approvals
CM-B98 LR
Product names CM-A76 CM-B95 CM-B98 CM-B105 CM-B108 1st Brown Black Black Black Black 2nd Yellow Yellowish green Blue Pink
170
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn 0.79 0.90 0.71 0.90 0.75 0.90 0.87 0.90 0.70 0.90 P 0.006 0.03 0.005 0.03 0.012 0.03 0.006 0.03 0.012 0.03 S 0.002 0.03 0.004 0.03 0.006 0.03 0.004 0.03 0.007 0.03 Cr Mo 0.49 0.40~ 0.65 0.49 0.40~ 0.65 0.52 0.40~ 0.65 0.95 0.90~ 1.20 0.95 0.90~ 1.20 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 550 390 630 480 29 25 0: 210 0: 78 0: 66 0: 79 0: 106 620x1 62015 x1 690x1 69015 x1 690x1 69015 x1 690x1 69015 x1 690x1 69015 x1
Gt
1.20 1.00~ 1.50 1.29 1.00~ 1.50 2.14 2.00~ 2.50 2.14 2.00~ 2.50
Ex
470 390
580 520
29 19
Gt
Ex
590 460
690 550
26 19
Gt
Ex
550 460
650 550
25 17
Gt
Ex
610 530
720 620
23 17
Gt
Gt: Guaranty (polarity: As specified above)

Dia. CM-A76 CM-B95 CM-B98 CM-B105 CM-B108 2.6 300 300 300 300 300 3.2 350 350 400 350 400 4.0 400 400 450 400 450 5.0 400 400 450 400 450 6.0 400 450 171
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C Ex 0.06 Si 0.54 Mn 1.30 0.90~ 1.70 0.52
BL-96
A5.5 E9016 -G
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for Mn-Mo and Mn-Mo-Ni steel RC: 325~ 375x1h
F HF H VU OH
Gt
0.12
0.60
CM-5
A5.5 E8016 -B6
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for 5%Cr-0.5%Mo steel RC: 325~ 375x1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.08 0.05~ 0.10
0.36
Gt
0.90
1.0
Ex
0.05
0.28
0.73
CM-2CW
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Suitable
for T23 tubes and P23 pipes RC: 325~ 375x1h
F HF H VU OH Gt 0.15 0.60
0.10~ 1.60
Approvals
CM-2CW NK
Product names BL-96 CM-2CW CM-5 1st Red Orange Orange 2nd Green Green -
172
composition of all-weld metal (%) P 0.005 S 0.004 Cr Mo 0.53 0.35~ 0.65 0.58 0.45~ 0.65 Others Ni: 0.37 Ni: 0.20~ 1.00 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 540 620 26 -12: 31 0: 150 635x26 62015 x1 750x8 74015 x1
0.020 0.020
Gt
530
620
17
0.008
0.002
5.39 4.0~ 6.0
Ex
400
560
33
0.03
0.03
W: 1.60 V: 0.22 Nb: 0.02 W: 1.00~ 2.00 V: 0.15~ 0.30 Nb: 0.01~ 0.08
Gt
460
550
19
0.007
0.005
2.25
0.09
Ex
565
652
20
0: 105
715x2
0.020 0.010
1.90~ 2.60
0.05~ 0.85
Gt
300
510
17
71515 x2
Gt: Guaranty (polarity: As specified above)

Dia. BL-96 CM-5 CM-2CW 2.6 300 300 3.2 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 6.0 450 400 -
173
GMAW
Solid Wires
Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features WP C Si Mn P S
MG-S56
Suitable for A5.28 ArDC- Mn-Mo & ER80S 5~20% EP Mn-Mo-Ni -G CO2 steel
F 0.006 0.007 HF Ex 0.08 0.41 1.50 H VU Gt 0.10 0.30~ 1.00~ 0.020 0.020 0.90 1.60 OH F 0.006 0.009 HF Ex 0.07 0.59 1.10 H VU 0.30~ 0.60~ OH Gt 0.15 0.025 0.025 0.90 1.60 F 0.007 0.009 HF Ex 0.09 0.55 1.15 H VU 0.30~ 0.60~ OH Gt 0.15 0.025 0.025 0.90 1.50 F 0.005 0.009 HF Ex 0.08 0.56 1.07 H VU 0.20~ 0.40~ OH Gt 0.15 0.025 0.025 0.90 1.40 Ex 0.12 0.39 0.85 0.004 0.003
MG-SM
A5.28 Suitable for DCER80S 0.5%Mo EP Ar-G steel 5~20% CO2 Ar2~5% O2
Ar2~5% O2
Suitalbe for A5.28 DC- 1~1.25%CrMG-S1CM ER80S 0.5%Mo EP Ar-G steel 5~20% CO2
Suitable for A5.28 DC- 2.25%CrMG-S2CM ER90S EP 1%Mo -G Ar steel 5~20% CO2
Ar2~5% O2
for 2.25%Cr 1%Mo A5.28 Ar steel DCMG-S2CMS ER90S 10~20% Better toughEP -G CO2 ness and lower sensitivity to temper embrit tlement
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Gt 0.15
0.20~ 0.40~ 0.025 0.025 0.90 1.40
Approvals
MG-SM MG-S1CM MG-S2CM 174 ABS ABS, BV, NK, LR NK
composition of wire (%) Ni 0.89 0.50~ 1.00 Cr Mo 0.34 0.20~ 0.60 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 1.11 0.90~ 1.20 0.97 Cu 0.17 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT 0.2%OS TS El IV (Cxh) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG 500 470 520 590 550 610 580 550 680 540 550 670 570 620 720 560 29 19 25 28 19 22 28 19 26 30 17 21 28 -40: 69 0: 98 0: 160 0: 69 0: 170 0: 110 0: 140 -20: 120 -20: 130 620x40 80%Ar-20%CO2 62015x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 AW 80%Ar-20%CO2 620x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 AW 80%Ar-20%CO2 620x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 650x10 80%Ar-20%CO2 62015x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 680x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 690x15 80%Ar-20%CO2 69015x1 80%Ar-20%CO2 670x1 85%Ar-15%CO2 690x25 85%Ar-15%CO2 69015x1 85%Ar-15%CO2
0.35 Gt
0.17
Ex 480
0.40 Gt
470 570
1.45 1.00~ 1.60 2.35 2.10~ 2.70 2.27
0.18
Ex 420
0.40 Gt
470 550
0.17
Ex 430
0.40 Gt
540 600
0.14
Ex 410
2.10~ 2.70
0.92~ 1.20
0.40 Gt
530
620
17
Diameter (mm)
MG-S56 MG-SM MG-S1CM 1.2 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 MG-S2CM MG-S2CMS 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 0.8, 1.2, 2.4
175
GMAW
Solid Wires
Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features WP C Si Mn P S
MG-S2CW
F Ex 0.03 0.38 1.30 0.005 0.004 A5.28 ArSuitable for HF DCER90S 5-20% T23 tubes & H EP -G CO2 P23 pipes VU 0.10~ OH Gt 0.15 0.60 1.60 0.020 0.010 Ar2~5% O2 F Ex 0.08 0.40 0.53 0.011 0.010 HF H VU 0.40~ OH Gt 0.10 0.50 0.70 0.025 0.025 F Ex 0.07 0.40 0.52 0.007 0.008 HF H VU 0.40~ OH Gt 0.10 0.50 0.70 0.025 0.025 F Ex 0.08 0.35 1.59 0.007 0.008 HF H VU OH Gt 0.12 0.70 2.20 0.020 0.020
MG-S5CM
Suitable for A5.28 DC- 5%CrER80S EP 0.5%Mo -B6 Ar steel 5~20% CO2
MG-S9CM
Suitable for S5.28 DC- 9%CrER80S EP 1%Mo -B8 Ar steel 5~20% CO2
Ar2~5% O2
MG-S9Cb
A5.28 ArER90S 5% -G CO2
DC- 9%CrEP 1%Mo Nb-V steel
Suitable
for
MG-S12CRS
Ar2~5% O2 Ar5-20% CO2
for DC T92/P92 & EP equivalents
Suitable
Ex 0.04 0.40 F HF H VU OH Gt 0.12 0.10~ 0.70
1.19
0.004
0.006
0.80~ 0.020 0.020 1.50
Approvals
MG-S2CW NK
176
composition of wire (%) Ni Cr Mo Cu Nb Others V:0.29 W:1.83 V:0.15~0.30 W:1.00~2.00 -
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal PWHT 0.2%OS TS El IV (Cxh) (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) & SG Ex 656 727 19 0: 38 0: 78 0: 130 0: 98 715x2 80%Ar20%CO2 69015x1 80%Ar20%CO2 700x2 98%Ar2%O2 74515x1 98%Ar2%O2 720x2 98%Ar2%O2 74515x1 98%Ar2%O2 740x8 95%Ar5%CO2 74515x1 95%Ar5%CO2 750x8 95%Ar5%O2 740x8 98%Ar2%O2
0.51 0.01~ 1.20 0.08
2.35 1.90~ 2.60 5.52 4.50~ 6.00 8.99 8.00~ 10.5 8.79 8.00~ 10.00
0.11
0.18
0.031
0.01~ 0.05~ 0.40 0.08 0.85 0.55 0.18 -
Gt
530
620 17
Ex
480
640
26
0.6
0.45~ 0.35 0.65 1.00 0.8~ 1.2 0.88 0.01
Gt
470
550 17
0.02
Ex
480
640
24
0.5
0.35
Gt
470
550 17
0.45
0.01
0.02
V:0.17
Ex
570
700
27
1.00
0.80~ 0.35 0.10 1.20
V:0.50 V:0.30 W:1.59 N:0.04 Co:1.59 V:0.10~0.50 W:1.00~2.00 N:0.02~0.07 Co:1.00~1.70
Gt
410
620 16
0.52
10.10
0.40
0.01
0.04
Ex
592
721
25
20: 72
0.30~ 1.00
9.50~ 11.50
0.01~ 0.25~ 0.40 0.08 0.50
Gt
530
620 15
Diameter (mm)
MG-S5CM MG-S9CM MG-S9Cb 1.2, 1.6 1.2 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6 MG-S2CW MG-S12CRS 0.8, 1.0, 1.2 0.8, 1.2
177
GTAW
TG-S1CM
TIG welding rod and wire for 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-G Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.11, Gr.12 and equivalents Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Silver

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~ 0.12 Si 0.52 0.70 Mn 1.10 0.60~ 1.20 P 0.007 S 0.009 Cr 1.40 1.00~ 1.50 Mo 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.02 0.20 Cu 0.11 0.35
0.025 0.025

0.2%OS (MPa) 540 470 TS (MPa) 630 550 El (%) 28 19 IV (J) 0: 270 PWHT (x h) 690x1 62015x1
Example Guaranty
Approvals
ABS MG LR MG DNV MG BV UP (ER80S-G) NK MG (ER80S-G) KR MG (ER80S-G) Others TV
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 178 Type Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 5 10 5 10 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 9 16 25 35 63
GTAW
TG-S1CML
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-G Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.11, Gr.12 and equivalents Lower carbon content Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Blue

Example Guaranty C 0.03 0.05 Si 0.50 0.70 Mn 1.13 1.30 P 0.005 S 0.009 Cr 1.40 1.00~ 1.50 Mo 0.49 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.04 0.20 Cu 0.12 0.35
0.025 0.025

0.2%OS (MPa) 480 470 TS (MPa) 580 550 El (%) 31 19 IV (J) 0: 300 PWHT (x h) 620x1 AW
Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 5 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
179
GTAW
TG-S80B2
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2 Features: Applicable for ASTM A213 Gr.11 and equivalents Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Silver

Example Guaranty C 0.11 0.07~ 0.12 Si 0.50 0.40~ 0.70 Mn 0.67 0.40~ 0.70 P 0.004 S 0.004 Cr 1.40 1.20~ 1.50 Mo 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.01 0.25 Cu 0.15 0.35
0.025 0.025

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
180
GTAW
TG-S2CM
TIG welding rod and wire for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER90S-G Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.22 and equivalents Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Brown

0.025 0.025

Example Guaranty
Approvals
ABS MG DNV MG BV UP(ER90S-G) NK MG KR MG(ER90S-G) Others TV
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 5 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 9 16 25 35 63
181
GTAW
TG-S2CML
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-G Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.22 and equivalents Lower carbon content Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Red

Example Guaranty C 0.03 0.05 Si 0.50 0.70 Mn 1.14 1.30 P 0.007 S 0.009 Cr 2.33 2.10~ 2.60 Mo 1.09 0.90~ 1.20 Ni 0.03 0.20 Cu 0.12 0.35
0.025 0.025

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Tube Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 5 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 -
182
GTAW
TG-S90B3
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER90S-B3 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.22 and equivalents Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Brown

Example Guaranty C 0.11 0.07~ 0.12 Si 0.64 0.40~ 0.70 Mn 0.67 0.40~ 0.70 P 0.006 S 0.006 Cr 2.44 2.30~ 2.70 Mo 1.09 0.90~ 1.20 Ni 0.01 0.25 Cu 0.14 0.35
0.025 0.025

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
183
GTAW
TG-S2CMH
TIG welding rod and wire for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo-V steel
Features: Applicable for ASTM A336 Gr. F22V and equivalents Excellent tensile strength at high temperatures and good creep rupture strength Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Silver

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.12 0.10~0.13 Mo 1.06 0.90~1.20 Si 0.16 0.70 V 0.28 0.20~0.40 Mn 0.43 0.20~0.70 Nb 0.037 0.015~0.040 P 0.005 0.025 Ni 0.01 0.20 S 0.008 0.025 Cu 0.11 0.35 Cr 2.31 2.00~2.50

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 9 16 25 35
184
GTAW
TG-S9CM
TIG welding rod and wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER80S-B8 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.9 and equivalents Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Purple

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.10 Mo 1.00 0.8~1.2 Si 0.39 0.50 Ni 0.18 0.50 Mn 0.52 0.40~0.70 Cu 0.01 0.35 P 0.006 0.025 S 0.009 0.025 Cr 8.98 8.00~10.50

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 20 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
185
GTAW
TG-S9Cb
TIG welding rod and wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER90S-G Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.91 and equivalents Excellent creep rupture strength Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Gray

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.12 Mo 0.90 0.85~1.20 Si 0.16 0.60 Ni 0.71 0.80 Mn 1.01 1.20 Nb 0.04 0.02~0.12 P 0.006 0.020 V 0.18 0.10~0.35 S 0.005 0.010 Cu 0.01 0.35 Cr 9.01 8.00~10.00

Example Guaranty
Approvals
NK MG
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 Type Spool Spool Spool Spool Tube Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 16 25 35 63
186
GTAW
TG-S90B9
TIG welding rod and wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.28 ER90S-B9 Features: Applied for ASTM A387 Gr.91 and equivalents Excellent creep rupture strength Shielding Gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Black

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.12 0.07~0.13 Mo 1.00 0.85~1.20 Si 0.25 0.15~0.50 Ni 0.49 0.80 Mn 0.75 1.20 V 0.21 0.15~0.30 P 0.006 0.010 Al 0.04 S 0.004 0.010 Nb 0.05 0.02~0.10 Cu Cr 0.01 9.20 0.20 8.00~10.50 N Mn+Ni 0.04 1.24 0.03~0.07 1.50

Example Guaranty
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 Type Spool Spool Spool Tube Tube Tube Weight (kg) 10 10 10 5 5 5 Length (mm) 1,000 1,000 1,000 Weight per piece(g) 16 25 35
187
GTAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt C 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.15 0.08 0.05~ 0.12 0.09 0.10 0.04 Si 0.58 0.30~ 0.70 0.41 0.20~ 0.60 0.39 0.20~ 0.50 0.54 0.80 0.41 0.50 0.41 Mn 1.08 P 0.005 S 0.008
A5.28 TG-S70SA1 ER70S -A1 A5.28 ER80S -G A5.28 ER90S -G A5.28 ER80S -G A5.28 ER80S -B6
Ar
DC- Suitable for EN 0.5%Mo steel

Suitable for DC- Mn-Mo and EN Mn-Mo-Ni steel Suitable for DC- Mn-Mo and EN Mn-Mo-Ni steel
1.30 0.025 0.025 1.59 1.20~ 1.80 1.23 1.05~ 1.45 1.04 0.007 0.007
TG-S56
Ar
0.025 0.025 0.008 0.005
TG-S63S
Ar
0.025 0.025 0.004 0.007
TG-SM
Ar
DC- Suitable for EN 0.5%Mo steel
1.50 0.025 0.025 0.49 0.40~ 0.70 0.45 0.10~ 1.60 0.74 0.006 0.009
TG-S5CM
Ar
Ex Suitable for DC 5%CrEN 0.5%Mo steel Gt DC- EN

Suitable
0.025 0.025 0.005 0.004
TG-S2CW
Ar
for SA213Gr. T23 tubes and SA335Gr. P23 pipes
Ex
Gt
0.15
0.60
0.020 0.010
TG-S12CRS
Ar
Ex for T92/P92 and DC- equivalents EN Excellent creep rupture Gt strength

Suitable
0.07
0.36
0.004
0.003
0.15
0.50
1.00 0.020 0.010
Approvals
TG-S56 TV TG-S2CW NK
Diameter (mm)
TG-S56 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S5CM 1.2, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S63S 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S2CW 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 TG-SM 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S12CRS 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4
188
composition of rod and wire (%) Ni 0.03 0.20 0.66 0.40~ 0.80 1.58 1.45~ 1.75 0.02 0.20 0.04 0.60 Cr 5.44 4.50~ 6.00 2.32 1.90~ 2.60 9.92 Mo 0.56 0.40~ 0.65 0.50 0.40~ 0.60 0.39 0.25~ 0.55 0.53 0.40~ 0.65 0.55 0.45~ 0.65 0.52 0.05~ 0.85 0.35 Cu 0.13 0.35 0.11 0.35 0.10 0.35 0.12 0.35 0.12 0.35 0.10 Others Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS EL IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) 534 400 520 470 566 480 500 470 480 470 467 611 32 0: 267 -12: 290 -12: 256 0: 280 0: 280 0: 205 0: 44 620x1 62015 x1 620x1 62015 x1 625 x15 620x1 620x1 AW 750x2 74515 x1 715x2 71515 x2
515 19 590 31
550 19 655 27
620 16 580 32
550 19 600 26
550 17 578 31
0.51
V: 0.33 Ex Nb: 0.031 W: 1.22, Al: V: 0.15~0.40 Nb: 0.01~0.08 Gt 0.40 W:1.00~2.00 Al0.03 V: 0.21, Nb: 0.04 0.01 W: 1.45, Co: 1.01 Ex N: 0.04 0.25 V: 0.05~0.35 Nb: 0.01~0.10 W:1.00~2.00 Co: 0.80~1.20 N:0.03~0.07
300
510 20
686
790
23
740x8
0.80
9.50~ 12.00
0.10~ 0.70
Gt
440
620 17
740x8
Product names TG-S70SA1 TG-S56 TG-S63S TG-SM Green Silver gray Light green Green Product names TG-S5CM TG-S2CW TG-S12CRS White Blue white -
189
SAW
MF-38/
US-49
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P6-EG-A4 F8A4-EG-A4 Features: Suitable for single or multi-pass butt welding of 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h


Mechanical properties of weld metal (AC) as per AWS

0.2%OS (MPa) 510 470 TS (MPa) 600 550~690 El (%) 29 20 IV (J) -51: 40 -5127 PWHT (xh) 600x3 62015x1
Example Guaranty
Polarity
Approvals (Single)
ABS 3YTM LR 3T, 3YM, 3YT DNV YTM BV A3YTM NK KAW3Y46TMH10 CCS 3YTM
190
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4 Type Spool Coil Spool Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 20 25 10 25, 76 25, 75 25, 75 25 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
191
SAW
MF-38/
US-A4
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P4-EA4-A4 F8A4-EA4-A4 Features: Suitable for single or multi-pass butt welding of 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h



Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 510 470 TS (MPa) 600 550~690 El (%) 29 20 IV (J) -51: 40 -5127 PWHT (xh) 620x1 62015x1
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
192
SAW
MF-38/
US-40
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P6-EA3-A3 F9A6-EA3-A3 Features: Suitable for single or multi-pass butt welding of 0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Fused Redrying conditions of flux: 150~350x1h

Example Guaranty C 0.13 0.05~0.17 Si 0.04 0.20 Mn 1.80 1.65~2.20 P 0.008 0.025 S 0.010 0.025 Mo 0.52 0.45~0.65 Cu 0.12 0.35


Polarity
Approvals
Single ABS MG NK KAW3Y50MH10
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 2.0 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4 Type Spool Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 20 25 25, 75, 150 25, 75 25, 75, 150 25 Flux Mesh size 12x65 20x200 20xD Type Can Can Can Weight (kg) 25 25 25
193
SAW
PF-200/US-511N
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P2-EG-B2 Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo steel Excellent notch toughness Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.15 Si 0.30 0.40 Mn 0.90 0.50~ 1.00 P 0.004 S 0.002 Cr 1.45 1.25~ 1.80 Mo 0.52 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.17 0.25 Cu 0.14 0.25
0.015 0.015

Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~ 0.15 Si 0.20 0.80 Mn 0.88 1.20 P 0.007 S 0.002 Cr 1.39 1.00~ 1.50 Mo 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.15 0.20 Cu 0.11 0.35
0.030 0.030

Polarity
Packages
194
SAW
PF-200D/US-511ND
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F8P2-EG-B2 Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 1~1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo steel Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty C 0.13 0.15 Si 0.09 0.40 Mn 0.92 0.50~ 1.00 P 0.005 S 0.003 Cr 1.49 1.25~ 1.80 Mo 0.56 0.40~ 0.65 Ni 0.17 0.25 Cu 0.10 0.25
0.015 0.015

0.030 0.030

Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 Type Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
195
SAW
PF-200/US-521S
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F9P2-EG-B3 Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 2.25%Cr-1%Mo steel Excellent notch toughness Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

0.012 0.012

0.030 0.030

Polarity
Packages
196
SAW
PF-200D/US-521S
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F9P2-EG-B3 Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 2.25%Cr-1%Mo steel Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

0.012 0.012

0.030 0.030

Polarity
Packages
197
SAW
PF-500/US-521H
SAW flux and wire combination for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo-V steel
Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of ASTM A336 Gr. F22V and equivalents Excellent tensile strength at high temperatures and good creep rupture strength Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.13 0.18 Cr 2.55 2.00~2.65 Si 0.20 0.25 Mo 0.98 0.90~1.20 Mn 1.27 0.30~1.40 V 0.39 0.25~0.45 P 0.004 0.025 Nb 0.02 0.010~0.040 S 0.002 0.025 Cu 0.12 0.30

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.05~0.15 Cr 2.53 2.00~2.60 Si 0.13 0.05~0.35 Mo 1.03 0.90~1.20 Mn 1.16 0.50~1.30 V 0.35 0.20~0.40 P 0.006 0.015 Nb 0.015 0.010~0.040 S 0.001 0.015

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 620 420 TS (MPa) 710 590~760 El (%) 26 16 IV (J) -18: 150 PWHT (xh) 705x7 70515x8
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 4.0 198 Type Coil Weight (kg) 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
SAW
PF-500D/US-521HD
SAW flux and wire combination for 2.25%Cr-1%Mo-V steel
Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding Applicable for ASTM A336 Gr F22V and equivalents Excellent tensile strength at high temperatures and good creep rupture strength Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.16 0.18 Cr 2.54 2.00~2.65 Si 0.21 0.25 Mo 1.03 0.90~1.20 Mn 1.30 0.30~1.40 V 0.38 0.25~0.45 P 0.003 0.025 Nb 0.022 0.010~0.040 S 0.001 0.025 Cu 0.11 0.30

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.05~0.15 Cr 2.44 2.00~2.60 Si 0.17 0.05~0.35 Mo 1.03 0.90~1.20 Mn 1.26 0.50~1.30 V 0.34 0.20~0.40 P 0.007 0.015 Nb 0.011 0.010~0.040 S 0.001 0.015 Cu 0.10 -

0.2%OS TS (MPa) (MPa) Example 518 634 Guaranty 420 590 *1: 705x8h for impact test, 705x26h for tensile test El (%) 26 18 IV (J) -30:106 PWHT (xh) *1 70515x8
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 4.0 Type Coil Weight (kg) 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20 199
SAW
PF-200S/US-9Cb
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F10PZ-EG-G Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel Excellent creep rupture strength Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.08 0.14 Cr 8.91 8.00~10.50 Si 0.13 0.30 Mo 0.90 0.80~1.20 Mn 1.73 2.00 Nb 0.05 0.10 P 0.007 0.020 V 0.23 0.50 S 0.005 0.020 Ni 0.60 1.00

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.12 Cr 8.31 8.00~10.50 Si 0.12 0.60 Mo 0.88 0.80~1.20 Mn 1.58 2.00 Nb 0.03 0.15 P 0.008 0.025 V 0.21 0.50 S 0.004 0.025 Ni 0.55 1.00

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 580 610 TS (MPa) 710 690~830 El (%) 24 16 IV (J) 0: 68 PWHT (xh) 740x8 74515x1
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 Type Spool Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 20 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
200
SAW
PF-90B9/US-90B9
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.23 F9PZ-EB9-B9 Features: Suitable for multi-pass butt welding of 9%Cr-1%Mo-Nb-V steel Excellent creep rupture strength Type of flux: Bonded Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C Si 0.11 0.26 0.07~0.13 0.50 Cr Mo 9.30 1.05 8.50~10.50 0.85~1.15 Mn 0.74 1.25 V 0.23 0.15~0.25 P 0.004 0.010 Al < 0.001 0.04 S 0.005 0.010 Nb 0.06 0.02~0.10 Cu 0.01 0.10 N 0.04 0.03~0.07 Ni 0.51 1.00

Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C Si 0.10 0.21 0.08~0.13 0.80 Cr Mo 9.00 0.97 8.00~10.50 0.85~1.20 Mn 0.92 1.20 V 0.21 0.15~0.25 P 0.009 0.010 Al 0.01 0.04 S 0.004 0.010 Nb 0.04 0.02~0.10 Cu 0.01 0.25 N 0.04 0.02~0.07 Ni 0.50 0.80 Mn+Ni 1.42 1.50

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 582 530 TS (MPa) 716 620~758 El (%) 23 17 IV (J) 20: 37 PWHT (xh) 760x2 760x2
Polarity
Packages
Wire Dia. (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 Type Spool Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 20 25 25 25 Flux Mesh size 10x48 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
201
SAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features C Wire-Ex
Suitable
Si 0.14
Mn 1.62 1.40~ 2.20 1.05 0.90~ 1.80 1.62 1.40~ 2.20 1.33 0.90~ 1.80
0.10
MF-27/ US-56B
A5.23 F9P4 -EG-G
Fused
AC
for multi-pass butt welding of Mn-Mo and Mn-Mo-Ni steels RC: 150~350x1h
Wire-Gt Weld-Ex Weld-Gt Wire-Ex
0.15 0.35 0.08 0.28
0.12 0.50 0.10 0.14
PF-200/ US-56B
A5.23 F9P4 -EG-G
Bonded
AC
Suitable
for multi-pass butt welding of Mn-Mo and Mn-Mo-Ni steels RC: 200~300x1h
Wire-Gt Weld-Ex Weld-Gt
0.15 0.35 0.08 0.11
0.12 0.50
Approvals
MF-27/US-56B TV
202
composition (%) P 0.005 S 0.003 Mo 0.47 0.40~ 0.70 0.45 0.40~ 0.70 0.47 0.40~ 0.70 0.43 0.40~ 0.70 Others Ni: 0.84 Cu: 0.08 Ni: 0.70~1.20 Cu0.30 Ni: 0.87 Cu: 0.08 Ni: 0.70~1.20 Cu0.30 Ni: 0.84 Cu: 0.08 Ni: 0.70~1.20 Cu0.30 Ni: 0.83 Cu: 0.08 Ni: 0.70~1.20 Cu0.30 Gt Ex Gt Ex
Mechanical properties of weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh)
480
560
32
0.018 0.018 0.009 0.002
-40: 85
635 x26
540
0.020 0.020 0.007 0.003
620~ 760
17
-40 27
62015 x1
490
580
30
0.018 0.018 0.007 0.003
-40: 182
620 x11
540
0.020 0.020
620~ 760
17
-40 27
62015 x1
Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal, Weld-Gt: Guaranty of weld metal

US-56B 3.2, 4.0, 4.8
Mesh size of flux

MF-27 PF-200 48xD 10x48
203
SAW
SAW Flux and Wire Combination

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex C 0.04 Si 0.13 Mn 1.15 P 0.004
MF-29A/ US-2CW
for DCFused T23 tubes and EP P23 pipes
Suitable
Wire-Gt 0.15 0.60 Weld-Ex 0.04 0.25
0.10~ 0.020 1.60 1.15 0.006
Weld-Gt 0.15 0.60 Wire-Ex for multi pass butt welding Bonded AC of 5%Cr-0.5%Mo steel RC: 200~300x1h
Suitable
0.10~ 0.020 1.60 0.50 0.008
0.07
0.18
PF-200S/ US-502
A5.23 F7P2 -EG-B6
Wire-Gt 0.15 0.35 Weld-Ex 0.06 0.21
0.30~ 0.025 0.85 0.78 0.012
Weld-Gt 0.12 0.80 1.20 0.030 Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Wire-Ex: Example of wire, Wire-Gt: Guaranty of wire, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC), Gt: Guaranty of weld metal (polarity: AC)
204
composition (%) S 0.004 Cu 0.11 Cr 2.26 Mo 0.12 W 1.75 1.00~ 2.00 1.69 1.00~ 2.00 V 0.24 Nb 0.026
0.010 0.40 0.002 0.13
1.90~ 0.05~ 0.85 2.60 2.12 0.12
0.15~ 0.040 0.30 0.22 0.016
Ex
521
615
27
20: 98
715 x2
0.010 0.40 0.002 0.12
1.90~ 0.05~ 0.85 2.60 5.50 4.80~ 6.00 5.25 4.50~ 6.00 0.55 0.40~ 0.65 0.55 0.40~ 0.65
0.15~ 0.040 0.30 -
Gt
300
510
17
715 x2
Ex -
460
590
32
0.025 0.30 0.002 0.12
-29: 133
720 x1
Gt 400 480~ 660 22 -29 74515 27 x1
0.030 0.35

US-2CW US-502 1.6, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0 3.2, 4.0, 4.8
Mesh size of flux

MF-29A PF-200S 48xD 10x48
205
SAW
SAW Flux and Wire Combination

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex C Si Mn P S
0.07
0.35
0.74
0.004
0.003
PF-200S/ US-12CRSD
Bonded
DC- T92/P92 EP RC: 200~ 300x1
Suitable
for
Wire-Gt 0.15 0.50 1.00 0.020 0.010
Weld-Ex 0.06
0.24
0.88
0.008
0.004
Weld-Gt 0.15 0.60 1.50 0.010 0.010 Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Wire-Ex: Example of wire, Wire-Gt: Guaranty of wire, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC), Gt: Guaranty of weld metal (polarity: AC)
206
composition (%) Cu Cr Mo W V Nb Others Ni:0.51 Co:1.01 N:0.040 Ni:0.80 Co:0.80~1.20 N:0.10 Ni:0.52 Co:0.98 N:0.04
0.01
9.92
0.35
1.45
0.21
0.035
Ex
652
775
23
1.30
9.50~ 0.10~ 1.00~ 0.05~ 12.00 0.70 2.00 0.35
0.01~ 0.10
20: 31
745 x8
0.02
9.48
0.32
1.36
0.20
0.03
Ni:1.50 8.60~ 0.10~ 1.00~ 0.35 0.080 Co:0.50~1.80 0.80 13.00 0.70 2.00 N:0.10
Gt
440 620 17
740 x8

US-12CRSD 2.4, 3.2
Mesh size of flux

PF-200S 10x48
207
For Stainless Steel

For Stainless Steel

A guide for selecting welding consumables (Product names)
Steel type 304 304L 304H 304N2
General Cryogenic Low High
Key note for application
SMAW NC-38
temperatures
NC-38LT NC-38L NC-38L NC-38H NC-39 NC-39L NC-39MoL NC-32 NC-36 NC-36LT NC-36L NC-36L NC-316MF NC-317L NC-37 NC-37L NC-37 NC-37 NC-37 NC-30 NC-329M NC-2209 NC-2594 CR-40 CR-40Cb CR-43Cb CR-43CbS -
carbon 0.04% max.
temperature service and solution treatment High temperatures General
Dissimilar metals
General
High
temperature service and solution treatment temperatures
316 316L 316H 316L Mod. 317L 347 321 310S 410 405, 409 409,430,436,410L
General Cryogenic Low High High Urea Low
carbon (0.04% max.) temperature service and solution treatment temperatures (Low ferrite content) carbon (0.04% max.)
General Low
carbon temperatures General High temperatures General

High Normal Super Lean
duplex
duplex duplex General Overlaying in cladding

Underlaying Low Car
in cladding
carbon martensite exhaust system
210
FCAW DW-308 DW-308LP DW-308LT DW-308L DW-308LP DW-308LH DW-308H DW-308N2 DW-309 DW-309L DW-309MoL DW-309LP DW-309MoLP DW-312 DW-309LH DW-316 DW-316LP DW-316LT DW-316L DW-316LP DW-316LH DW-316H DW-317L DW-347 DW-347H DW-347 DW-347H DW-310 DW-329A DW-329AP DW-2209 DW-2594 DW-2101 DW-410Cb DW-430CbS MX-A135N MX-A410NM MX-A430M
GMAW MG-S308 MG-S308LS MG-S309 MG-S309LS MG-S316LS MG-S347S MG-S347LS MG-S347S MG-S347S MG-S347S MG-S410 MG-S430M
GTAW TG-S308 TG-S308L TG-S308L TG-X308L TG-S309 TG-S309L TG-X309L TG-S316 TG-S316L TG-S316L TG-X316L N04051 TG-S310MF TG-S317L TG-S347 TG-X347 TG-S347L TG-S347 TG-S347 TG-S347 TG-S310 TG-S329M TG-S2209 TG-S2594 TG-S410 TG-S410Cb -
SAW PF-S1/US-308 PF-S1/US-308L PF-S1/US-308L PF-S1/US-309 PF-S1/US-309L PF-S1M/US-316 (single pass) PF-S1/US-316 (multi-pass) PF-S1M/US-316L (single pass) PF-S1/US-316L (multi-pass) PF-S1/US-317L PF-S1/US-347 PF-S1/US-347 PF-S4M/US-410 -
211
SMAW, FCAW, GMAW, GTAW
For Stainless Steel

Tips for better welding results for individual welding processes SMAW
(1) Use proper welding currents because the use of an excessive current causes overheating
electrodes and thereby welding usability and weld metal mechanical properties can be deteriorated. (2) Keep the arc as short as possible. (3) Control the weaving width of electrode within two and a half times the diameter of the electrode. FCAW 1. Features: (1) DW stainless flux-cored wires are cost-effective wires because of high welding efficiency with the deposition rate 2-4 times as high as those of stick electrodes as shown in Fig. 1 and deposition efficiency of about 90%. (2) DW stainless wires offer a wider range of current and voltage in comparison with solid wire as shown in Fig. 2, which facilitates easier application for both semi-automatic and automatic welding. (3) DW stainless series has excellent usability and weldability with stable arc, low spatter, good slag removal, smooth bead appearance, and high X-ray soundness.
140 40
mm
DW wire, 1.6mm (CO2)
120 100
m m
1.6
Deposition Rate (g/min)
DW
wi re
36
DW wire, 0.9mm (CO2)
1.2
80 60 40
DW 9m m
DW
IG
wi
wi
re
re
1.
Arc Voltage (V)
6m
32
28
re
0.
MIG wire, 1.2mm (Ar+2%O2) DW wire, 1.2mm (CO2)
wi
20 0 0
Cov
e red
lect
rod
e4
.0m
24
100
200 Welding Current (A)
300
400
20 50
100
150
200 250 300 Welding Current (A)
350
400
Fig. 1 Deposition rate as a function of welding current
Fig. 2 Proper ranges of welding current and arc voltage
212
2. Notes on usage (1) Welding power source: Use a DC power source with constant voltage and the polarity DC-EP. Inverter-type welding power sources can also be used. When the use of a certain pulsed arc power source causes much spatter, use the wire with ordinary currents, turning off the pulse switch.
(2) Shielding gas:
Use CO2 for shielding gas for general applications. Ar-CO2 mixtures with 20-50% CO2 can also be used, but compared with CO2, porosity (pit and blowhole) is apt to occur. The proper flow rate of shielding gas is 20-25 litter/min.
(3) Wire extension:
Keep the wire extension at about 15 mm for 0.9-mm wire and 15-20 mm for 1.2- and 1.6mm wire. The use of a shorter wire extension may cause pit and worm-tracking porosity. The wire extension in welding with an Ar-CO2 mixture should be 5 mm longer than in use of CO2. When wind velocity at the vicinity of an arc is more than 1 m/sec., blowhole is apt to occur, and dissolution of nitrogen into the weld metal may deteriorate slag removal and decrease the ferrite content of the weld metal, thereby causing hot cracking. To prevent these problems, use an adequate shielding gas flow rate and a windscreen. Flux-cored wires generate much more welding fumes in terms of the amount of fumes at unit time in comparison with that of covered electrodes. To protect welders from harmful welding fumes, be sure to use a local ventilator and an appropriate respirator.
(4) Protection against wind:
(5) Welding fumes:
(6) Storage of wire:
Once a DW stainless wire picked up moisture, it cannot be dried at high temperatures, unlike covered electrodes. If a DW wire was left in a wire feeder in a high-temperature highhumidity atmosphere in summer season, a wet environment in rainy season or a dewfall environment at night in winter season, the use of it may cause pit and worm-tracking porosity due to moisture pick up. Once a wire was unpacked, the wire should be kept in an area of low humidity, taking appropriate preventive measures against dewfall water and dust.
213
For Stainless Steel

3. Applications (1) Butt welding: Applicable plate thicknesses are 2 mm or larger with a 1.2mm wire and 5 mm or larger with a 1.6mm wire in flat position. P-series wires enable to weld thin plates with 3-4 mm thickness in vertical position. One-side welding can be applied for similar-shape grooves in flat, horizontal and vertical positions by using a backing material of FBB-3 (T size). In this case, the root opening should be about 3-4 mm to obtain good reverse beads.
(2) Horizontal fillet welding:
Proper welding speeds are approximately 30-70 cm/min in horizontal fillet welding. With a 309 type wire, dissimilar-metal welding of stainless steel to carbon steel can be done in the same welding condition as used for welding stainless steels. However to secure the ferrite content of weld metal, welding currents should be 200A or lower and welding speeds should be 40 cm/mm or slower with a 1.2mm wire.
(3) Overlaying and joining of clad steels:
The 1st layer of overlaying onto carbon steel should be welded with a 309 (or 309MoL) type wire by the half lapping method. In case where the dilution by the base metal is excessive, the ferrite content of the weld metal decreases and thereby hot cracking may occur. Therefore, it is important to use appropriate welding conditions to control the dilution particularly for the first layer. In order to obtain the proper dilution ratio, welding currents should be 200A or lower and welding speeds should be 20-40 cm/min with a 1.2mm wire. With a 1.6mm wire, use welding currents in the 200-250 range and welding speeds in the 20-30 cm/min range. Refer to Fig. 3.
1.2mm 40 30 Welding speed 40cm/min
1.6mm Welding speed 40cm/min 30cm/min 30 Dilution (%)
Dilution (%)
20
Proper dilution for 1st layer
30cm/min 20cm/min
20
Proper dilution for 1st layer
20cm/min
10
10
0 150 200 Welding current (A)
0 200 250 Welding current (A) 300
Fig. 3 Dilution ratios as a function of welding currents
214
GMAW
(1) Polarity:
98% Ar-2%O2 mixture is recommended for general applications. Proper gas flow rates range in 20-25 I/min. Ar-CO2 mixture is not suitable for low carbon stainless steel (Type 304L) because the carbon content of deposited metal increases. (3) Arc length: GMAW of stainless steel generally uses the spray arc transfer mode due to lower spatter generation. Adjust arc voltage so that arc length becomes 4-6 mm. When arc length is excessively short, blowholes are apt to occur. Inversely, when arc length is excessively long, the wetting of deposited metal on the base metal becomes poor. (4) Protection against wind: GMAW is likely to be influenced by wind and thereby blowholes may occur. Use a windscreen to protect the arcing area against wind when the wind velocity near the arc is 0.5m/sec or more. (5) Pulsed arc welding: In pulsed arc welding, a stable spray arc can be obtained even with low welding currents. Pulsed arc is suitable for overlaying, welding of thin plates and vertical welding. GTAW
(1) Polarity:
(2) Shielding gas:
DC-EP is suitable.
Argon gas is mainly used for shielding. Suitable flow rates of shielding gas are in the range of 7-15 I/min. at 100-200A of welding current and 12-20 I/min. at 200-300A in manual GTAW. (3) Torch: Two types of GTAW torches are available. One has a gas lens, another has no gas lens. A torch with a gas lens provides better shielding effect preventing the weld bead from oxidation since the gas lens can provide a regular gas flow. (4) Tungsten electrode extension: Proper tungsten electrode extensions are generally in the range of 4-5 mm. In the case where shielding effect tends to be lower as in welding corner joint, tungsten extension is recommended to be 2-3 mm. In welding of deep groove joints, tungsten extension should be longer as 5-6 mm. (5) Arc length: Proper arc lengths are in the range of 1-3 mm. When it is excessively long, the shielding effect becomes poor. (6) One-side welding without backing materials: In the case of one-side welding without backing materials, adopt back shielding in order to prevent oxidization of the penetration bead. However, with a flux-cored filler rod for GTAW, sound penetration bead can be obtained without back shielding. (7) Fully austenitic type filler wires: With a fully austenitic type filler wire (e.g., TGS-310, TGS-310MF), use lower welding currents and welding speeds to prevent hot cracking.
215
(2) Shielding gas:
DC-EN is suitable.
For Stainless Steel

Ferrite content measuring methods for austenitic stainless steel weld metal
Method Ferrite Indicator: Ferrite Scope: Magne Gage: Principles of measuring ferrite content Comparing the magnetic attraction between a standard ferrite percent insert and a test specimen Measuring a change of magnetic induction affected by the ferrite content of a test specimen Measuring the pull off force necessary to detach a standard permanent magnet from a test specimen Calculating Ni equivalent and Cr equivalent of the chemical composition of a test specimen and reading the crossing point of the two equivalents in a structure diagram. Three structure diagrams are available: Schaeffler diagram, DeLong diagram and WRC diagram. See Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Calculating the area percentage of ferrite in the microstructure of a test specimen, by using a optical microscope
Structure Diagram:
Point Counting:
Fig. 1 Schaeffler Diagram

30 28 26 Ni equivalentNi30C0.5Mn 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 () () 2 4 6 8 10 12 + () Martensite ()+()+() ()+() ()+() ()+() (A) Austenite
Fe rri te 0%
5 10
20
40
80
100
(F)
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
Cr equivalentCrMo1.5Si0.5Nb(Cb)
216
Fig. 2 DeLong Diagram

21 20 FN Ni equivalent=%Ni+30%C+30%N+0.5%Mn 19 Austenite 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 16 17 18 19 Austenite + Martensite
F ri er te r Pe ce nt e ag 0 2 4 5 6
10
12 14
0%
16
18
2%
4%% 5 % 6 6% 7. % 2 9. 7% . 10 .3% 12 .8% 13 .3% 15
Austenite+Ferrite
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Cr equivalent=%Cr+%Mo+1.5%Si+0.5%Cb (Nb)
Fig. 3 WRC Diagram

18
Ni equivalent=%Ni+35%C+20%N+0.25%Cu
4 8 2 6 10 12 12 16
16
A AF
20
14
18
24
22
28
26
35
30
45
40
55
50
65 75 85 95 0
12
FA
60
70
80 90 10
F
10
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
Cr equivalent=%Cr+%Mo+0.7Nb (Cb)
A, AF, FA, F stand for solidification modes A : Austenitic single phase( r ) AF : Primary phase ( r ) + Eutectic Ferrite ( ) FA : Primary phase ( ) + Peritectic / Eutectic phase ( r ) F : Single phase Solidification 217
SMAW
NC-38
Covered electrode for 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E308-16 Features: Applicable for 304 type steel Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Yellow, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.07 0.08 Si 0.35 0.90 Mn 1.69 0.5~2.5 P 0.023 0.04 S 0.002 0.03 Ni 9.58 9.0~11.0 Cr 20.49 18.0~21.0

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 410 TS (MPa) 600 550 El (%) 46 35 IV (J) 0: 74 -

Polarity
Approvals
ABS MG(E308-16) DNV 308 NK KD308
Packages
SMAW
NC-38L
Covered electrode for low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E308L-16 Features: Applicable for 304L type steel Lower carbon content than NC-38 Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Red, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU



Polarity
Approvals
LR BV 304Lm(Chem.) UP(E308L-16) NK KD308L GL 4306
Packages
SMAW
NC-38H
Covered electrode for 18%Cr-8%Ni steel for high temperatures
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E308H-16 Features: Applicable for 304 type steel for high temperature Low ferrite, low impurity, and excellent mechanical properties at high temperatures Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Yellow, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.06 0.04~0.08 Si 0.45 0.90 Mn 1.95 0.5~2.5 P 0.020 0.04 S 0.002 0.03 Ni 9.50 9.0~11.0 Cr 19.50 18.0~21.0


Polarity
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 300 350 350 350 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 20 36 54 80
220
SMAW
NC-39
Covered electrode for 22%Cr-12%Ni steel and dissimilar metals
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E309-16 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels in stainless steel weld metal overlaying Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Black, 2nd White
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU



Polarity
Approvals
ABS MG(E309-16) LR SS/CMn m(Chem.) DNV 309 BV UP(E309-16) NK KD309 Others GL:4332 CCS:AS2-B
Packages
SMAW
NC-39L
Covered electrode for dissimilar metals
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E309L-16 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels in stainless steel weld metal overlaying Lower carbon content than NC-39 Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Yellow green, 2nd Blue white
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU



Polarity
Approvals
LR SS/CMn(Chem.) DNV 309L BV UP(E309L-16) NK KD309L Others TV
Packages
SMAW
NC-39MoL
Covered electrode for dissimilar metals
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E309LMo-16 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels in stainless steel weld metal overlaying Lower carbon content than NC-39 Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Silver, 2nd Blue
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU

Example Guaranty C 0.029 0.04 Si 0.51 0.90 Mn 1.28 0.5~ 2.5 P 0.024 0.04 S 0.005 0.03 Ni 12.65 12.0~ 14.0 Cr 23.08 22.0~ 25.0 Mo 2.29 2.0~ 3.0


Polarity
Approvals
ABS MG NK KD309Mo
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 300 350 350 350 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece(g) 19 33 54 85 223
SMAW
NC-36
Covered electrode for 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E316-16 Features: Applicable for 316 type steel Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st White, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU



Polarity
Approvals
NK KD316
Packages
SMAW
NC-36L
Covered electrode for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E316L-16 Features: Applicable for 316L type steel Lower carbon content than NC-36 Redrying Conditions: 150~200x0.5~1h Identification color: 1st Green, 2nd -
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU



Polarity
Approvals
ABS MG(E316-16) LR 316Lm(Chem.) DNV 316L BV UP(E316L-16) NK KD316L GL 4435
Packages
SMAW
CR-40CR-40Cb
Covered electrodes for 13%Cr steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E410-16: CR-40 E409Nb-16: CR-40Cb Features: CR-40 is suitable for 13%Cr martensitic stainless steels such as 403 and 410 types. CR-40Cb is suitable for 13%Cr martensitic stainless steels such as 403 and 410 types and 13%Cr ferritic stainless steels such as 405 type. Preheat: 200~400 (CR-40), 100~250 (CR-40Cb) PWHT: 700~760 (CR-40), 600~760 (CR-40Cb) Redrying Conditions: 300~350x0.5~1h Identification color: CR-40 1st Purple, 2nd CR-40Cb 1st Purple, 2nd Orange Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty CR-40Cb Example Guaranty CR-40 C 0.08 0.12 0.09 0.12 Si 0.47 0.90 0.40 0.90 0.2%OS (MPa) 290 270 5.0mm 135~180A Tensile strength (MPa)
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Mn 0.28 1.0 0.42 1.00
P 0.020 0.04 0.018 0.040 TS (MPa) 510 450 500 450
S 0.006 0.03 0.002 0.030 El (%) 33 20 35 20
Cr Nb 12.83 11.0~13.5 13.18 0.81 11.0~14.0 0.50~1.50

CR-40 CR-40Cb Example Guaranty Example Guaranty 3.2mm 70~115A 65~110A AC AC, DC-EP 4.0mm 95~145A 85~135A PWHT 850x2h* 850x2h*

Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH
900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 AW 700 800 600 PWHT temperature () 900 Elongation Tensile strength CR-40 CR-40Cb 70 Elongation (%) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Polarity
Example Guaranty
Packages
Mechanical properties at room temperature vs. postweld heat treatment temperature
SMAW
CR-43CR-43CbCR-43CbS
Covered electrodes for 17%Cr steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.4 E430-16: CR-43 Welding Positions: E430Nb-16: CR-43Cb Features: CR-43 and CR-43Cb are suitable for OH H 17%Cr ferritic stainless steels such as 430 type. CR-43CbS is suitable for underlay welding on VU F cladded side groove of 405 type cladded steel and on HF carbon and low alloy steels for overlaying 13%Cr stainless weld metal. Preheat: 150~250 (CR-43), 100~250 (CR-43Cb), 100~200 (CR-43CbS) PWHT: 700~820 (CR-43), 600~820 (CR-43Cb, CR-43CbS) Redrying Conditions: 300~350x0.5~1h Identification color: CR-43 1st Brown, 2nd Silver gray CR-43Cb 1st Brown, 2nd Blue white CR-43CbS 1st Brown, 2nd Purple Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty CR-43Cb Example Guaranty CR-43CbS Example Guaranty CR-43 CR-43 C 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.10 0.05 0.08 Si 0.60 0.90 0.46 0.90 0.36 0.90 Mn 0.27 1.0 0.40 1.00 0.39 1.00 P 0.021 0.040 0.020 0.040 0.016 0.040 S 0.003 0.030 0.002 0.030 0.003 0.030 Cr Nb 17.65 15.0~18.0 17.24 0.80 15.0~18.0 0.50~1.50 15.41 0.97 14.5~17.0 0.50~1.50

0.2%OS (MPa) 300 290 300 TS (MPa) 560 450 520 480 600 480 El (%) 24 20 33 20 26 16 IV (J) 0: 5 0: 75 PWHT 770x2h* 770x2h* 770x2h*
Example Guaranty CR-43Cb Example Guaranty CR-43CbS Example Guaranty * FC to 600, followed by AC Dia. F, HF, H VU, OH 3.2mm 70~115A 65~110A
4.0mm 95~145A 85~135A
5.0mm 135~180A -
Polarity
Example Guaranty AC AC, DC-EP Length (mm) 350 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 31 55 78 227
Packages
Dia. (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of Pol. covering Chemical Features WP Ex C 0.034 Si 0.38
NC-38LT
A5.4 E308L -16
Lime titania
for 18%Cr-8%Ni steel for cryogenic DC- temperature service EP RC: 150~200x 0.5~1h AC
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Gt
0.04
0.90
NC-36LT
A5.4 E316L -16
Lime titania
for 18%Cr-12%Ni 2%Mo steel for cryogenic DC- temperature service EP RC: 150~200x 0.5~1h AC
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.030
0.52
Gt
0.04
0.90
NC-317L
A5.4 E317L -16
Lime titania
AC
for low carbon 19%Cr-13%Ni-3%Mo steel DCRC: 150~200x 0.5~1h EP
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.030
0.50
Gt
0.04
0.90
Approvals
NC-38LT LR, DNV, NK
Product names NC-38LT NC-36LT NC-317L 1st Red Green Sorrel 2nd Yellow Orange
228
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn 2.12 0.5~ 2.5 2.02 0.5~ 2.5 1.17 0.5~ 2.5 P 0.022 S 0.002 Ni 10.89 9.0~ 11.0 13.06 11.0~ 14.0 13.28 12.0~ 14.0 Cr 18.36 18.0~ 21.0 17.28 17.0~ 20.0 19.11 18.0~ 21.0 Mo 0.06
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 370 540 51 -196: 52 -196 34 -196: 40 -196 27 -
0.04
0.03
0.75
Gt
520
35
0.021
0.003
2.25 2.0~ 3.0 3.50 3.0~ 4.0
Ex
390
530
44
0.04
0.03
Gt
485
30
0.027
0.004
Ex
440
600
39
0.04
0.03
Gt
520
30

Dia. NC-38LT NC-36LT NC-317L 2.6 300 300 300 3.2 350 350 350 4.0 350 350 350 5.0 350 350 -
229
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME Type of AWS Pol. covering Class. Chemical Features WP Ex C 0.060 Si 0.60
NC-37
A5.4 E347 -16
Lime titania
AC DCEP
Suitable
NC-37L
A5.4 E347 -16
Lime titania
AC DCEP
for 18%Cr-8%Ni-Nb steel RC: 150~200 x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Gt
0.08
0.90
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.035
0.58
Gt
0.04
0.90
NC-316MF
Lime titania
AC DCEP
Suitable
for urea plant in cryogenic temperature service RC: 150~200 x0.5~1h Suitable for dissimilar joint between carbon steel and stainless steel rich in carbon or nickel. RC: 150~250 x0.5-1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.037
0.33
Gt
0.04
0.90
NC-32
A5.4 E312 -16
Lime titania
AC DCEP
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.13
0.62
Gt
0.15
1.00
Approvals
NC-37L TV
Product names NC-37 NC-37L NC-316MF NC-32 1st Blue Blue Green Green 2nd Blue Green Pink Red
230
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn 1.66 P 0.018 S 0.002 Ni 9.82 Cr 20.22 Others Nb: 0.67 Nb: 8xC%~ 1.00 Nb: 0.52 Nb: 8xC%~ 1.00 Mo: 2.85 Mo: 2.20~ 3.00 Mo: 0.01
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 470 670 34 -
0.5~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
9.0~ 11.0
18.0~ 21.0
Gt
520
30
2.33
0.022
0.004
9.42
18.80
Ex
420
600
45
0.5~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
9.0~ 11.0
18.0~ 21.0
Gt
520
30
5.39
0.014
0.002
17.13
18.80
Ex
370
520
44
-257: 70
4.00~ 7.00
0.030 0.020
15.00~ 18.00
17.00~ 19.50
Gt
480
35
1.21
0.010
0.001
9.61
28.17
Ex
624
785
20
0.5~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
8.0~ 10.5
28.0~ 32.0
Mo: 0.75
Gt
655
22

Dia. NC-37 NC-37L NC-316MF NC-32 2.6 250 300 300 3.2 300 350 350 300 4.0 350 350 350 350 5.0 350 350 350 350
231
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C Si
NC-329M
Lime titania
AC DCEP
Suitable
for normal duplex stainless steel RC: 150~200 x0.5~1h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.030
0.71
Gt
0.04
0.90
NC-2209
A5.4 E2209 -16
Lime titania
AC DCEP
Suitable
for normal duplex stainless steel (S32205,S31803,etc.) RC: 250~350 x1~2h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.028
0.54
Gt
0.04
1.00
NC-2594
A5.4 E2594 -16
Lime titania
AC DCEP
Suitable
for super duplex stainless steel (S32750,S32760,etc.) RC: 250~350 x1~2h
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.034
0.55
Gt
0.04
1.00
Product names NC-329M NC-2209 NC-2594 1st Yellow 2nd White -
232
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Ni Cr Others Mo: 3.25 N:0.16
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 640 860 28 0: 70
0.62
0.013
0.002
9.44
24.51
0.50~ 2.50
0.040 0.030
8.00~ 10.00
23.00~ 25.00
Mo: 2.50~ Gt 4.00
620
18
1.14
0.017
0.001
8.81
23.09
Mo: 3.34 N:0.15
Ex
667
845
30
-50: 72
0.50~ 2.00
0.040 0.030
8.50~ 10.50
21.50~ 23.50
Mo: 2.50~ 3.50 Gt N:0.08~ 0.20 Mo: 3.86 N:0.24 Ex
690
20
0.66
0.017
0.001
9.32
25.42
750
935
28
-50: 40
0.50~ 2.00
0.040 0.030
8.00~ 10.50
24.00~ 27.00
Mo: 3.50~ 4.50 Gt N:0.20~ 0.30
760
15

Dia. NC-329M NC-2209 NC-2594 2.6 300 300 3.2 350 350 350 4.0 350 350 350 5.0 350 350
233
FCAW
DW-308
Flux cored wire for 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E308T0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T Z 19 9 R C/M 3 Features: Applicable for 304 type steel Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Example C 0.050 Si 0.57 1.00 Mn 1.52 0.50~ 2.50 P 0.020 S 0.009 Ni 9.68 9.00~ 11.00 Cr 19.72 18.00~ 21.00 Mo 0.02 0.50 Cu 0.03 0.50
Guaranty 0.08
0.040 0.030


Dia. F, HF H 0.9mm 80~150A 90~130A 1.2mm 130~270A 150~220A 1.6mm 190~340A 220~270A
Approvals
ABS MG (A5.22 E308T0-1) NK KW308G(C)
Packages
Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6 Type Spool Spool Spool Weight (kg) 5, 12.5 12.5 12.5
234
FCAW
DW-308L
Flux cored wire for low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 19 9 L R C/M 3 Features: Applied for 304L type steel Lower carbon content than DW-308 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030


Approvals
ABS MG LR 304L S CRYO DNV 308L NK KW308LG(C) GL 4306S Others CWB
Packages
235
FCAW
DW-308LP
Flux cored wire for low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E308LT1-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 19 9 L P C/M 1 Features: Applicable for 304 and 304L type steel Lower carbon content than DW-308 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030


1.2mm 130~270A 150~220A 130~220A VD position: multi-pass welding Dia. F, HF H VU Dia. OH VD 1.2mm 150~200A 150~200A
is not recommended.
Approvals
ABS MG LR 304L S CRYO DNV 308L BV 308L B T NK KR KW308LG(C) RW308LG(C) Others CWB
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 Type Spool Weight (kg) 12.5
236
FCAW
DW-309
Flux cored wire for dissimilar metals
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E309T0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T Z 23 12 R C/M 3 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Guaranty 0.10
0.040 0.030


Dia. F, HF H 1.2mm 130~270A 150~220A 1.6mm 190~340A 220~270A
Packages
Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.6 Type Spool Spool Weight (kg) 12.5 12.5
237
FCAW
DW-309L
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E309LT0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 23 12 L R C/M 3 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Lower carbon content than DW-309 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Example C 0.028 Si 0.61 1.00 Mn 1.24 0.50~ 2.50 P 0.019 S 0.010 Ni 12.58 12.00~ 14.00
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Cr 24.17 22.00~ 25.00 Mo 0.05 0.50 Cu 0.03 0.50
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 450 TS (MPa) 580 520 El (%) 33 30

Approvals
ABS MG LR SS/CMn S CHEM DNV 309L BV UP NK KW309LG(C) (Based on KW309) GL 4332S Others CWB
Packages
238
FCAW
DW-309LP
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E309LT1-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 23 12 L P C/M 1 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Lower carbon content than DW-309 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Cr 23.55 22.00~ 25.00 Mo 0.04 0.50 Cu 0.06 0.50
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030


is not recommended.
Approvals
ABS LR MG SS/CMn S CRYO(CO2) (A5.22 E309LT-1,4) SS/CMn S CHEM(Ar-CO2) DNV 309L BV 309L NK KW309LG(C) Others CWB
Packages
239
FCAW
DW-309MoL
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Example C 0.027 Si 0.61 1.00 Mn 1.18 0.50~ 2.50 P 0.019 S 0.009 Ni 12.60 12.00~ 14.00 Cr 23.20 22.00~ 25.00 Mo 2.37 2.00~ 3.00 Cu 0.03 0.50
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030

0.2%OS (MPa) 540 TS (MPa) 720 520 El (%) 30 25
Example Guaranty

Approvals
ABS MG LR SS/CMn S CHEM DNV 309MoL BV UP NK MG
Packages
240
FCAW
DW-309MoLP
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E309LMoT1-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 23 12 2 L R C/M 1 Features: Suitable for dissimilar-metal joint and underlaying on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030


is not recommended.
Packages
241
FCAW
DW-316
Flux cored wire for 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E316T0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T Z 19 12 2 R C/M 3 Features: Applicable for 316 type steel Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Guaranty 0.080
0.040 0.030


Packages
242
FCAW
DW-316L
Flux cored wire for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E316LT0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T Z 19 12 3 R C/M 3 Features: Applicable for 316L type steel Lower carbon content than DW-316 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Guaranty 0.040
0.040 0.030


Approvals
ABS MG LR 316L S CHEM DNV 316L BV UP NK KW316LG(C) (Based on KW316L) GL 4435S Others CWB
Packages
243
FCAW
DW-316LP
Flux cored wire for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E316LT1-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 19 12 3 L P C/M 1 Features: Applicable for 316 and 316L type steel Lower carbon content than DW-316 Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU


is not recommendable.
Approvals
LR 316L S CHEM (Ar-CO2) DNV 316L BV 316L (CO2) NK KW316LG(C) Others CWB
Packages
244
FCAW
DW-329A
Flux cored wire for duplex stainless steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E2209T0-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 Features: Applied for SUS329J3L and ASTM S31803 steel Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H
HF
Example C 0.030 Si 0.58 Mn P S Ni 1.12 0.018 0.008 9.34 8.00~ 0.50~ 0.040 0.030 10.00 2.00 Cr 22.91 22.00~ 24.00 Mo 3.08 2.50~ 4.00 N 0.12 0.08~ 0.20 Cu 0.01 0.50
Guaranty 0.040 1.00

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 610 TS (MPa) 810 690 El (%) 29 20 IV (J) -20: 42 -

Dia. F, HF H 1.2mm 130~250A 150~220A 1.6mm 200~300A 220~250A
Packages
245
FCAW
DW-329AP
Flux cored wire for duplex stainless steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 E2209T1-1/4 EN ISO 17633-A-T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 1 Features: Applicable for SUS329J3L and ASTM S31803 steel Suitable for butt and fillet welding in all positions Type of flux: Rutile Shielding gas: CO2 or Ar-CO2 mixture Polarity: DC-EP
Welding Positions:
H OH
HF
VU
Example C 0.027 Si 0.58 Mn 0.78 0.50~ 2.00 P 0.019 S 0.008 Ni 9.42 8.00~ 10.00 Cr 23.34 22.00~ 24.00 Mo 3.42 2.50~ 4.00 N 0.14 0.08~ 0.20 Cu 0.02 0.50
Guaranty 0.040 1.00
0.025 0.020

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 620 500 TS (MPa) 830 700 El (%) 29 20 IV (J) -20: 45 -

Dia. F, HF H VU OH 1.2mm 130~250A 150~220A 130~220A 160~190A
Packages
246
247
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires [Bi-free type]

Product names ASME Type of AWS cored SG Class. flux Chemical Pol. Features WP C Si Mn
DW-308H
A5.22 E308H T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-8%Ni DC steel for high EP temperature service
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.060
0.42
1.50
Gt
0.040~ 0.080
1.00
0.50~ 2.50
A5.22 DW-308LH E308L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-8%Ni steel with high DCtemperature EP heat treatment such as solution treatment for dissimilar metal joint and DCunderlaying on EP ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals
Suitable
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
0.026
0.41
1.35
Gt
0.040
1.00
0.50~ 2.50
A5.22 DW-309LH E309L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.029
0.41
1.25
Gt
0.040
1.00
0.50~ 2.50
Approvals
DW-308H CWB
248
composition of all-weld metal (%) P S Ni Cr Others Bi: tr.
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 370 560 48 0: 71 CO2
0.020
0.007
9.62
18.68
0.040 0.030
9.00~ 11.00
18.00~ 21.00
Bi 0.001 Bi: tr.
Gt
550
35
0.021
0.005
10.20
18.70
Ex
360
540
52
0 : 76 CO2
0.040 0.030
9.00~ 11.00
18.00~ 21.00
Bi 0.001 Bi: tr.
Gt
520
35
0.021
0.008
12.61
23.79
Ex
380
590
36
CO2
0.040 0.030
12.00~ 14.00
22.00~ 25.00
Bi 0.001
Gt
520
30
Diameter (mm)
DW-308H DW-308LH DW-309LH 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
249
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires (Bi-free type)

Product names ASME Type of AWS cored Class. flux Chemical SG Pol. Features WP C Si Mn
DW-316H
A5.22 E316 T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-12%NiDC 2%Mo steel for EP high temperature service
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.050
0.38
1.10
Gt
0.08
1.00
0.50~ 2.50
DW-316LH
A5.22 E316L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-12%Ni 2%Mo steel with DChigh temperature EP heat treatment such as solution treatment
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.023
0.45
1.08
Gt
0.040 1.00
0.50~ 2.50
DW-347H
A5.22 E347 T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-8%Ni-Nb DC- and 18%CrEP 8%Ni-Ti steel for high temperature service
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.027
0.38
1.18
Gt
0.08
1.00
0.50~ 2.50
250
composition of all-weld metal (%) P S Ni Cr Others Mo: 2.40 Bi: tr. Mo: 2.00~ 3.00 Bi 0.001 Mo: 2.45 Bi: tr. Mo: 2.00~ 3.00 Bi 0.001 Nb: 0.57 Bi: tr. Nb: 8xC~ 1.00 Bi 0.001
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) 0: 68 CO2
0.019
0.006
11.60
18.75
Ex
390
570
41
0.040 0.030
11.00~ 17.00~ 14.00 20.00
Gt
550
30
0.020
0.007
11.94
18.47
Ex
390
540
44
0: 66 CO2
0.040 0.030
11.00~ 17.00~ 14.00 20.00
Gt
490
35
0.018
0.008
10.20
18.87
Ex
420
600
43
0: 80 CO2
0.040 0.030
9.00~ 11.00
18.00~ 21.00
Gt
550
30
Diameter (mm)
DW-316H DW-316LH DW-347H 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
251
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cored flux Chemical SG Pol. Features WP C Si
DW-308LT
A5.22 E308L T0-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
for 18%Cr-8%Ni DC steel for EP low temperature service
Suitable
Ex F HF Gt
0.026
0.45
0.040 1.00
DW-310
A5.22 E310 T0-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
Ex for DC 25%Cr-20%Ni EP steel

Suitable
0.18
0.58
F HF Gt 0.20 1.00
Suitable
DW-312
A5.22 E312 T0-1
Rutile
CO2
DCEP
for Ex dissimilarmetal joint and F underlaying on HF ferritic steels for overlaying stainless Gt steel weld metals
0.11
0.53
0.15
1.00
Approvals
DW-308LT DW-310 DW-312 LR, DNV, NK CWB CWB
252
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Ni Cr
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 380 530 51 -196: 39 CO2
2.37
0.023
0.009
10.30
18.60
0.50~ 2.50
0.040 0.030
9.00~ 11.00
18.00~ 21.00
Gt
520
35
-196 27
2.10
0.016
0.005
20.36
25.50
Ex
420
620
33
0 : 68 CO2
0.50~ 2.50
0.040 0.030
20.00~ 22.00
25.00~ 28.00
Gt
550
30
1.62
0.019
0.009
10.23
28.44
Ex
600
720
23
CO2
0.50~ 2.50
0.040 0.030
8.00~ 10.50
28.00~ 32.00
Gt
660
22
Diameter (mm)
DW-308LT DW-310 DW-312 1.2 1.2 1.2
253
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cored flux Chemical SG Pol. Features WP Ex C 0.027 Si 0.41
DW-316LT
A5.22 E316L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
Suitable
DCEP
for 18%Cr-12%Ni 2%Mo steel for low temperature service
F HF H VU OH
Gt
0.040 1.00
DW-317L
A5.22 E317L T0-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
Suitable
DCEP
for 18%Cr-12%Ni 2%Mo-N and 19%Cr-13%Ni 3%Mo steel
Ex F HF Gt
0.025
0.59
0.040 1.00
DW-347
A5.22 E347 T0-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
DCEP
Suitable
for 18%Cr-8%Ni Nb and18%Cr 8%Ni-Ti steel
Ex F HF Gt
0.026
0.41
0.08
1.00
Approvals
DW-316LT DW-317L DW-347 ABS, LR, BV, KR CWB CWB
254
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn 1.20 P 0.021 S 0.008 Ni 12.39 Cr 17.62 Others 2.21 Mo: 2.00~ 3.00 Mo: 3.35 Mo: 3.00~ 4.00 Nb: 0.58 Nb: 8xC~ 1.00
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 405 537 44 -196: 40 CO2 Gt 490 -196 35 27 0: 43 CO2 Gt 520 20 -
0.50~ 0.040 0.030 2.50
11.00~ 14.00
17.00~ 20.00
1.10
0.020
0.010
13.01
19.81
Ex
380
590
37
0.50~ 0.040 0.030 2.50
12.00~ 14.00
18.00~ 21.00
1.48
0.018
0.008
10.46
18.66
Ex
390
550
43
0: 49 CO2
0.50~ 0.040 0.030 2.50
9.00~ 11.00
18.00~ 21.00
Gt
520
30
Diameter (mm)
DW-316LT DW-317L DW-347 1.2 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
255
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Suitable
DW-317LP
A5.22 E317L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
DCEP
for 18%Cr-12%Ni2%Mo-N and19%Cr-13%Ni3%Mo stainless steel Suitable for butt and fillet welding in all positions
Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.026
0.62
Gt
0.040
1.00
DW-317LH
A5.22 E317L T1-1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
DCEP
for 18%Cr-12%Ni2%Mo-N and 19%Cr-13%Ni3%Mo stainless steel with hightemperature heat treatment such as solution treatment
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.024
0.46
Gt
0.040
1.00
Suitable
DW-410Cb
A5.22 E409Nb T0-1
Rutile
CO2
DCEP
for 13%Cr martensitic stainless steel such as 403 and 410 types and 13%Cr ferritic stainless steels such as 405 type
Ex F HF Gt
0.058
0.57
0.10
1.00
256
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Ni Cr Others
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J)
1.28
0.022
0.003
13.79
18.64
Mo: 3.34
Ex
435
582
37
CO2
12.00 18.00 0.50 0.040 0.030 14.00 21.00 2.50
Mo: 3.004.00
Gt
520
20
0.97
0.024
0.003
13.54
18.69
Mo: 3.51 Bi:tr.
Ex
454
611
35
CO2
Mo: 3.00 12.00 18.00 0.50 4.00 0.040 0.030 14.00 21.00 2.50 Bi 0.001
Gt
520
20
0.70
0.026
0.003
0.12
12.58
Nb+Ta: Ex 0.65
282*
515*
30*
PWHT: 775x2hr, FC to 595 and AC to ambient PWHT: 760-790 x2hr, FC to 595 and AC to ambient
Nb+Ta: 10.50 8xCGt 1.20 0.040 0.030 0.60 13.50 1.50
450
15
Diameter (mm)
DW-317LP DW317LH DW-410Cb 1.2 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
257
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

DW-2209
A5.22 E2209T1 -1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
Suitable
DCEP
for normal duplex stainless steel (S32205,S31803, etc.)
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.026
0.56
Gt
0.040 1.00
DW-2594
A5.22 E2594T1 -1/4
CO2 Rutile ArCO2
Suitable
DCEP
for super duplex stainless steel (S32750,S32760, etc.)
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.031
0.50
Gt
0.040 1.00
CO2 DW-2101 Rutile ArCO2
DCEP
Suitable
for lean duplex stainless steel of S32101
F HF H VU
Ex
0.025
0.64
258
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Ni Cr Others Mo:3.43 N:0.14
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV SG (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 630 815 28 -40: 60 ArCO2 690 20 -
0.76
0.017
0.003
9.22
23.49
0.50~ 0.040 0.030 2.00
7.50~ 10.00
21.00~ 24.00
Mo:2.50~ 4.00 Gt N:0.08~ 0.20 Mo:3.87 N:0.25
1.18
0.018
0.005
9.50
25.88
Ex
714
896
28
-40: 38 ArCO2
0.50~ 0.040 0.030 2.50
8.00~ 10.50
24.00~ 27.00
Mo:2.50~ 4.50 Gt N:0.20~ 0.30
760
15
1.41
0.017
0.003
8.3
24.6
N:0.13
Ex
590
754
29
20: 50
ArCO2
Diameter (mm)
DW-2209 DW-2594 DW-2101 1.2 1.2 1.2
259
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME Type of AWS cored SG Class. flux Chemical Pol. Featires WP C Si
MX-A410NM
Metal
ArCO2
for 13%Cr-Ni steel DC- Preheat (100) must F EP be done depending HF on thickness of base metal
Suitable
Ex
0.020
0.57
Gt
0.060
1.00
MX-A135N
Metal
ArCO2
for 13%Cr-Ni steel DC- Preheat (100) must F EP be done depending HF on thickness of base metal
Suitable
Ex
0.015
0.58
Gt
0.040
1.00
MX-A430M
Metal
ArCO2
Suitable for 17%Cr and 13% Cr steel DCApplied for thin plate EP in short circuiting welding
F HF
Ex
0.047
0.40
260
composition of all-weld metal (%) Mn P S Ni Cr Others Mo: 0.46 Mo: 0.40~ 0.70
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV PWHT (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) (Cxh) Ex 870 920 20 0: 64 600 x1 AC 595~ 620 x1 590 x10 FC 580~ 600 x10
0.45
0.019
0.006
4.25
12.25
1.00 0.040 0.030
4.00~ 11.00~ 5.00 12.50
Gt
540
760
15
0.44
0.018
0.006
5.02
12.88
0.02
Ex
810
880
21
0: 55
1.00 0.030 0.025
4.60~ 11.50~ 5.40 13.50
Mo 0.50
Gt
540
740
17
0.14
0.008
0.017
0.08
17.0
Nb: 0.75
Ex
390
540
26
AW
Diameter (mm)
MX-A410NM MX-A430M MX-A135N 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.4 1.2, 1.4, 1.6
261
GMAW
Solid Wires
Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features WP Ex C 0.04 0.08 0.017 0.030 0.05 0.12 0.020 0.030 0.017 0.030 Si 0.43 0.30~ 0.65 0.79 0.65~ 1.00 0.46 0.30~ 0.65 0.84 0.65~ 1.00 0.79 0.65~ 1.00
MG-S308
A5.9 ER308
98%Ar2%O2
Suitable for DC 18%Cr-8%Ni EP steel
F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH F HF H VU OH
Gt
MG-S308LS
A5.9 ER308LSi
98%Ar2%O2
for DC- low carbon EP 18%Cr-8%Ni steel for dissimilar-metal joint DC- and underlaying EP on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals for dissimilar-metal joint DC- and underlaying EP on ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals
Suitable for DC- low carbon EP 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel Suitable Suitable
Suitable
Ex
Gt
MG-S309
A5.9 ER309
98%Ar2%O2
Ex
Gt
MG-S309LS
A5.9 ER309LSi
98%Ar2%O2
Ex
Gt
MG-S316LS
A5.9 ER316LSi
98%Ar2%O2
Ex
Gt
Note; Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
262
composition of wire (%) Mn 1.70 P 0.022 S 0.003 Ni 9.68 9.00~ 11.00 9.86 9.00~ 11.00 13.66 12.00~ 14.00 13.28 12.00~ 14.00 12.25 11.00~ 14.00 Cr 19.89 19.50~ 22.00 19.78 19.50~ 22.00 23.29 23.00~ 25.00 23.57 23.00~ 25.00 19.35 18.00~ 20.00 Mo 0.08 Cu 0.11 Ex 0.75 0.75 0.04 0.04 Ex 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 Ex 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 Ex 0.75 0.75 2.36 0.12 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS (MPa) (MPa) El (%) IV (J)
1.00~ 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.91 0.021 0.001
410
600
40
-196: 49
1.00~ 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.97 0.021 0.002
400
580
42
-196: 59
1.00~ 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.85 0.021 0.003
430
610
39
1.00~ 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.97 0.019 0.002
410
570
40
0: 88
1.00~ 0.030 0.030 2.50
2.00~ 0.75 3.00
380
550
41
-196: 39
Diameter (mm)
MG-S308 MG-S308LS MG-S309 MG-S309LS MG-S316LS 1.2 0.8, 1.0, 1.2 1.2, 1.6 1.0, 1.2 1.2 263
One-side TIG Welding
TG-X308L
Flux cored filler rod for low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 R308LT1-5 Features: Applicable for 304 and 304L type steels Suitable for root pass in one-side TIG welding without back shielding Shielding gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Red Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Guaranty 0.03
0.040 0.030
Cr 19.62 18.00~ 21.00
Mo 0.02 0.50
Cu 0.03 0.50

Example Guaranty 0.2%OS (MPa) 450 TS (MPa) 620 520 El (%) 47 35 IV (J) -196: 60 -

Plate thickness 3~5mm 6~9mm 10mm Welding current 80~90A 90~105A 90~110A
Packages
Dia. (mm) 2.2 Type Tube Weight (kg) 5 Length (mm) 1,000 Weight per piece (g) 25
264
TG-X309L
Flux cored filler rod for dissimilar metals
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 R309LT1-5 Features: Suitable for root pass in one-side TIG welding without back shielding Applicable for dissimilar-metal joint of austenitic stainless steels and ferritic steels Shielding gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Yellow green Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Guaranty 0.03
0.040 0.030
Cr 24.26 22.00~ 25.00
Mo 0.02 0.50
Cu 0.03 0.50


Packages
265
TG-X316L
Flux cored filler rod for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5 Features: Applicable for 316 and 316L type steels Suitable for root pass in one-side TIG welding without back shielding Shielding gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Green Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
Guaranty 0.03
0.040 0.030
Cr 18.89 17.00~ 20.00
Mo 2.32 2.00~ 3.00
Cu 0.03 0.50


Packages
266
TG-X347
Flux cored filler rod for 18%Cr-8%Ni-Nb and 18%Cr-8Ni-Ti steel
Classification: ASME / AWS A5.22 R347T1-5 Features: Applicable for 347 and 321 type steels Suitable for root pass in one-side TIG welding without back shielding Shielding gas: Ar Polarity: DC-EN Identification color: Blue Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) as per AWS
Example Guaranty Example Guaranty C 0.020 0.08 Ni 10.21 9.00~11.00 Si 0.80 1.20 Cr 19.09 18.00~21.00 Mn 1.60 0.50~2.50 Nb+Ta 0.66 8xC%~1.0
Welding Positions:
H OH VD HF F VU
P 0.021 0.040 Mo 0.02 0.50
S 0.004 0.030 Cu 0.03 0.50


Packages
267
GTAW
Filler Rods and Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt C 0.05 0.08 0.013 0.030 0.05 0.12 0.016 0.030 0.016 0.030 0.04 0.08 Si 0.46 0.30~ 0.65 0.43 0.30~ 0.65 0.45 0.30~ 0.65 0.41 0.30~ 0.65 0.43 0.30~ 0.65 0.42 0.30~ 0.65 Mn 1.89 1.00~ 2.50 1.86 1.00~ 2.50 1.85 1.00~ 2.50 1.84 1.00~ 2.50 1.76 1.00~ 2.50 1.71 1.00~ 2.50
TG-S308
A5.9 ER308
Ar
DC- Suitable for 18%Cr-8%Ni EN steel
TG-S308L
A5.9 ER308L
Ar
DC- Suitable for low carbon EN 18%Cr-8%Ni steel
TG-S309
A5.9 ER309
Suitable for dissimilar-metal DC- joint and underlaying on Ar EN ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Suitable for dissimilar-metal DC- joint and underlaying on EN ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals Suitable for dissimilar-metal DC- joint and underlaying on EN ferritic steels for overlaying stainless steel weld metals
TG-S309L
A5.9 ER309L
Ar
TG-S309MoL
A5.9 ER309LMo
Ar
TG-S316
A5.9 ER316
Ar
DC- Suitable for 18%CrEN 12%Ni-2%Mo steel
Approvals
TG-S308 ABS, DNV, NK TG-S308L ABS, LR, DNV, BV, NK, GL, CCS TG-S309 DNV, NK, GL
Product names TG-S308 TG-S308L TG-S309 268 Yellow Red Black Product names TG-S309L TG-S309MoL TG-S316 Yellow green Silver White
composition of rod and wire (%) P 0.024 S 0.001 Ni 9.69 9.00~ 11.00 9.95 9.00~ 11.00 13.58 12.00~ 14.00 13.68 12.00~ 14.00 13.54 12.00~ 14.00 12.25 11.00~ 14.00 Cr 20.00 19.50~ 22.00 19.85 19.50~ 22.00 23.37 23.00~ 25.00 23.28 23.00~ 25.00 23.35 23.00~ 25.00 19.39 18.00~ 20.00 Mo 0.05 0.75 0.05 0.75 0.03 0.75 0.03 0.75 2.19 2.00~ 3.00 2.15 2.00~ 3.00 Cu 0.07 Ex 0.75 0.07 Ex 0.75 0.07 Ex 0.75 0.04 Ex 0.75 0.05 Ex 0.75 0.11 Ex 0.75
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL (%) IV (J) -196: 39
410
580
42
0.030 0.030 0.023 0.002
420
590
45
0.030 0.030 0.025 0.001
-196: 78
410
580
39
0.030 0.030 0.019 0.002
0: 150
410
570
38
0.030 0.030 0.016 0.005
0: 110
440
590
36
0.030 0.030 0.026 0.001
390
570
42
0.030 0.030
-196: 29
Diameter (mm)
TG-S308 TG-S308L TG-S309 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S309L TG-S309MoL TG-S316 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2
269
GTAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt Ex Gt C 0.014 0.030 0.010 0.030 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.08~ 0.15 0.009 0.02 0.005 0.045 Si 0.41 0.30~ 0.65 0.38 0.30~ 0.65 0.43 0.30~ 0.65 0.33 0.30~ 0.65 0.03 0.50 0.16 1.00 Mn 1.74 1.00~ 2.50 1.80 1.00~ 2.50 2.29 1.00~ 2.50 2.01 1.00~ 2.50 4.87 3.00~ 5.00 6.10 4.00~ 7.00
TG-S316L
A5.9 ER316L
Ar
DCEN
Suitable
for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo steel
TG-S317L
A5.9 ER317L
Ar
DCEN
Suitable
for low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo-N and low carbon 19%Cr13%Ni-3%Mo steel for 18%Cr-8%Ni Nb and 18%Cr-8%Ni-Ti steel
Suitable
TG-S347
A5.9 ER347
Ar
DCEN
TG-S310
A5.9 ER310
Ar
DCEN
Suitable
steel
for 25%Cr-20%Ni
TG-S310MF
Ar
DCEN
Suitable
for 25%Cr-22%Ni-2%Mo steel of urea plant
NO4051
Ar
DCEN
Suitable
for modified 316 stainless steel of urea plant
Approvals
ABS, LR, DNV, TG-S316L BV, NK, GL, CCS TG-S317L LR TG-S347 NK
Product names TG-S316L TG-S317L TG-S347 Green Sorrel Blue Product names TG-S310 TG-S310MF NO4051 Gold -
270
composition of rod and wire (%) P 0.023 S 0.002 Ni 12.29 Cr 19.22 18.00~ 20.00 18.76 18.50~ 20.50 19.51 19.00~ 21.50 26.61 25.00~ 28.00 25.33 24.00~ 26.00 18.24 17.00~ 19.50 Mo 2.19 2.00~ 3.00 3.49 3.00~ 4.00 0.06 Cu 0.11 0.75 0.03 0.75 0.07 Nb Ex Ex 0.66 Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS (MPa) (MPa) EL (%) IV (J) -196: 49
11.00~ 0.030 0.030 14.00 0.007 0.001 13.11
390
550
43
13.00~ 0.030 0.030 15.00 0.020 0.003 9.85 9.00~ 11.00 21.17
410
570
39
0: 98
0.030 0.030 0.003 0.004
10xC~ 0.75 0.75 1.00 0.01

0.75
460
630
40
0: 88
0.01
0.75
Ex Ex 480 630 40 450 610 39
20.00~ 0.030 0.030 22.50 0.005 0.002 22.52 21.00~ 23.00 16.29
0: 110
2.27 1.90~ 2.70 2.56 2.20~ 3.00
0.030 0.020 0.011 0.004
Ex 360 490 41
14.00~ 0.030 0.020 18.00
-257: 99
Diameter (mm)
TG-S316L TG-S317L TG-S347 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 2.0, 2.4 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 TG-S310 TG-S310MF NO4051 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.6, 2.4 1.2, 1.6, 2.4
271
GTAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Chemical SG Pol. Features Ex C 0.10 0.12 0.09 0.12 0.010 0.030 0.008 0.03 0.016 0.03 Si 0.34 0.50 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.65 0.39 0.90 0.43 1.0 Mn 0.49 0.60 0.47 0.60 1.10 0.50~ 2.50 1.67 0.50~ 2.5 0.51 2.5
TG-S410
A5.9 ER410
Ar
DCSuitable for 13%Cr steel EN
Gt
TG-S410Cb
Ar
DC- Suitable for 13%Cr and EN 13%Cr-Al steel
Ex
Gt
TG-S329M
Ar
DCEN
Ex
Suitable
for normal duplex stainless steel Gt
TG-S2209
A5.9 ER2209
Ar Ar2%N2
DCEN
Suitable
for normal duplex stainless steel (S32205,S31803,etc.)
Ex
Gt
TG-S2594
A5.9 ER2594
Ar Ar2%N2
DCEN
Suitable
for super duplex stainless steel (S32750,S32760,etc.)
Ex
Gt
Product names TG-S410 TG-S410Cb TG-S329M Purple Purple Red Product names TG-S2209 TG-S2594 -
272
composition of rod and wire (%) P 0.008 S 0.006 Ni 0.41 Cr 12.83 Mo 0.50 Cu 0.01 N Ex
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL (%) IV (J) SG
11.50~ 0.75 0.75 0.030 0.030 0.60 13.50 0.016 0.004 0.10 11.68 0.05 0.03
310 530 37 (PWHT : 850x 2h, AC)
20: 210
Ar
0.89 Ex 270 540 23
0.70~ 11.50~ 0.75 0.75 0.030 0.030 0.60 1.10 13.50 0.003 0.001 9.21 24.71 3.26 0.14 0.08~ 0.20 0.16 0.08~ 0.20 0.27 0.20~ 0.30
20: 39
Ar
8.00~ 23.00~ 2.50~ 0.030 0.030 10.00 26.00 4.00 0.020 0.002 8.72 7.5~ 9.5 9.17 8.0~ 10.5 22.71 21.5~ 23.5 24.96 24.0~ 27.0 3.11 2.5~ 3.5 3.91 2.5~ 4.5
Ex
617
809
35
0: 160
Ar
0.09 0.75 0.06 1.5
Ex
615
814
38
0.03 0.03 0.016 0.001
-50: 150
Ar2%N2
Ex
646
859
38
0.03 0.02
-50: 171
Ar2%N2
Diameter (mm)
TG-S410 TG-S410Cb TG-S329M TG-S2209 TG-S2594 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 0.8, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2
273
For Hardfacing

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
SMAW, FCAW, GMAW, SAW
For Hardfacing
A guide for selecting welding consumables Weld metal microstructure and main alloying elements determine the performances of welding consumables for hardfacing as summarized in Table 1. In addition, PF-200S/US-63B is good for reclamation of mill rolls.
Table 1 Welding consumables and their characteristics Weld metal microstructure and alloying formula Pearlite Hv 200400 Features Type of wear (1) MTM ABR HTW CAV COR HRT IMP
Good Good
crack resistance machinability
Martensite
350800
Good
wear resistance
13%Cr stainless steel type Semi-Austenite
350500 500700 150500 200400 600800 8001200
Good
resistance to oxidation, heat and corrosion Good wear resistance

High High
toughness and good wear resistance
13%Mn High Mn Austenite 16%Mn16%Cr
toughness and good impact wear resistance High work hardenability

High
hardness at high temperatures High toughness

Excellent
High Cr-Fe
erosion resistance Good resistance to corrosion and heat

Excellent
Tungsten carbide type
resistance to heavy abrasion
Note (1) MTM: Metal-to-metal wear, ABR: Abrasion, HTW: High temp. wear, CAV: Cavitation, COR; Corrosion wear, HRT: Heat resistance, IMP: Impact wear : Excellent resistance, :Good resistance, : Slightly inferior, : Inferior, -: Not used for general applications
276
SMAW HF-240 HF-260 HF-330 HF-350 HF-450 HF-500 HF-600 HF-650 HF-700 HF-800K HF-13
FCAW
GMAW
SAW
DW-H250 DW-H350
MG-250 MG-350
G-50/US-H250N G-50/US-H350N G-50/US-H400N G-50/US-H450N G-50/US-H500N MF-30/US-H550N MF-30/US-H600N
DW-H450 DW-H600 DW-H700 DW-H800
HF-12
HF-11
DW-H11
HF-16
DW-H16
HF-30
DW-H30 DW-H30MV -
HF-950
277
SMAW, FCAW, GMAW
For Hardfacing
Tips for better welding results Common to individual welding processes Important points in hardfacing are to obtain sufficient hardness and to minimize cracking. In order to achieve them, proper selection of welding consumables and proper welding procedures mentioned below are necessary. 1) Preparation of base metal: Rust, oil and soil attached on the base metal may cause blowholes. Cracks in the base metal may cause cracking of the weld metal; therefore, they must be removed completely beforehand. 2) Preheat and interpass temperature: In order to minimize cracking, control of preheat and interpass temperature is a key technique. Table 1 shows a rule of thumb for proper preheat and interpass temperatures in relation to the carbon equivalent of the base metal. In practice, size of work, type of welding consumable and method of hardfacing should be taken into consideration to determine the most appropriate temperatures.
Table 1 A rule of thumb for preheat and interpass temperature in relation to base metal carbon equivalents Type of steel Carbon equivalent (1) Less than 0.3 0.3-0.4 0.4-0.5 0.5-0.6 0.6-0.7 0.7-0.8 Over 0.8 Preheat and interpass temperature () 100 max. 100 min. 150 min. 200 min. 250 min. 300 min. 350 min. Use no preheat and cool each weld pass with water Use no preheat and control the interpass temperature 150 or lower 400 min.
Carbon steel and Low alloy steel
High-Mn steel (13%Mn steel) Austenitic stainless steel High alloy steel (e.g., High-Cr steel)
Note (1) Carbon equivalent = C + Mn/6 + Si/24 + Cr/5 + Mo/4 + Ni/15
3) Immediate postweld heating: Heating the weldment at 300-350C for 10-30 minutes just after welding was finished is effective to prevent cold cracking. Control the temperature carefully, or the hardness of the weld will be decreased by excessive heating.
278
4) Postweld heat treatment: Postweld heat treatment (PWHT) at 550-750C is effective to prevent cold cracking and distortion in service, and to improve properties of the welds. It is important to set the PWHT conditions taking into account that the hardness of the weld is normally decreased by PWHT. 5) Underlaying: Underlaying is effective to prevent cracking in welds where low-alloy steel having high hardenability is hardfaced or where high-hardness weld metal is deposited on carbon steel. For underlaying, mild steel type welding consumables or austenitic stainless steel type welding consumables should be used. 6) Penetration: In hardfacing, the properties of the weld metal will considerably be affected by welding penetration into the base metal, because the chemical composition of the welding consumable is generally very different from those of the base metal. In order to use sufficiently the desired properties of the welding consumable, welding penetration must be controlled by using an appropriate welding procedure, for instance, multi-layer welding. 7) Welding distortion: Intermittent and symmetrical welding sequences are effective to minimize welding distortion. Restraint of the work is also effective to minimize welding distortion. SMAW 1) Control the arc length as short as possible. 2) Use the backstep method for arc starting to prevent blowholes. 3) Control the weaving width less than 3-4 times the diameter of a covered electrode. 4) Re-dry covered electrodes before use. FCAW, GMAW 1) Control shielding gas flow rates within 20-25 I/mm for general applications. Note that poor shielding due to low flow rates and wind can cause blowholes and pits in the weld metal. 2) Refer to proper currents for individual wire sizes as shown in Table 2.
Table 2 Proper welding currents Type of wire DW-H series MG series Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 1.2 1.6 Polarity DC-EP DC-EP DC-EP DC-EP Welding current (A) 120-360 200-420 120-320 200-420
279
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names Nominal hardness Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C
HF-240
Hv 240
Titania
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of gears and wheels RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F V OH
Ex
0.09
HF-260
Hv 260
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of shafts, crane wheels and couplings RC: 300~350x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
F V OH
Ex
0.17
HF-330
Hv 330
Titania
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of keys and clutch lugs RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F V OH
Ex
0.10
HF-350
Hv 350
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of upper rollers and sprockets of bulldozers RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
F V OH
Ex
0.25
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Ex: Example (polarity: AC)
Product names HF-240 HF-260 HF-330 HF-350 1st Red Red Red Orange 2nd White Green Purple Green
280
composition of overlay weld metal (%) Si Mn Cr PWHT AW 0.58 0.58 0.81 Ex 900, OQ
Hardness of weld metal Hv 240 150 350 Pre. H & IPT
AW 0.69 1.81 Ex 900, OQ
271 150 395
AW 0.69 0.86 2.29 Ex -
340 150 -
AW 0.49 1.38 1.16 Ex 850, OQ
366 150 510

Dia. HF-240 HF-260 HF-330 HF-350 2.6 300 300 3.2 350 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 400 400 6.0 450 450 450 450
281
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
HF-450
Hv 450
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of idlers, rollers and truck links of bulldozers RC: 300~350x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
Ex
0.20
HF-500
Hv 500
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of idlers and truck links of bulldozers RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
0.45
HF-600
Hv 600
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of lower rollers and bucket edges RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
0.48
HF-650
Hv 650
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of tamping dies and mixer blades RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
0.67
Product names HF-450 HF-500 HF-600 HF-650 1st Red Orange Red Red 2nd Pink Blue white Red Orange
282
composition of overlay weld metal (%) Si Mn Cr Mo V W
Hardness of weld metal PWHT Pre. H Hv (Cxh) & IPT AW 456 150 550x6 443
1.30
0.31
2.54
0.60
0.23
Ex
1.37
0.91
0.98
0.28
Ex
AW
517
150
0.77
2.58
2.50
Ex
AW
595
200
AW 0.90 0.87 4.91 1.17 0.55 1.42 Ex 600x1, AC
634 200 580

Dia. HF-450 HF-500 HF-600 HF-650 2.6 300 300 3.2 350 350 350 4.0 400 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 400 400 6.0 450 450 450 450
283
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
HF-700
Hv 700
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of cutter knives and casings RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
0.62
HF-800K
Hv 800
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of cutter knives and casings RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
0.80
HF-950
Hv 950
Graphite
AC DC-EP
Hardfacing
of shovel teeth and cutter knives RC: 150~200x0.5~1h
Ex
3.5
Product names HF-700 HF-800K HF-950 1st Orange Orange Orange 2nd Orange Yellow -
284
composition of overlay weld metal (%) Si Mn Cr Mo W B
Hardness of weld metal PWHT Pre. H, & Hv (Cxh) IPT AW 654 200 600x1, AC AW 485 736 200 600x1, AC 535
0.80
0.78
5.12
2.21
Ex
1.65
1.24
3.82
2.42
0.29
Ex
0.1
2.6
26
Ex
AW
930
300

Dia. HF-700 HF-800K HF-950 3.2 350 4.0 400 400 400 5.0 400 400 400 6.0 450 450
285
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names Nominal hardness Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features
Hardfacing
WP
HF-11
Hv 250
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of crusher hammers and crusher jaws RC: 150~200x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
Ex
0.82
HF-12
Hv 500
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of ripper teeth, impellers and breakers RC: 300~350x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
Ex
0.72
HF-13
Hv 450
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of valve seats and agitator propellers RC: 300~350x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
Ex
0.13
HF-16
Hv 300
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of hot shears and hot dies RC: 150~200x0.5~1h

Hardfacing
Ex
0.71
HF-30
Hv 700
Low hydrogen
AC DC-EP
of crusher rotors and liners RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex
5.00
Product names HF-11 HF-12 HF-13 HF-16 HF-30 1st Red Red Red Orange Red 2nd Black Brown Blue white Brown Silver
286
composition of overlay weld metal (%) Si Mn Cr Mo V Ni
Hardness of weld metal PWHT Hv (Cxh) Ex AW 266
0.39
13.88
AW 0.89 1.17 7.30 1.12 Ex 500x2 AW 0.50 0.74 12.97 0.97 0.99 Ex 750x1
532 630 420 260
0.48
14.59
15.33
1.85
0.42
2.20
Ex
AW
306
0.42
1.23
30.5
Ex
AW
770

Dia. HF-11 HF-12 HF-13 HF-16 HF-30 2.6 300 3.2 350 350 350 300 4.0 400 400 400 350 400 5.0 400 400 400 350 450 6.0 450 450 -
287
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names Nominal hardness Type of cored flux SG Pol.
Suitable
Features for metal-to-metal wear parts and underlaying for hardfacing and repair for metal-to-metal wear and light abrasion parts
Suitable
WP
DW-H250
Hv 250
Rutile
CO2
DC-EP
F HF
DW-H350
Hv 350
Rutile
CO2
DC-EP
F HF
DW-H450
Hv 450
Rutile
CO2
DC-EP
for metal-to-metal wear and abrasion parts

Suitable
F HF
DW-H600
Hv 600
Rutile
CO2
DC-EP
Suitable
for abrasion parts
F HF
DW-H700
Hv 700
Rutile
CO2
DC-EP
Suitable
for abrasion parts
F HF
DW-H800
Hv 800
Metal
CO2
DC-EP
Suitable
for heavy abrasion parts
F HF
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Ex: Example
288
Chemical composition of overlay weld metal (%) C Si Mn Cr Mo Others
Hardness of weld metal PWHT (Cxh) AW Ex 600x2 AW Ex 600x2 AW 297 431 150 600x2 AW Ex 600x2 398 673 250 600x2 AW Ex 600x2 612 605 772 250 384 574 270 370 Hv 269 150 Pre. H, & IPT
Ex
0.09
0.49
1.30
1.02
0.40
Ex
0.13
0.64
1.70
0.48
0.53
150
Ex
0.15
0.57
1.40
3.70
0.47
V: 0.25
Ex
Ex
0.45
0.48
0.97
4.31
0.51
200
Ex
0.57
0.73
1.05
5.40
1.01
V: 0.54 W: 1.21
AW Ex
Ex
1.10
0.68
1.83
4.22
W: 2.26 B: 0.54
Diameter (mm)
DW-H250 DW-H350 DW-H450 DW-H600 DW-H700 DW-H800 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
289
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names Nominal hardness Type of cored flux SG Pol.
Suitable
Features for abrasion accompanied by heavy impact parts and repair welding of 13%-Mn cast steel for high temperature wear, impact wear and cavitation parts such as hot shear bytes, hot saws, and hydraulic power water turbines
WP
DW-H11
Hv 250
Metal
Ar-CO2
DC-EP
F HF
Suitable
DW-H16
Hv 300
Metal
Ar-CO2
DC-EP
F HF
DW-H30
Hv 700
Metal
CO2
DC-EP
Suitable
for heavy abrasive parts such as crushers and hoppers
F HF
Suitable
DW-H30MV
Hv 800
Metal
CO2
DC-EP
for heavy abrasive and high temperature wear parts such as liners, screws, and crushers
F HF
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Ex: Example
290
Chemical composition of overlay weld metal (%) C Si Mn Cr Mo Others
Hardness of weld metal Pre. H, PWHT Hv & IPT
Ex
0.84
0.68
14.17
Ex
AW
233
Ex
0.60
0.51
16.76
16.21
1.49
V: 0.49
Ex
AW
278
150
Ex
2.92
1.16
0.16
24.06
B: 0.3
Ex
AW
755
250
Ex
5.03
2.39
0.19
21.60
0.94
B: 0.28 V: 2.61
Ex
AW
821
200
Diameter (mm)
DW-H11 DW-H16 DW-H30 DW-H30MV 1.6 1.2 1.2, 1.6 1.2, 1.6
291
SAW
Flux and Wire Combinations

Trade Designation Nominal hardness Type of flux Pol. Features
[F]G-50/
[P]US-H250N
Hv 250
Fused
AC
Suitable for hardfacing of wheels and rollers and for underlaying of idlers and rollers RC: 150~350x1h
Weld-Ex
[F]G-50/
[P]US-H350N
Hv 350
Fused
AC
for hardfacing of idlers and links of tractors and shovels, rollers for steel mills, and tires, and hutches RC: 150~350x1h for hardfacing of idlers and links of tractors and shovels, rollers for steel mills, and tires RC: 150~350x1h for hardfacing of rollers and idlers of tractors and shovels, rollers for steel mills, and bells for blast furnaces RC: 150~350x1h
Suitable Suitable
Suitable
Weld-Ex
[F]G-50/
[P]US-H400N
Hv 400
Fused
AC
Weld-Ex
[F]G-50/
[P]US-H450N
Hv 450
Fused
AC
Weld-Ex
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard, Wire-Ex: Example of wire,
292
Chemical composition of overlay weld metal (%) C Si Mn Cr Mo V
Hardness of weld metal PWHT Hv (Cxh)
0.06
0.60
1.82
0.62
Ex
AW
267
0.10
0.63
1.95
1.10
0.52
Ex
AW
361
0.13
0.65
2.02
2.21
0.36
0.17
Ex
AW
409
AW 0.19 0.72 2.22 2.69 0.60 0.31 Ex 600x5 Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC)
453
431

US-H250N US-H350N US-H400N US-H450N 3.2 3.2 3.2, 4.0 3.2, 4.0
Mesh size of flux

G-50 8x48
293
SAW

Trade Designation Nominal hardness Type of flux Pol. Features
Suitable
[F]G-50/ [P]US-H500N
Hv 500
Fused
AC
for hardfacing of rollers and idlers of tractors and shovels, rollers for steel mills, and bells for blast furnaces RC: 150~350x1h
Weld-Ex
[P]MF-30/
Suitable
[P]US-H550N
Hv 550
Fused
AC
for hardfacing of rollers for steel mills, and bells for blast furnaces RC: 150~350x1h
Weld-Ex
[P]MF-30/
[P]US-H600N
Hv 600
Fused
AC
Suitable
for hardfacing of rollers for steel mills, and crusher cones RC: 150~350x1h
Weld-Ex
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Wire-Ex: Example of wire,
294
Chemical composition of overlay weld metal (%) C Si Mn Cr Mo W V
Hardness of weld metal PWHT Hv (Cxh) AW 509
0.22
0.85
2.26
2.85
1.10
1.45
0.32
Ex 600x2 506
AW 0.34 0.58 2.12 6.72 3.75 Ex 600x2
540
503
AW 0.38 0.63 2.19 6.96 3.72 Ex 600x2 Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC)
596
570

US-H500N US-H550N US-H600N 3.2 3.2 3.2
Mesh size of flux

G-50 MF-30 8x48 12x65
295
For Cast Iron

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
SMAW
For Cast Iron

A guide for selecting welding consumables Table 1 shows covered electrodes for shielded metal arc welding of cast irons in conjunction with weldability, usability, color matching, and machinability. Table 1 Welding consumables for cast irons (1)
Product names CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3 Preheat temperature () 100-300 150-350 350-400 WettColor ability matchJoint with base ing with efficiency metal base metal X-ray soundness MachinMachinability of ability of weld metal HAZ
Note (1) : Good, : Better, : Inferior
Tips for better welding results 1) Preparation for base metal: (1) When cast irons have impregnated oil, the base metal must be heated at 400C to burn off the oil before welding. Other contaminants should also be removed off before welding. (2) To repair a defect, it must be removed completely by machining or grinding (arc air gouging is not suitable for cast irons) before welding. The welding groove should have a round bottom for better fusion. Where a crack defect seems to be propagated by machining or grinding, make stop-holes at both ends of the crack. 2) Welding procedure: (1) The most appropriate preheating temperature depends on the size and thickness of the work; however, Table 1 can be a rule of thumb. (2) Stringer welding with the maximum bead length of about 50 mm is recommended to prevent overheat, distortion and cracking. (3) Peening is needed to minimize residual stresses. Just after one bead was laid, it must be peened with a hammer to the extent that the ripple of the bead disappears. (4) Comparatively small conical groove should be welded in the spiral sequence from the bottom of the groove to the surface of the base metal. Backstep, symmetrical or intermittent sequence is recommended for a long welding line to prevent cracking. The buttering method, in which the surface of the groove is cladded first and the filling passes are laid later, is recommended for a deep groove.
298
299
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of covering Pol. Features WP
Ex
C 0.99
CI-A1
A5.15 ENi-Cl
AC Graphite DCEP
Suitable for repairing and joining various kinds of cast irons Excellent welding usability and machinability RC: 70~100x0.5~1h
F Gt 1.80
CI-A2
A5.15 ENiFe-Cl
AC Graphite DCEP
Suitable for repairing and joining various kinds of cast irons Crack resistibility is excellent RC: 70~100x0.5~1h Suitable for repairing and joining various kinds of cast irons Hardenability of the fusion zone is larger than with Ni-bearing electrodes RC: 300~350x0.5~1h
Ex F Gt
1.15
2.00
CI-A3
A5.15 ESt
Low hydrogen
AC DCEP
Ex F Gt
0.04
0.15
Product names CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3 1st Gold Gold Black 2nd Red Pink Orange
300
Chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) Si 0.11 Mn 0.57 P 0.002 S 0.001 Ni Bal. Fe 1.71 Others -
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal TS (MPa) El (%)
Ex 1.00 1.00 0.040 0.030 92.0 5.00 -
480
0.31
1.96
0.004
0.001
54.8
Bal.
Ex 520 -
2.50
2.50
0.040
0.030
45.0~ 60.0
Bal.
0.50
0.48
0.006
0.002
Bal.
Ex 490 33
1.00
0.80
0.030
0.020
Bal.

Dia. CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3 2.6 300 300 3.2 350 300 350 4.0 350 350 400 5.0 350 -
301
For 9%Ni Steel and Nickel-Based Alloy

Inconel, Incoloy and Monel are trademarks of Special Metals Corporation. Hastelloy is a trademark of Haynes International.

For 9%Ni Steel For welding of 9%Ni steel, Ni-base alloys such as Ni-Cr alloy (e.g., Inconel) and Ni-Mo alloy (e.g., Hastelloy) welding consumables are commonly used to obtain sufficient notch toughness at cryogenic temperatures. 9%Ni steel is used for storage tanks for liquefied natural gas (LNG), liquefied oxygen and liquefied nitrogen, and LNG carriers. In the construction of such cryogenic temperature service equipment, automatic gas tungsten arc welding and submerged arc welding are often used to ensure consistent weld quality, as shown in Fig. 1.
Automatic GTAW for knackle plates
SAW or automatic GTAW for horizontal joins of side plates Automatic GTAW for vertical joints of side plates
Fig. 1 Typical applications of automatic welding processes for a LNG storage tank
One-side automatic GTAW for bottom plates
Tips for better welding results Common to individual welding processes

(1) Remove scale, rust, and other dirt from welding grooves beforehand by grinding or other (2) Use no preheat and control interpass temperatures at 150 or lower. (3) Minimize welding currents and welding speeds to prevent hot cracking. (4) Use no magnetic power crane because 9%Ni steel is likely to be magnetized. (1) Re-dry covered electrodes by 200-250 for 30-60 minutes before use. (2) Keep the arc length as short as possible.
appropriate means.
SMAW
FCAW, GMAW (1) Use Ar-CO2 mixtures with 20-25%CO2 for shielding gas. The gas flow rates should be 20-25 l/min. (2) Refer to Pages 211 and 213 of the stainless steel article about power source, wire extension, protection against wind and welding fumes, and storage of welding wires. GTAW (1) Use multi-pass welding because the use of single-pass welding may cause a decrease of weld metal strength affected by the dilution from the base metal.
304
SAW (1) Re-dry fluxes by 200-300 for 1 hour before use. (2) Use multi-pass welding because the use of single-pass welding may cause a decrease of weld metal strength affected by the dilution from the base metal. For Ni-base alloy Typical Ni-base alloys for welding are Ni-Cu alloy (e.g. Monel), Ni-Cr alloy (e.g. Inconel) and Ni-Fe-Cr alloys (e.g. Incoloy). Ni-base welding consumables are used for joining these Ni-base alloys and dissimilar-metal joints consisting of Ni-base alloy and low alloy steel, stainless steel, and low alloy steel. Tips for better welding results for individual welding processes
(1) Use proper welding currents because the use of an excessive welding current causes (2) Use no preheating for welding matching Ni-base alloys. Control interpass temperatures at 150 or lower. (3) Use the backstep technique when an arc is struck in the welding groove, or strike an arc
SMAW
electrode-burn and thereby usability and weld metal properties can be deteriorated.
on a piece of metal outside the groove to prevent the occurrence of blowholes at the arc starting area of a bead. (4) Keep the arc length as short as possible. (5) Use flat-position welding as much as possible because vertical or overhead welding requires higher welding skill. (6) Minimize welding currents and speeds to prevent hot cracking.
FCAW (1) Use Ar-CO2 mixtures with 20-25%CO2 for shielding gas. The gas flow rates should be 20-25 l/min. (2) Refer to Page 211 of the stainless steel article about power source, wire extension, protection against wind and welding fumes, and storage of welding wires. GMAW (1) Pulsed arc welding with the spray droplet transfer mode using low currents is most appropriate, although conventional gas metal arc welding power sources can be used. DCEP polarity is suitable. (2) Argon gas shielding with gas flow rates in the 25-30 l/min range is suitable. Ar-He mixture gases are also suitable. (3) Use no preheating and control interpass temperatures at 150 or lower. (4) Minimize welding currents and speeds to prevent hot cracking. GTAW (1) Use DC-EN polarity. (2) Argon gas shielding with gas flow rates in the 10-15 l/min range is suitable where welding currents are within 100-200A. In one-side welding, back shielding is needed to avoid oxidation of the back side bead. (3) Control the arc length at approximately 2-3 mm because the use of an excessive arc length may cause lack of shielding, thereby causing blowholes. (4) Use no preheating and control interpass temperatures at 150 or lower. (5) Minimize welding currents and speeds to prevent hot cracking.
305

How to select the proper welding consumable for dissimilar metal joints Recommended welding consumables for dissimilar metal joints and preheat temperatures are shown in Table 1. (1) (2)
Table 1 Recommended welding consumables for dissimilar metal joints Base metal: A Base metal: B Carbon steel and low alloy steel NC-39, NC-39L NC-39MoL NI-C70A(3) 100~200 NC-39, NC-39L CR-43Cb(4) NI-C70A(3) 200~400 NC-39, NC-39L CR-43Cb(4) NI-C70A(3) 100~300 Nickel and Inconel NI-C70A NI-C625 Incoloy NI-C70A NI-C625
Austenitic Stainless steel
Martensitic
NI-C70A 100~300
NI-C70A 100~300
Ferritic
NI-C70A 100~200
NI-C70A 100~200
Nickel
NI-C70A 100~200
NI-C70A NI-C70A ME-L34 NI-C70A NI-C625
NI-C70A NI-C70A ME-L34
Nickel and nickel alloy
Monel
NI-C70A ME-L34 100~200 NI-C70A NI-C625 100~200 NI-C70A NI-C625 100~200
Incoloy
Inconel
306
nickel alloy Monel NI-C70A ME-L34
Stainless steel Nickel Ferritic NC-39, NC-39L NI-C70A(3) 100~200 NC-39 CR-43Cb(5) CR-40Cb(5) 200~400 Martensitic NC-39, NC-39L NI-C70A(3) 100~300
NI-C70A
NI-C70A ME-L34 100~300 NI-C70A ME-L34 100~200 NI-C70A ME-L34
NI-C70A 100~300
NI-C70A 100~200
Note: (1) This table shows only covered electrodes for SMAW. Other welding consumables having the similar chemical composition for GTAW, GMAW, and FCAW can also be used. Instead of NI-C70A, NI-C703D can also be used. (2) The preheat temperature in this table is a rough guide. In a case where the welding joint consists of thick plates and is restrained to a great extent, a higher temperature may be necessary. Even when preheat temperature is given for particular dissimilar metal joints, austenitic stainless steel, nickel, and nickel alloy need not be preheated, and the counterpart base metals such as carbon steel, martensitic stainless steel, and ferritic stainless steel should be preheated sufficiently. In addition, for a dissimilar metal joint consisting of carbon steel (Base metal: A) and austenitic stainless steel, nickel, or nickel alloy (Base metal: B), both base metals need not be preheated. (3) In a case where the weld is used at about 400 or higher or under thermal cycles, NI-C70A should be selected. (4) In a case where Ni is restricted in a special service environment, CR-43Cb should be used. (5) In a case where Ni is restricted in a special service environment, CR-43Cb or CR-40Cb should be selected.
307
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of covering Chemical Pol. Features WP C Si Mn
NI-C70S
A5.11 ENiCrFe -9
Low hydrogen
Suitable
AC
RC:
steel 200~250x 0.5~1h
for 9% Ni
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.09
0.23
2.20
Gt
0.15 0.75
1.00~ 4.50
NI-C1S
A5.11 ENiMo -8
Low hydrogen
Suitable
AC
RC:
steel 200~250x 0.5~1h
for 9% Ni
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.03
0.49
0.28
Gt
0.10 0.75 1.50
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty (polarity: AC)
Approvals
NI-C70S NI-C1S NK NK
Product names NI-C1S NI-C70S 1st Yellow Silver gray 2nd Green Pink
308
composition of all-weld metal (%) Ni Cr Nb Fe Mo Others W: 0.6
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 430 710 41 -196: 62
65.00
16.50
1.40
8.80
4.90
55.00
12.00~ 17.00
0.50~ 3.00
12.00
2.50~ 5.50
W 1.5
Gt
650
25
68.60
1.90
6.80
18.60
W: 2.9 W: 2.0~ 4.0
Ex
440
730
48
-196: 83
60.00
0.50~ 3.50
10.00
17.00~ 20.00
Gt
650
25

Dia. NI-C70S NI-C1S 2.6 3.2 300 300 4.0 350 350 5.0 350 350
309
SMAW
Covered Electrodes
Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cov- Pol. ering
Suitable
Chemical Features WP Ex C 0.03 Si 0.80 Mn 3.26
ME-L34
Lime titania
for monel metal and dissimilar-metal joints DCand overlaying EP DC-EP is only applicable. RC: 150~200x 0.5~1h
Suitable
F H VU OH
Gt 0.15 1.25 4.0
NI-C70A
for Inconel and dissimilar- metal joints such AC A5.11 Low as Inconel to low alloy ENiCrFe hydrosteel, and stainless steel to DC-1 gen low alloy steel EP AC is only applicable. RC: 200~250x 0.5~1h for Inconel and dissimilar-metal joints A5.11 Low such as Inconel to low DCENiCrFe hydro alloy steel, and stainless EP -3 gen steel to low alloy steel DC-EP is only applicable. RC: 200~250x 0.5~1h
Suitable for Inconel 625, AC Low Incoloy 825, dissimilarhydrometal joints DCgen and overlaying EP RC: 200~250x 0.5~1h Suitable
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.04
0.25
2.84
Gt 0.08 0.75 3.50
NI-C703D
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.06
0.34
6.55
Gt 0.10 1.0
5.00~ 9.50
NI-C625
F HF H VU OH
Ex
0.04
0.32
0.67
Gt 0.10 0.75 1.00
Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty (Polarity: as specified above)
Product names ME-L34 NI-C70A NI-C703D NI-C625 1st Silver Silver Silver Silver 2nd Yellowish green Green Blue Purple
310
composition of all-weld metal (%) Ni 65.21 Cr Nb 1.81 Fe 1.58 Mo Others Cu: Bal Al: 0.25 Ti: 0.61 Cu: Bal Al1.0 Ti1.5 Co: 0.03 Co 0.12 Co: 0.03 Co 0.12
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J) Ex 320 550 44 -
62.0~ 70.0
3.0
2.5
Gt
490
30
70.66
14.75
1.94
9.24
Ex
380
610
44
-196: 93
62.00
13.00~ 17.00
1.50~ 4.00
11.00
Gt
550
30
69.40
13.21
2.00
7.90
Ti: 0.01 Ti 1.00
Ex
360
620
45
-196: 110
59.00
13.00~ 17.00
1.00~ 2.50
10.00
Gt
550
30
61.10
21.65
3.41
3.66
8.70
Ex
420
760
47
55.0
20.00~ 23.00
3.15~ 4.15
7.00
8.00~ 10.00
Gt
690
30

Dia. ME-L34 NI-C70A NI-C703D NI-C625 2.6 250 3.2 350 300 300 300 4.0 400 350 350 350 5.0 400 350 350 350
311
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cored SG flux Pol. Features WP Ex ArCO2 DCSuitable for 9% Ni steel EP F HF Gt Ex Gt Ex A5.34 ENiCr3T0 -4 ArCO2 for Ni-based alloy of 600 and dissimilar-metal DC joints such as Ni-based alloy EP to low alloy steel and stainless steel to low alloy steel
Suitable
Chemical C 0.046 0.15 Cr 16.84 13.00~ 22.00 C 0.038 0.10 Cr 21.2 18.0~ 22.0
DW-N70S
Rutile
DW-N82
Rutile
F HF
Gt Ex Gt
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
312
composition of all-weld metal (%) Si 0.20 0.75 Mo 10.22 12.00 Si 0.23 0.50 Cu < 0.01 0.50 Mn 5.91 8.00 Cu 0.01 Mn 3.40 2.5~ 3.5 Fe 1.51 3.0 P 0.003 0.020 Fe 1.88 15.00 P 0.002 0.03 Nb+Ta 2.30 2.0~ 3.0 S 0.002 0.015 Nb 2.02 4.00 S 0.006 0.015 Ti 0.31 0.75 Ni 70.6 67.0 Ni 62.61 55.00
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J)
Ex
425
716
46
-196: 106
Gt
650
25
Ex
380
650
46
0: 128
Gt
550
25
Diameter (mm)
DW-N70S DW-N82 1.2 1.2
313
FCAW
Flux Cored Wires

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of cored SG flux Pol. Features WP Chemical Ex A5.34 ENiCrMo3T1 -4 ArCO2
Suitable for Ni-based alloy DC of 625, dissimilar-metal EP joints and overlaying
C 0.028 0.10 Cr
DW-N625
Rutile
F HF H VU
Gt
Ex Gt
21.6 20.0~ 23.0 C 0.016 0.02 Cr
Ex A5.34 ENiCrMo4T0 -4 ArCO2 DCEP F for Ni-based alloy of HF C276 and super H austenitic stainless steel VU
Suitable
Gt
DW-NC276
Rutile
Ex Gt Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
15.06 14.5~ 16.5
314
composition of all-weld metal (%) Si 0.38 0.50 Mo 8.5 8.0~ 10.0 Si 0.16 0.2 Mo 16.19 15.0~ 17.0 Mn 0.36 0.50 Cu 0.01 0.50 Mn 0.77 1.0 Cu 0.022 0.50 P 0.006 0.02 Fe 2.1 5.0 P 0.008 0.03 Fe 5.37 4.0~ 7.0 S 0.003 0.015 Nb+Ta 3.45 3.15~ 4.15 S 0.003 0.03 W 3.67 3.0~ 4.5 Ni 63.3 58.0 Ti 0.16 0.4 Ni 58.5 Bal Others Co:0.048 V:0.02 Co2.5 V0.35
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS El IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J)
Ex
472
752
38
0: 67
Gt
690
25
Ex
466
719
46
0: 63
Gt
690
25
Diameter (mm)
DW-N625 DW-NC276 1.2 1.2
315
GMAW
Solid Wire
Product names ASME AWS Class. SG Pol. Features WP C Ex
Inconel 82 type filler wire Suitable for Inconel, Incoloy,
Chemical Si 0.22 0.50 Ti 0.28 0.75
0.03 0.10 Cr
MG-S70NCb
A5.14 ERNiCr -3
Ar
DCEP
dissimilar-metal joints and overlaying on carbon steel
F HF H VU OH
Gt
Ex Gt
20.01 18.00~ 22.00
316
composition of wire (%) Mn 3.05 2.50~ 3.50 Fe 1.73 3.00 P 0.003 0.030 Nb+Ta 2.63 2.00~ 3.00 S 0.002 0.015 Cu 0.01 0.50 Ni 72.01 67.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS (MPa) TS (MPa) El (%) IV (J)
Ex
370
660
41
-196: 140
Gt
550
30
Diameter (mm)
MG-S70NCb 0.8, 1.2, 1.6
317
GTAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. SG Pol. Features C Ex A5.14 ERNiMo -8 DCEN Gt
Suitable
Chemical Si 0.02 0.50 Mo 19.07 18.0~ 21.0 Si 0.20 0.50 Nb+Ta 2.50 2.00~ 3.00 Si 0.08 0.50 Mo 8.95 8.00~ 10.00
0.017 0.10 Cr
TG-S709S
Ar
for 9% Ni steel Ex Gt
1.97 0.5~ 3.5 C 0.022 0.10 Cr
Ex A5.14 ERNiCr -3 DCEN

Suitable
TG-S70NCb
Ar
for Inconel and Incoloy, dissimilar-metal joints and overlaying
Gt
Ex Gt
19.87 18.00~ 22.00 C 0.010 0.10 Cr
Ex A5.14 ERNiCrMo -3 DCEN

Suitable
TG-SN625
Ar
for Inconel 625, dissimilar-metal joints and overlaying
Gt
Ex Gt Note: Welding tests are as per AWS. Ex: Example, Gt: Guaranty
21.85 20.00~ 23.00
Approvals
TG-S709S NK
Product names TG-S709S TG-S70NCb TG-SN625 Orange Purple Brown
318
composition of rod and wire (%) Mn 0.02 1.0 W 2.99 2.0~ 4.0 Mn 2.99 2.5~ 3.5 Ti 0.30 0.75 Mn 0.05 0.50 Nb+Ta 3.55 3.15~ 4.15 P 0.001 0.015 Fe 5.56 10.0 P 0.002 0.030 Fe 1.65 3.00 P 0.002 0.020 Al 0.21 0.40 S 0.001 0.015 Cu 0.01 0.50 S 0.001 0.015 Cu 0.01 0.50 S 0.001 0.015 Ti 0.21 0.40 Ni 63.58 58.0 Fe 1.44 5.00 Cu 0.02 0.50 Ni 72.39 67.0 Ni 69.81 60.0
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal 0.2%OS TS EL IV (MPa) (MPa) (%) (J)
Ex
460
730
47
-196: 160
Gt
650
30
Ex
370
680
40
-196: 150
Ex
480
770
41
Diameter (mm)
TG-S709S TG-S70NCb TG-SN625 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.2, 1.6, 2.0, 2.4, 3.2, 4.0 1.6, 2.4 319
SAW

Product names ASME AWS Class. Type of flux Chemical Pol. Features Wire-Ex PF-N3/ US-709S A5.14 ERNiMo -8 type consumables Suitable for flat welding DCof 9%Ni steel EP RC: 200~300x1h AC Bonded
Hastelloy
C 0.02
Si 0.01
Wire-Gt
0.10
0.50
Weld-Ex
0.03
0.12
Wire-Ex PF-N4/ US-709S A5.14 ERNiMo -8 type consumables DC- Suitable for horizontal EP and horizontal fillet welding of 9%Ni steel RC: 200~300x1h
Hastelloy
0.02
0.01
Bonded
Wire-Gt
0.10
0.50
Weld-Ex
0.03
0.74
Note: Welding tests are as per Kobe Steels Standard. Wire-Ex: Example of wire, Ex: Example of weld metal (polarity: AC)
Approvals
PF-N4/US-709S NK
320
composition (%) Mn 0.01 Ni Bal. Cr 2.0 0.5~ 3.5 1.6 Mo 19.1 18.0~ 21.0 16.6 W 2.9 2.0~ 4.0 2.5 Fe 5.5
Ex 1.0 60.0 10.0
400
690
44
-196: 80
1.70
64.1
14.7
Gt
650
30
0.01
Bal.
2.0 0.5~ 3.5 1.7
19.1 18.0~ 21.0 17.2
2.9 2.0~ 4.0 2.7
5.5 Ex 410 680 43 -196: 70
1.0
60.0
10.0
0.58
64.0
14.9
Gt
650
30
Wire-Gt: Guaranty of wire, Weld-Ex: Example of weld metal

US-709S 1.6, 2.4
Mesh size of flux

PF-N3 PF-N4 12x48 12x65
321
FCBTM Process FA-B Electrogas Arc Welding Enclosed Arc Welding
FCBTM Process
Principles: FCBTM is an automatic one-side submerged arc welding process by which a uniform reverse side bead can be obtained. Welding is conducted from the surface side of the welding groove after supplying the backing flux, MF-1R or PFI-50R, on the copper backing and pushing up the copper backing to the reverse side of the groove by the pressurized air hose.
Flux Slag
Weld metal
Slag Backing flux Copper backing Air hose
Air
Features: The combination of the backing flux and copper plate provides better contact onto the reverse side of the groove, which can accommodate a fluctuation of root gap and wide welding conditions to ensure consistent reverse bead without excessive melt through. Applications: Plate-to-plate butt welding for shipbuilding
Welding consumables
Type of steel TMCP Flux PF-I55E Wire US-36 Backing flux PF-I50R or MF-1R Remarks MF-1R is more suitable for thin plate with thickness 20 mm or less.
Note: Redrying conditions of flux: 200~300x1h (Backing fluxes must not be dried by heating)
324
Approvals: PF-I55E US-36 PF-I50R

Number of wires Two ABS LR 3A, 3YA DNV BV NK KAW53SP Others CCS: 3Y, GL: 3Y, KR: 3YSR CCS: 3Y, GL: 3Y, KR: 3YSR CCS: 3Y
Three
3Y, 3Y400
3A, 3YA
KAW53Y40
Four
3Y, 3Y400
3Y40A
KAW53Y40SP
: Subject to satisfactory procedure test by user
Packages Wire: US-43, US-36

Dia. (mm) 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 75 150 25 78 159
6.4
Flux: PF-I45, PF-I50, PF-I55E

Mesh size 10x48 Type Aluminum-laminated kraft paper package, Can Weight (kg) 20
Flux: PF-I50R, MF-1R

Mesh size 10x65 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
325
FA-B
Principles: FA-B1 is a flexible backing material suitable for the simplified one-side welding process shown below. The structure of FA-B1 is as shown in the sketch below. It consists of glass fiber tapes for forming a reverse side bead, a solid flux for controlling reverse side bead protrusion, a refractory, a corrugated cardboard pad, a cover film and double-side adhesive tapes. FAB1 is attached onto the reverse side of the groove with the adhesive tapes and fixed with an aluminum plate and magnetic clamps.
Double-side adhesive tapes Covering film Glass fiber tape Wire
Flux Filler material
11
600
55 Molded flux Aluminum tape Base metal Magnet clamp FA-B1 Support for backing material
Groove Corrugated cardboard pad FA-B1
Features: (1) FA-B1 features good flexibility to assure smooth contact onto the reverse side of the groove to accommodate much more joint misalignment, distortion and dissimilar-thickness transition of the joint. FA-B1 is also suitable for a joint having a curvature on its reverse side. (2) Consistent reverse side beads can be obtained due to a wider tolerance in welding conditions. Applications: Curved shell plates, deck plates, bottom plates, tank top plates of ships, steel deck plates of bridges, and other one-side welding applications
Welding consumables
Type of steel Mild steel Flux MF-38 PF-I52E MF-38 PF-I52E Wire US-36 US-36 US-49 US-36 Metal powder RR-2 RR-2 RR-2 RR-2 Backing material FA-B1 FA-B1 FA-B1 FA-B1
490MPa HT steel
Note: Redrying conditions of flux: PF-I52E: 200~300x1h, MF-38: 150~350x1h (FA-B1 and RR-2 must not be dried by heating)
326
Approvals: PF-I52E US-36 RR-2 FA-B1

Number of wires Single Tandem ABS 3*, 3Y* DNV Y BV A3YM NK KAW53 KAW53Y40SMP Others CR: 3Y, CCS: 3Y GL: 3Y, CCS: 3Y
: Subject to satisfactory procedure test by user
Approvals: MF-38 US-36 RR-2 FA-B1

Number of wires Single ABS 3* LR 3A DNV M BV A3M NK KAW3
Packages Wire: US-36 US-49

Dia. (mm) 4.8 Type Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Weight (kg) 25 75 150 25 78 159
Backing materials: FA-B1

Applicable type of joint Standard joint Transition joint Mismatch joint Length (mm) 600 600 600 Pieces per carton 30 25 30
6.4
Flux: PF-I52E
Mesh size 10x48 Type Aluminum-laminated kraft paper package, Can Weight (kg) 20
Flux: MF-38
Mesh size 12x65 Type Can Weight (kg) 20
327
Electrogas Arc Welding

Principles: Electrogas arc welding (EGW) is vertical-up butt welding. SEGARC is an automatic vertical welding process suitable for EGW. This process uses SEG-2Z equipment with the combination of a small diameter flux-cored wire, a sliding copper shoe on the front side of a joint, and a fixed backing on the reverse side of a joint.
Fixed backing: water-cooled copper plate or KL-4 Welding wire CO2 gas Molten metal Sliding copper shoe Cooling water
(1) High deposition rates (e.g., 180g/min at 380A) provide high welding efficiency. (2) Lightweight, compact-size equipment makes it easy to set up. (3) Wire extension can be controlled constant against varied welding conditions. (4) Welding line can be located either on the left side (Standard) or, by re-assembling, the right (5) With the oscillator (Option), one-pass completion welding can be conducted for plates with (6) The carriage can be detached at any place of the tracking rail.
Features:
Weld metal
side of the tracking rail.
a thickness of 32 mm max.
Applications: (1) Side shells, bulkheads, hoppers of bulk carriers in shipbuilding (2) Box girder webs and I-plate girder webs in bridge construction (3) Press flame, storage tanks, large diameter pipes, and other vertical welding lines
Welding consumables and equipments

Type of steel Mild steel & 490MPa HT steel Mild steel & 490MPa HT steel for low temperature service 550 to 610MPa HT steel Product names DW-S43G DW-S1LG DW-S60G Backing material KL-4 KL-4 KL-4 Shielding gas CO2 CO2 CO2 Equipment SEG-2Z SEG-2Z SEG-2Z Polarity DC-EP DC-EP DC-EP
328
Example of chemical composition of weld metal (%)

Product names DW-S43G DW-S1LG DW-S60G C 0.08 0.05 0.08 Si 0.35 0.25 0.32 Mn 1.63 1.60 1.67 P 0.014 0.009 0.010 S 0.010 0.007 0.008 Ni 0.02 1.40 0.71 Mo 0.17 0.13 0.25 Ti 0.02 0.05 0.03
Example of mechanical properties of weld metal

Product names DW-S43G DW-S1LG DW-S60G 0.2%OS (MPa) 470 500 520 TS (MPa) 600 615 650 El (%) 27 25 26 IV (J) -20 : 62 -60 : 100 -20 : 65
Approvals: DW-S43G (Backing: KL-4)

ABS LR 3, 3Y1 DNV Y BV AV3, AV3Y NK KEW53 GL: 3YV, KR: 3YV, CCS: 3Y, CR: 3Y Others
Approvals: DW-S1LG (Backing: KL-4)

ABS LR 4Y2, 5Y402 DNV Y, NV2-4L, NV4-4L Others GL: 6Y40V
Packages
329
Enclosed Arc Welding

Principles: With the enclosed arc welding process, welding is continuously progressed in a square groove enclosed by joining components and cooling jigs, using low hydrogen type covered electrodes without removing the slag in the groove during welding.
Covered electrode
Water cooling hose
Bottom copper backing Rail Side copper backing (Water-cooled)

Welding sequence
Features: (1) Simple, square groove can be used. (2) Highly efficient because it is no need to break the arc to remove slag during welding, a large diameter electrode can be used, and narrow groove can be used. Applications: Rails for rail roads and crane rails Welding consumables
Place to be applied Bottom part of a rail Top part of a rail Welding sequence , , Product names LB-116 LB-80EM Polarity AC, DC-EP AC, DC-EP Remarks Preheating temp: 400~500 Postweld heating temp: 650~710x 20 min
Note: Redrying conditions: 350~400x1h
Example of chemical composition of all-weld metal (%) (AC)

Product names LB-116 LB-80EM C 0.08 0.08 Si 0.63 0.69 Mn 1.50 1.93 P 0.010 0.010 S 0.006 0.006 Ni 1.83 Cr 0.28 0.52 Mo 0.43 0.38
330
Example of mechanical properties of all-weld metal (AC)

Product names LB-116 LB-80EM TS (MPa) 830 820 El (%) 24 24
Packages of LB-116
Dia. (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 Length (mm) 300 350 400 400 Weight per pack (kg) 2 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 17 30 54 86
Packages of LB-80EM
Dia. (mm) 4.0 5.0 6.0 Length (mm) 450 450 450 Weight per pack (kg) 5 5 5 Weight per carton (kg) 20 20 20 Weight per piece (g) 58 90 131
Product names LB-80EM 1st Green 2nd Blue
331
Appendix
Approvals Redrying Conditions A Guide to Estimating the Consumption Conversions for SAW Flux Sizes Package Specifications for Wires Some unit conversion Tables F-No. and A-No. per ASME IX AWS Classifications (A part is extracted) EN Classification System
Approvals Notes on usage

The ship classification approvals of welding consumables shown below are those renewed as of April 7, 2011. They may be cancelled, added, or changed and may not necessarily be applied to all the welding consumables produced at the production plants (Ibaraki Plant, Saijo Plant, Fukuchiyama Branch, and Fujisawa Branch) of Kobe Steel. Therefore, please contact with the International Operations Dept. of the Welding Company of Kobe Steel when you need the ship classification approval of a particular welding consumable to be used. These tables abbreviate the names of ship classification societies and some designations to those noted in the following. Covered electrodes for mild steel and high tensile strength steel
Product names B-14 B-17 RB-26 LB-26 LB-52 LB-52A LB-52U LB-52T LB-52-18 LB-62 LB-62U LB-62UL LB-67L LB-80UL LB-106 LB-70L LB-80L LT-B50 LT-B52A Z-44 ABS Grade 3 3 2 3H15 3H10,3Y,3Y400 3H10, 3Y 3Y H10 3YQ500 H10 3YQ500 H10 5YQ500 H5 MG(E10016-G) 4YQ620 H5 5YQ690 H5 3, 3Y* 3H10, 3Y 3 AP
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
LR F & HF
8.0 8.0
DNV WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F F, V, O F, V, O Grade 3 3 3YH10 3YH10 3YH10 3YH10 3YH10 3YH10 4Y62H5 5Y69H5 3 3YH15 3 WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F F, V, O F, V, O
Grade 3m 3m 2m 3Ym H15 3Ym H15 3Ym H15 3Ym H15 3Ym H15 3Ym H15 3Ym, 3YG 3Ym, 3YG H15 3m
8.0 6.0
5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
6.0 6.0
3H10, 3Y, 3Y400 5.0
5.0
4.0
6.0 4.0 4.0
5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0
4.5 6.0
Note: (1) The maximum electrode diameter (mm) for all-position welding is indicated outside the parenthesis while that for flat welding is indicated inside the parenthesis.
334
[Ship classification societies] ABS: American Bureau of Shipping LR: Lloyds Register of Shipping DNV: Det Norske Veritas BV: Bureau Veritas NK: Nippon Kaiji Kyokai CR: Central Research of Ships S. A. GL: Germanischer Lloyd KR: Korean Register of Shipping CCS: China Classification Society [Welding positions] F: Flat position V: Vertical position VD: Vertical down O: Overhead; H: Horizontal [Other abbreviations]
BV Grade 3 3 3, 3YH 3H, 3YHH 3, 3YHH 3, 3YHH 3 HH, 3Y HH 3, 3Y 3, 3YHH WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F F, V, O Grade KMW3 KMW3 KMW2 KMW3H15 KMW53Y40H10 KMW53H10 KMW53H10 KMW53Y40H10 KMW53H10 KMW3Y50H10 KMW3Y69H5 KMW3Y62H5 KMW53 KMW53H10 KMW3
NK MED(1) 5(8) 5(8) 5 5(8) 5(8) 5(6) 5 5 4(6) 5(6) 4(5) 5(6) 8 4.5(8) 5 F & HF F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, H F, V, O F, V, O
Others CR: 3, GL: 3 CR: 3, GL: 3 CR: 3H,3YH GL: 3YH15 CCS: 3YH10 CR: 3, 3YHH CR: MG CCS: 3Y50H10 CCS: 3Y69H5 CR: MG
CR: 3Y, GL: 3Y
335
Approvals
Covered electrodes for low temperature steel
Product names LB-7018-1 LB-52NS NB-1SJ LB-62L NI-C70S NI-C1S ABS Grade 4Y400 H10 3Y, 4Y400 H10 AP 4.0 5.0 F & HF 6.0 Grade 4Y40m H10 5Y40m(H15) 5Y40m(H15) LR WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O 5Y40H10 NV2-4(L), 4-4(L) 5YH10 NV2-4L, NV4-4L DNV Grade WP F, V, O F, V, O -
5YQ500 H10,MG 5.0 -
Note: (1) The maximum electrode diameter (mm) for all-position welding is indicated outside the paren-
Covered electrodes for heat-resistant low-alloy steel

Product names CM-A96 CM-A96MB CM-B98 CM-A106 CM-A106N ABS Grade MG(E8016-B2) MG(E9016-B3) AP
4.0
LR F & HF
6.0
DNV WP F, V, O F, V, O Grade H10, NV2.25Cr1Mo WP F, V, O F, V, O H10,NV1Cr0.5Mo F, V, O
Grade MG(E8016-B2) MG(E8018-B2) MG(E9016-B3) -
6.0
Covered electrodes for stainless steel

Product names NC-38 NC-38L NC-38LT NC-39 NC-39L NC-39MoL NC-36 NC-36L ABS Grade MG(E308-16) MG(E309-16) MG AP
5.0
LR F& HF 6.0
DNV WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O Grade 308 308L 309 309L 316L WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O
Grade 304Lm(Chem.) 304Lm(Cryo.) SS/CMn(Chem.) 316Lm(Chem.)
4.0
SS/CMn m(Chem.) F, V, O
4.0
5.0
5.0
MG(E316L-16) 4.0
336
BV Grade 4Y40M HH(KV-60) 4Y40M HH, UP WP F, V, O F, V, O Grade -
NK MED(1) 5(6) 5 4(5) 4(5) F & HF F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O
Others
KMWL3H10, KMW54Y40 KMW5Y42H10 KMWL91 KMWL92
thesis while that for flat welding is indicated inside the parenthesis
BV Grade UP(E8016-B2) UP(E8016-B2) UP(E9016-B3) UP(E9016-B3) WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O Grade MG(E8016-B2) MG(E9016-B3) -
NK MED(1) 4(6) 4(6) F & HF F, V, O F, V, O -
Others
thesis while that for flat welding is indicated inside the parenthesis.
BV Grade UP(E308L-16) UP(E309-16) UP(E309L-16) UP(E316L-16) WP F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O Grade KD308 KD308L KD308L KD309 KD309L KD309Mo KD316 KD316L
NK MED(1) 4(5) 4(6) 4 4(5) 4 4(5) 4(6) 5 F & HF F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O F, V, O GL: 4435 CCS: AS2-B, GL: 4332 GL: 4306 Others
thesis while that for flat welding is indicated inside the parenthesis.
337
Approvals
Flux-cored wires for gas shielded arc welding of mild steel and high tensile strength steel (1)
Product names DW-100/CO2 DW-50/CO2 DW-50/Ar-CO2 DW-100V/CO2 DW-100E/CO2 DW-200/CO2 DW-A50/Ar-CO2 DW-A51B/Ar-CO2 MX-100/CO2 MX-100T/CO2 MX-100T/Ar-CO2 MX-200/CO2 MX-200E/CO2 MX-200H(2)/CO2 MX-A100/Ar-CO2 ABS 2YSA, 2Y400SA, H10 3YSA, H5 3YSA, H5 2YSA, H10 3YSA, 3Y400SA, H10 3YSA 3YSA, H5 2YSA 3YSA, H5 2YSA, 2Y400SA, H5 4Y400SA, H5 3YA, 3YSA, H5 LR 2YS, 2YM H10 3YS, H5 3YS, H5 2YS, 2YM, H10 3YS, H10 3YS, H10 3YS, H5 3YS(H5) 2YS, H10 3YS, H5 3YS, H5 2YS, H5 4Y40S(H5) 3YM, H5 4YS, H5 DNV YMS(H10) YMS(H5) YMS(H5) YMS YMS YMS YMS(H5), MG YMS(H5) YMS YMS(H5) YMS(H5) YMS(H5) Y40MS(H5) YM YMS(H5)
Note: (1) The designators put before or after a numeral signify the following. G: the wire uses a shield-
Flux-cored wires for gas shielded arc welding of low temperature steel (1)
Product names DW-50LSR/CO2 DW-55E/CO2 DW-A55E/Ar-CO2 DW-55L/CO2 DW-55LSR/CO2 DW-A55L/Ar-CO2 DW-A55LSR/Ar-CO2 DW-A55ESR/Ar-CO2 DW-A81Ni1/Ar-CO2 MX-55LF/CO2 MX-A55T/Ar-CO2 MX-A80L/Ar-CO2 ABS 5Y400SA, H5 3YSA, 3Y400SA, H5 4Y400SA(H5) 3YSA, 4Y400SA, MG 5YQ420SA(H5), 4Y400SA(H5) 3YSA, MG 5YQ420SA(H5) 4Y400SA, H5 5YQ420SA(H5), 4Y400SA(H5) 3YSA, MG 5YQ690SA, H5 LR 5Y40S, H5 3YS, 4Y40S, H5 4Y40S, H5 5Y40S, H15 5Y42S, 5Y42srS, MG, H10 5Y46S, H5 5Y42S, H5 5Y42S, H5 5Y40S, H5 5Y40S, H5 5Y69S, H5
Note: (1) The designators put before or after a numeral signify the following. G: the wire uses a shield338
BV SA2M,SA2YM, SA2Y40M HH SA2YM SA3, 3YM SA3YM SA3YM HHH SA3YM HHH SA2YM SA3YM HHH SA3YM HHH SA2YM HHH SA4Y40M H5 A3YM SA4YM HHH
NK KSW52Y40G(C)H10 KSW53G(C)H5 KSW52Y40G(C) KSW53G KSW53G(C) KSW52G(M2)H5 KSW52G(C) KSW52Y40G(C)H5 KSW54Y40G(C)H5 KAW53Y40G(C) -
Others CR: 2YS-HH, GL: 2Y40H10S, KR: 2YSG(C), CCS: 2SH10, 2YSH10 GL: 3YH5S GL: 3YH5S GL: 2YS GL: 3YS, CCS: 3YSH10 GL: 3YH5S GL: 3YH5S CR: 2YS, GL: 2YS CR: 3YS-HH, GL: 3YH5S GL: 3YH5S CR: 2YS-HH, GL: 3YH5S, KR: 2YSG(C)H10, CCS: 2YSH5 GL: 4Y40H5S CR: 3YSM, KR: 3YSMG(C), CCS: 3YM GL: 4YH5S
ing gas; S or SA: semiautomatic welding; M or MS: multiple-pass welding. DNV Y40MS(H5) YMS(H5) YMS(H5) YMS(H10), NV2-4, 4-4 42MS(H10), MG, NV2-4L, 4-4L Y46MS(H5), NV2-4, NV4-4 Y42MS(H5), NV2-4L, 4-4L Y42MS(H5), NV2-4L, 4-4L YMS, NV2-4L, 4-4L YMS(H5), NV2-4, 4-4 Y69MS(H5) BV SA3, SA3YM HHH SA4Y40M HHH SA5Y40M HH SA4Y40M HH, UP S5Y46 H5 SA5Y42 H5 SA3YM, UP SA3YM HHH, UP NK KSW54Y40G(C)H5 KSWL3G(C), KSW54Y40G(C) KSW5Y42G(C)H10, MG KSWL3G(C), 54G(C) Others CR: 3YS-HH, L1YS-HH mod. GL: 3YH5S GL: 3YH5S GL: 6Y40H15S, KR: L 3SG(C)H10, 4Y40SG(C)H10 CCS: 5Y40SH10
GL: 6Y69H5S
ing gas; S or SA: semiautomatic welding; M or MS: multiple-pass welding. 339
Approvals
Flux-cored wires for gas shielded arc welding of stainless steel (1)
Product names DW-308/CO2 DW-308L/CO2 DW-308L/Ar-CO2 DW-308LP/CO2 DW-308LT/CO2 DW-309L/CO2 DW-309L/Ar-CO2 DW-309LP/CO2 DW-309LP/Ar-CO2 DW-309MoL/CO2 DW-309MoL/Ar-CO2 DW-316L/CO2 DW-316L/Ar-CO2 DW-316LP/CO2 DW-316LP/Ar-CO2 DW-316LT/CO2 DW-317L/CO2 ABS MG(A5.22 E308T0-1) MG MG MG MG(A5.22 E309LT-1) MG(A5.22 E309LT-4) MG MG LR 304L S CRYO 304L S CRYO 304L S CRYO SS/CMn S CHEM SS/CMn S CHEM SS/CMn S CRYO SS/CMn S CHEM SS/CMn S CHEM 316L S CHEM 316L S CHEM 316L S CHEM 316L S CRYO MG
Solid wires for gas shielded arc welding of mild steel and high tensile strength steel (1)
Product names MG-50/CO2 MG-50T/CO2 MG-60/CO2 MG-S80/Ar-CO2 MG-S88A/Ar-CO2 MIX-50/Ar-CO2 MIX-50S/Ar-CO2 TG-S50/Ar ABS 3SA, 3YSA 3SA, 3YSA MG 4YQ690SA H5, MG 3SA, 3YSA 3SA, 3YSA 3, 3Y, MG LR 3YS, H15 3YS, H15 3YS, H15 3Ym, H15
340
DNV 308L 308L 308L 308L 309L 309L 309L 309MoL 309MoL 316L 316L 316L 316L 317L
BV 308L B T UP 309 L 309L UP UP 316 L 316 L BT UP
NK KW308G(C) KW308LG(C) KW308LG(C) MG KW309LG(C) (Based on KW309) KW309LG(C) MG KW316LG(C) (Based on KW316L) KW316LG(C) MG
Others GL: 4306S KR: RW308LG(C) GL: 4332S
GL: 4435S
KR: RW316LG(C)
ing gas; S or SA: semiautomatic welding; M or MS: multiple-pass welding.
DNV YMS YMS Y46MS Y69MS Y69MS(H5) YMS YM
BV SA3M, SA3YM SA3M, SA3YM SA3YM SA3YM
NK KSW53G(C) KSW53G(C) KSW3Y50G(C)H5 KSW4Y69 KSW53G KSW53G(M2) KSW53G()
Others CR: 3YS, GL: 3YS, KR: 3YSG(C) CR: 3YS, KR: 3YSG(C) GL: 4Y69S
GL: 3YS CCS: 3, 3YSM
341
Approvals
Solid wires for gas shielded arc welding of low temperature steel (1)
Product names MG-S50LT/Ar-CO2 TG-S1N/Ar TG-S709S/Ar ABS 3YSA, MG 4YSA, MG LR 5Y40S, H15 MG -
Solid wires for gas shielded arc welding of heat-resistant low-alloy steel (1)
Product names MG-SM/Ar-CO2 MG-S1CM/Ar-CO2 MG-S2CM/Ar-CO2 MG-S9Cb/Ar-CO2 TG-SM/Ar TG-S1CM/Ar TG-S2CM/Ar TG-S2CW/Ar TG-S9Cb/Ar ABS MG MG MG MG MG LR MG MG -
Solid wires for gas shielded arc welding of stainless steel (1)
Product names TG-S308/Ar TG-S308L/Ar TG-S309/Ar TG-S309L/Ar TG-S316L/Ar TG-S317L/Ar TG-S347/Ar ABS ER308, MG ER308L, MG ER316L LR MG SS/CMn m CRYO MG 317L m CHEM -
342
DNV YMS, NV2-4L, NV4-4L YM, NV4-4L -
BV 4YM, UP -
NK KSWL3G KSWL2G() KSWL92G(I)
Others GL: 4Y
DNV MG MG -
BV UP(ER80S-G) UP(ER80S-G) UP(ER90S-G) -
NK MG MG MG MG (AWS A5.28 ER80S-G) MG MG MG
Others
KR: MG(AWS ER80S-G) KR: MG(AWS ER90S-G)
DNV 308 308L 309 316L -
BV 308 L BT 316 L BT -
NK KY308 KY308L KY309 KY309L KY316L KY347()
Others CCS: AS1-A, GL: 4306 GL: 4332 CCS: AS1-B, GL: 4435
343
Approvals
Flux/wire combinations for submerged arc welding [Multi-pass and double-sided two pass
Product names US-36/G-60 US-36/MF-38 US-36/PF-H55E US-36(x2)/PF-H55E US-36/PF-H55LT US-36(x2)/PF-H55LT US-40/MF-38 US-40/PF-H50LT US-40(x2)/PF-H50LT US-40/PF-H55AS US-40/PF-H55LT US-40(x2)/PF-H55LT US-49/MF-38 US-36J/PF-H55AS US-36J(x2)/PF-H55AS US-36J/PF-H55LT US-80LT/PF-H80AS US-80LT/PF-H80AK US-80LT(x2)/PF-H80AK US-709S/PF-N4 ABS 1T 2T, 2YT, 3M, 3YM 3TM, 3YTM, 3Y400TM 3M, 3YM, MG 4YM, MG MG 3T, 3YT, MG 4Y400T, MG 4Y400T, MG 3YTM 5Y400 H5 5Y400 H5 LR 1T 2T, 2YT, 3YM 3T, 3YM, 3YT 3T, 3YM, 3YT 5Y40M, H5 5Y40T, 4YT 5Y40T 5Y40T, H5 3T, 3YM, 3YT 5Y40M, H5 5Y40M, H5 -
Note: (1) The designators put after a numeral signify the following: T: Double-sided two pass welding
344
welding] (1)
DNV IT YT, YM YTM YM, NV2-4, NV4-4 YM YT YT, NV2-4L, NV4-4L YTM Y40M, NV2-4L, NV4-4L Y40M(H5), NV2-4L, NV4-4L Y42M Y69M(H5) Y69M M: Multi-pass welding. BV A1T A2, 2YT, A3, 3YM A3YTM A3, A3YT A4YM, UP A4Y40M, A5Y40T A5YT A4Y40T, UP A3YTM A4Y40M, UP NK KAW1TM KAW52T, KAW53M KAW53Y40TM KAW53Y40M KAWL3M KAWL3M KAW3Y50MH10 KAWL3T, KAW54Y40M KAW54Y40M, KAWL3T KAW3Y46TMH10 KAW5Y42 KAW5Y69MH5 KAW5Y69MH5 KAWL92M CCS: 3YTM CR: 2YT, 3YM, GL: 2YT, 3YM, KR: 2YT, 3YM CR: 3M, 3YTM, GL: 3YTM GL: 3YTM Others
345
Redrying Conditions
Covered electrodes
Applicable type of metal Type of covering Ilmenite Lime titania Mild steel High titanium oxide Low hydrogen Iron powder titania Weather proof Low hydrogen steel Lime titania Guideline of Redrying moisture temperature content () that needs redrying (%) (1) 3 2 3 0.5 2 0.5 0.5 2 0.5 70-100 70-100 70-100 300-350 70-100 325-375 350-400 70-100 300-350
Product names
B-10, B-14, B-17 Z-44 RB-26, B-33 LB-26, LB-52U KOBE-7024 LB-W52, LB-W52B, LB-W588, LB-W62G LT-B50 LB-52, LB-52-18, LB-52T, LB-76, LT-B52A, LB-52RC
High tensile strength steel or low temperature steel
Low hydrogen
LB-52A, LB-7018-1, LB-57, LB-62, LB-62D, LB-62L, LB-62U, LB-65L, LB-67L, LB-106, LB-70L, LB-116, LB-80L, LB-78VS, LB-88VS, LB-98VS, LB-80EM LB-52NS, NB-1SJ, NB-3J LB-62UL, LB-80UL, LB-88LT
0.3-0.5
350-400
0.5 3
350-400 350-430 70-100
High titanium oxide
CM-B83 BL-96, CM-2CW, CM-5, CM-9, CM-95B9, CM-96B9, CM-9Cb, CM-A76, CM-A96, CM-A96MB, CM-A96MBD, CM-A106, CM-A106N, CM-A106ND, CM-A106H, CM-A106HD, CM-B95, CM-B98, CM-B105, CM-B108, CR-12S
Heat-resistant low-alloy steel Low hydrogen
0.5
325-375
Note: (1) Drying is needed if the moisture content (weight loss of the covering at 110) exceeds this guideline to recover the usability and weldability of welding consumables. (2) Longer periods or more cycles of drying than indicated above may cause permanent damage of welding consumables. Welding consumables dried or held in the conditions indicated above should be confirmed that they have no change in color, no cracking in the covering, no covering detachment, and other damages before use, and that no abnormal performance is recognized during welding. (3) Under the atmosphere of 30-80% relative humidity.
346
Max. allowable Redrying time redrying time (min.) (h) (2) 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 60 60 30-60 30-60 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
Max. allowable Holding cycles of temperature redrying () (cycle) (2) 5 5 5 3 5 3 3 5 3 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150
Min. time to reach Max. holding guideline of moisture time content after redrying (h) (2) (h) (3) 72 72 72 72 8 8 8 4 8 4 4 8 4
60
24
100-150
72
60 60 30-60
24 12 24
3 3 5
100-150 100-150 -
72 72 -
4 4 8
60
24
100-150
72
347
Redrying Conditions
Covered electrodes
Applicable type of metal Type of covering NC- CR-40, CR-43 CR-40Cb, CR-43Cb, CR-43CbS HF-240, HF-330 HF-12, HF-13, HF-30, HF-260, HF-350, HF-450, HF-500, HF-600, HF-650, HF-700, HF-800K HF-11, HF-16 Graphite Cast iron Ni alloy Lime Graphite Lime titania Lime HF-950 CI-A3 CI-A1, CI-A2 ME-L34 NI-C1S, NI-C70A, NI-C70S, NI-C625, NI-C703D Product names Guideline of moisture content that needs redrying (%) (1) 1 0.5 0.5 3 0.5 1 1 0.5 1.5 1 1 Redrying temperature () 150-200 300-350 300-350 70-100 300-350 150-200 150-200 300-350 70-100 150-200 200-250
Cr-Ni stainless Lime titania steel Cr stainless steel Lime titania Lime High titanium oxide Hardfacing
Lime
Note: (1) Drying is needed if the moisture content (weight loss of the covering at 110) exceeds this guideline to recover the usability and weldability of welding consumables. (2) Longer periods or more cycles of drying than indicated here may cause permanent damage of welding consumables. Welding consumables dried or held in the conditions indicated above should be confirmed that they have no change in color, no cracking in the covering, no covering detachment, and other damages before use, and that no abnormal performance is recognized during welding. (3) Under the atmosphere of 30-80% relative humidity.
348
Redrying time (min.) 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60 30-60
Max. allowable redrying time (h) (2) 24 24 24 24
Max. allowable Min. time to reach Holding Max. holding cycles of guideline of moisture temperature time redrying content after redrying () (h) (2) (cycle) (2) (h) (3) 3 3 3 5 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150 72 72 72 4 4 4 8
24 24 24 24 24 24 24
3 3 3 3 5 3 3
72 72 72 72 72 72
4 4 4 4 8 4 4
349
Redrying Conditions
Fluxes for submerged arc welding
Applicable type of metal Type of flux Product names Redrying temperature () 150-350 Redrying time (min.)
Mild steel, Fused type Weather proof steel, or High tensile strength steel Bonded type (490MPa) High tensile strength steel Fused type Bonded type
G-50, G-60, G-80, MF-38, MF-53, MF-300 PF-H55E, PF-I52E, PF-I55E, PF-H55AS MF-38 PF-H80AK, PF-H80AS G-80, MF-27, MF-38 PF-H203, F-H55AS, PF-H55LT, PF-200, PF-200S, PF-500, PF-200D, PF-500D, PF-90B9 G-50, MF-30 PF-N3, PF-N4,
60
200-300 150-350 250-350 150-350
60 60 60 60
Fused type Low temperature steel or Heat-resistant low-alloy steel Bonded type Hardfacing 9%Ni steel Fused type Bonded type
200-300 150-350 200-300
60 60 60
Note: (1) Longer periods or more cycles of drying than indicated here may cause permanent damage of welding consumables. Welding consumables dried or held in the conditions indicated above should be confirmed that they have no change in color and other damages before use, and that no abnormal performance is recognized during welding. (2) Under the atmosphere of 30-80% relative humidity.
350
Max. allowable redrying time (h) (1) 24
Holding Max. allowable cycles of redrying temperature () (cycle) (1) 5 100-150
Max. holding time (h) (1)
Min. time to reach guideline of moisture content after redrying (h) (2) 8
72
24 24 24 24
5 5 5 5
100-150 100-150 100-150 100-150
72 72 72 72
8 8 8 8
24 24 24
5 5 5
100-150 100-150 100-150
72 72 72
8 8 8
351
A Guide to Estimating the Consumption

Figure 1 shows the calculated consumption of welding consumables as a function of plate thickness, welding process, groove angle, and root opening for butt joints. Figure 2 shows the calculated consumption of welding consumables as a function of fillet size, welding process, and reinforcement size. These diagrams were developed using the calculations obtained by the following equation for both groove and fillet welding joints under the prerequisites given below. C = [(A1 + A2) L G/E ] 1/10
where C: Consumption of welding consumables (kg); A1: Area of Section A1 weld metal (mm2) (See Fig. 3); A2: Area of Section A2 reinforcement (mm2) (See Fig. 3); L: Weld length (m); G: Specific gravity of weld metal (7.85 g/cm3); E: Deposition Efficiency (%) SMAW covered electrodes: 55%; GMAW solid/metal-cored wires: 95%; FCAW flux-cored wires: 90%; SAW solid wires: 100%.
15
Consumption of welding consumables per unit welding length (kg/m)
R=0
R=
10
15
50
Ex.1: 4.7-kg metalcored wires needed where T=25, R=6 =60, L=1 5 10
60
wi
th
ith
R=
60
ith
R=
= 50 wi th R= 0
Ex.2: 7.4-kg covered electrodes needed where T=28, R=0 =60, L=1
0 R=6
0 R= SMAW 0 GMAW R= SMAW 6 GMAW 4.5 6 9 12 16 20 25 28 16 25 32 20 25 28 32 28 38 40 25 28 38 40 32 45 32 45 38 50 40
6 9 12 16 20 4.5 6 9 12
4.5 6 9 12 16 20
Base metal thickness (mm)
Fig. 1 Consumption of covered electrodes in SMAW and solid/metal-cored wires in GMAW of butt joints
352
Consumption of welding consumables per 10-m welding length (kg/10m)
15
10
SMAW FCAW GMAW SAW
4 4 5 4 5 6 6
5 7 7 7
6 8 8 8 9
7 9 9
8 10 10 10 11 11 11
Ve rt Ho ical up riz on po ta sit lp io n os wi itio th n A2 wi = th 0. A2 45 = A1 0. 30 A1
Fl
at
os
Id
o iti
ith
t
= 2
0.
15
A1
ea
lf
ille
th wi
A2
Ex.1: 5.2-kg covered electrodes needed in flat fillet welding with S=8
9 12 12 12
10
11 14 14 14
12
4 5 6
Size of fillet (mm)
Fig. 2 Consumption of covered electrodes in SMAW, flux-cored wires in FCAW, solid/metal-cored wires in GMAW, and solid wires in SAW of fillet joints
H A2
A2 S
A1
A1 S
R Butt weld joint H = (2 / 46.8) T 0.86
Fillet weld joint (A2 is given in ratio in Fig. 3)
Fig. 3 Weld sizes ( in deg., H, R, S, and T in mm)
353
Conversions for SAW Flux Sizes

The particle size of an individual Kobelco SAW flux is classified with two mesh numbers (e.g., 20 x 200) showing only the largest and the smallest particle size: 20 mesh designates the largest particle size and 200 mesh designates the smallest particle size contained in the bulk flux having specified uniform particle size distribution. These mesh numbers correspond to the largest and the smallest nominal metric sizes of flux particles as shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Conversions for SAW flux sizes (1) (2) (3) Nominal metric size 2.36 mm 1.70 mm 1.40 mm 1.18 mm 850 m 500 m 425 m 300 m 212 m 150 m 106 m 75 m Mesh size 8 10 12 14 20 32 36 48 65 100 150 200
Note : (1) Nominal metric size is as per JIS Z 8801 (Standard sieve). (2) Where the particle size of a certain flux is designated as 20 x D for example, this flux contains particles smaller than 75 m. (3) Any SAW flux is specified to contain particles, by 70% or more in amount, within the designated maximum and minimum size range. Where a certain flux contains particles smaller than 75 m, this flux is specified to contain particles, by 60% or more in amount, within the maximum and minimum size (75 m) range.
354
Package Specifications for FCAW, GMAW and SAW Wires

FCAW and GMAW spooled wires
Kind of wire Solid 10 kg Solid 20 kg FCW 12.5 & 12.7 kg FCW 15 kg FCW 20 kg Diameter of Barrel A (mm) 149 156 192 179 140 Outside diameter B (mm) 225 270 280 280 280 Outside width D (mm) 102 103 103 102 103 Inside diameter E (mm) 52 52 52 52 52
SAW coiled wires

Kind of wire 12.5 kg 25 kg (Except 4.8mm wire) 25 kg (4.8mm wire) 75 kg 150 kg (Except 6.4mm wire) 159 kg (6.4mm wire) Inside diameter A (mm) 305 310 310 640 640 640 Outside diameter B (mm) 375 410 405 750 825 835 Width D (mm) 64 80 77 115 115 115
355
Package Specifications for FCAW and GMAW Wires

Arrow Pack 1. Principles: Arrow Pack is a pail-pack of large amounts of flux-cored wires and solid wires for gas shielded arc welding, in which the wire is spooled into the drum from its bottom to the top in coil by a unique way. The wire is spooled to be elastically twisted in the pail so that the wire can be pulled out straight without rotation of the pail. The wire makes good tracking on a welding seam. The use of Arrow Pack wires can reduce the downtime for changing wires when compared with conventional spooled wires, which is effective particularly for robotic welding and other automatic welding. 2. Package specifications:
Solid wire Wire size
(mm)
Flux-cored wire Suitable Arrow Hat AH-500 AH-500 AH-500 AH-660 Wire size
(mm)
Weight (kg) 100 250 300 400
Pack size dia. x height

(mm)
Weight
(kg)
Pack size dia. x height

(mm)
Suitable Arrow Hat AH-500 AH-660
0.8 0.9 1.0 1.4 1.2 1.4 1.6
510500 510820 510820 660820
1.2 1.4 1.6
250 350
510820 660820
3. Arrangement of Arrow Pack

Conduit tube: AMT-C Conduit holder: AMT-H Conduit holder type straightener: AMT-KF (12F, 14F, 16F) Straightener: AMT-K AMT-KF (12H, 14H,16H)
Arrow hat: AH-500 AH-660 Band
Welding torch Wire feeder
356
Conversions for Temperature

F
-273 -262 -257 -251 -246 -240 -234 -229 -223 -218 -212 -207 -201 -196 -190 -184 -179 -173 -168 -162 -157 -151 -146 -140 -134 -129 -123 -118 -112 -107 -101 -96 -90 -84 -79 -73 -68 -62 -57 -51 -45.6 -40.0 -34.4 -28.9
-23.3 -17.8 -16.7 -15.6 -14.4 -13.3 -12.2 -11.1 -10.0 -8.9 -7.8 -6.7 -5.6 -4.4 -3.3 -2.2 -1.1 0.0 1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.6 6.7 7.8 8.9 10.0 11.1 12.2 13.3 14.4 15.6 16.7 17.8 18.9 20.0 21.1 22.2 23.3 24.4 25.6 26.7 27.8 28.9 9
30.0 31.1 32.2 33.3 34.4 35.6 36.7 37.8 38.9 40.0 41.1 42.2 43.3 44.4 45.6 46.7 47.8 48.9 50.0 51.1 52.2 53.3 54.4 55.6 56.7 57.8 58.9 60.0 61.1 62.2 63.3 64.4 65.6 66.7 67.8 68.9 70.0 71.1 72.2 73.3 74.4 75.6 76.7 77.8
78.9 80.0 81.1 82.2 83.3 84.4 85.6 86.7 87.8 88.9 90.0 91.1 92.2 93.3 94.4 95.6 96.7 97.8 98.9 100.0 101.1 102.2 103.3 104.4 110.0 115.6 121.1 126.7 132.2 137.8 143.3 148.9 154.4 160.0 165.6 171.1 176.7 182.2 187.8 193.3 198.9 204.4 210.0 215.6
221.1 226.7 232.2 237.8 243.3 248.9 254.4 260.0 271.1 282.2 293.3 304.4 315.6 326.7 337.8 348.9 360.0 371.1 382.2 393.3 404.4 415.6 426.7 437.8 448.9 460.0 471.1 482.2 493.3 504.4 515.6 527 538 549 560 571 582 593 604 616 627 638 649 660
671 682 693 704 716 727 738 749 760 771 782 793 804 816 827 838 849 860 871 882 893 904 916 927 938 949 960 971 982 993 1004 1016 1027 1038 1049 1060 1071 1082 1093
-459.4 -440 -430 -420 -410 -400 -390 -380 -370 -360 -350 -340 -330 -320 -310 -300 -290 -280 -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 5
-10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84
86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 114 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160 162 164 166 168 170 172
174 176 178 180 182 184 186 188 190 192 194 196 198 200 202 204 206 208 210 212 214 216 218 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420
430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180 1200 1220
1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000
F=( 9 )+32
= 5 (F-32)
357
Conversions for Tensile Stress

ksi MPa (Extracted from ASTM E380) ksi 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 68.95 137.90 206.84 275.79 344.74 413.69 482.63 551.58 620.53 689.48 1 6.89 75.84 144.80 213.74 282.69 351.63 420.58 489.53 558.48 627.42 2 13.79 82.74 151.68 220.63 289.58 358.53 427.47 496.42 565.37 634.32 3 20.68 89.63 158.58 227.53 296.47 365.42 434.37 503.32 572.26 641.21
4
1 ksi = 6.89476 MPa 5 MPa 27.58 96.53 165.47 234.42 303.37 372.32 441.26 510.21 579.16 648.11 34.47 103.42 172.37 241.32 310.26 379.21 448.16 517.11 586.05 655.00 41.37 110.32 179.26 248.21 317.16 386.11 455.05 524.00 592.95 661.90 48.26 117.21 186.16 255.11 324.05 393.00 461.95 530.90 599.84 668.79 55.16 124.11 193.05 262.00 330.95 399.90 468.84 537.79 606.74 675.69 62.05 131.00 199.95 268.90 337.84 406.79 475.74 544.69 613.63 682.58 6 7 8
9
MPa ksi (Extracted from BS350 Part 2) MPa 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1.450 2.901 4.351 5.802 7.252 8.702 10.153 11.603 13.053 14.504 1 0.145 1.595 3.046 4.496 5.947 7.397 8.847 10.298 11.748 13.198 2 0.290 1.740 3.191 4.641 6.092 7.542 8.992 10.443 11.893 13.344 3 0.435 1.886 3.336 4.786 6.237 7.687 9.137 10.588 12.038 13.489
4
1 MPa = 0.145038 ksi 5 ksi 0.580 2.031 3.481 4.931 6.382 7.832 9.282 10.733 12.183 13.634 0.725 2.176 3.626 5.076 6.527 7.977 9.427 10.878 12.328 13.779 0.870 2.321 3.771 5.221 6.672 8.122 9.572 11.023 12.473 13.924 1.015 2.466 3.916 5.366 6.817 8.267 9.718 11.168 12.618 14.069 1.160 2.611 4.061 5.511 6.962 8.412 9.863 11.313 12.763 14.214 1.305 2.756 4.206 5.656 7.107 8.557 10.008 11.458 12.908 14.359 6 7 8
9
358
Conversions for Impact Energy

ft -lbf J (Extracted from BS350 Part 2) ft -lbf 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 13.56 27.12 40.67 54.23 67.79 81.35 94.91 108.47 122.02 135.58 1 1.36 14.91 28.47 42.03 55.59 69.15 82.70 96.26 109.82 123.38 2 2.71 16.27 29.83 43.39 56.94 70.50 84.06 97.62 111.18 124.74 3 4.07 17.63 31.18 44.74 58.30 71.86 85.42 98.97 112.53 126.09
4
1 ft -lbf = 1.35582 J 5 J 5.42 18.98 32.54 46.10 59.66 73.21 86.77 100.33 113.89 127.45 6.78 20.34 33.90 47.45 61.01 74.57 88.13 101.69 115.25 128.80 8.13 21.69 35.25 48.81 62.37 75.93 89.48 103.04 116.60 130.16 9.49 23.05 36.61 50.17 63.72 77.28 90.84 104.40 117.96 131.51 10.85 24.40 37.96 51.52 65.08 78.64 92.20 105.75 119.31 132.87 12.20 25.76 39.32 52.88 66.44 79.99 93.55 107.11 120.67 134.23 6 7 8
9
J ft -lbf (Extracted from BS350 Part 2) J 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 7.376 14.751 22.127 29.503 36.878 44.254 51.629 59.005 66.381 73.756 1 0.738 8.113 15.489 22.864 30.240 37.616 44.991 52.367 59.743 67.118 2 1.475 8.851 16.226 23.602 30.978 38.353 45.729 53.105 60.480 67.856 3 2.213 9.588 16.964 24.340 31.715 39.091 46.466 53.842 61.218 68.593 4 ft - lbf 2.950 10.326 17.702 25.077 32.453 39.828 47.204 54.580 61.955 69.331 3.688 11.063 18.439 25.815 33.190 40.566 47.942 55.317 62.693 70.068 4.425 11.801 19.177 26.552 33.928 41.304 48.679 56.055 63.430 70.806 5 6 7
1 J = 0.737563 ft -lbf 8 5.901 13.276 20.652 28.027 35.403 42.779 50.154 57.530 64.906 72.281 9 6.638 14.014 21.389 28.765 36.141 43.516 50.892 58.267 65.643 73.019
5.163 12.539 19.914 27.290 34.665 42.041 49.417 56.792 64.168 71.544
359
Conversions for Hardness

Tungsten carbide B-scale C-scale ball 940 97 68.0 920 96 67.5 900 95 67.0 880 767 93 66.4 860 757 92 65.9 840 745 91 65.3 820 733 90 64.7 800 722 88 64.0 780 710 87 63.3 760 698 86 62.5 740 684 84 61.8 720 670 83 61.0 700 656 81 60.1 690 647 59.7 680 638 80 59.2 670 630 58.8 660 620 79 58.3 650 611 57.8 640 601 77 57.3 630 591 56.8 620 582 75 56.3 610 573 55.7 600 564 74 55.2 590 554 2095 54.7 580 545 72 2020 54.1 570 535 1981 53.6 560 525 71 1952 53.0 550 505 517 1912 52.3 540 496 507 69 1863 51.7 530 488 497 1824 51.1 520 480 488 67 1795 50.5 510 473 479 1755 49.8 500 465 471 66 1706 49.1 490 456 460 1657 48.4 480 448 452 64 1618 47.7 470 441 442 1569 46.9 460 433 433 62 1530 46.1 450 425 425 1500 45.3 440 415 415 59 1461 44.5 430 405 405 1412 43.6 420 397 397 57 1373 42.7 Note: These conversions are excerpted from the relevant JIS and ASTM standards, which are based on the data of carbon steels. Therefore, weld metals may exhibit different conversions more or less particularly in the case of alloyed weld metals with higher hardness. Standard ball 360 Vickers Hardness (DPH) Brinell hardness 10mm ball 3000kg load Rockwell hardness Shore hardness Tensile Strength MPa (approx.)
Conversions for Hardness

Vickers Hardness (DPH) 410 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 330 320 310 300 295 290 285 280 275 270 265 260 255 250 245 240 230 220 210 200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 95 90 85 Brinell hardness 10mm ball 3000kg load Standard ball 388 379 369 360 350 341 331 322 313 303 294 284 280 275 270 265 261 256 252 247 243 238 233 228 219 209 200 190 181 171 162 152 143 133 124 114 105 95 90 86 81 Tungsten carbide ball 388 379 369 360 350 341 331 322 313 303 294 284 280 275 270 265 261 256 252 247 243 238 233 228 219 209 200 190 181 171 162 152 143 133 124 114 105 95 90 86 81 Rockwell hardness B-scale (110.0) (109.0) (108.0) (107.0) (105.5) (104.5) (103.5) (102.0) (101.0) 99.5 98.1 96.7 95.0 93.4 91.5 89.5 87.1 85.0 81.7 78.7 75.0 71.2 66.7 62.3 56.2 52.0 48.0 41.0
C-scale
Shore hardness 55 52 50 47 45 42 41 40 38 37 36 34 33 32 30 29 28 26 25 24 22 21 20 -
Tensile Strength MPa (approx.)
41.8 40.8 39.8 38.8 37.7 36.6 35.5 34.4 33.3 32.2 31.0 29.8 29.2 28.5 27.8 27.1 26.4 25.6 24.8 24.0 23.1 22.2 21.3 20.3 (18.0) (15.7) (13.4) (11.0) (8.5) (6.0) (3.0) (0.0) -
1334 1285 1245 1206 1177 1128 1098 1069 1030 1010 981 951 941 922 902 892 873 853 843 824 804 794 775 765 736 696 667 637 608 579 549 520 490 451 431 392 -
361
F-No. and A-No. per ASME IX

Note: The F-No. grouping and A-No. classification of welding consumables shown below are excerpted from ASME Sec. IX 2001 Edition and 2003 Addenda. The F No. and A No. of KOBELCO products are shown in the List of Welding Consumables listed at pages from 10 to 21.
F-No. grouping of welding consumables for steels and steel alloys

F No. 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 SFA-5.4 SFA-5.1, SFA-5.5 SFA-5.1, SFA-5.5 SFA-5.1, SFA-5.5 SFA-5.4 (Other than austenitic and duplex) SFA-5.4 (Austenitic and duplex) SFA-5.2 SFA-5.9 SFA-5.17 SFA-5.18 SFA-5.20 SFA-5.22 SFA-5.23 SFA-5.25 SFA-5.26 SFA-5.28 SFA-5.29 SFA-5.30 ASME Specification No. SFA-5.1, SFA-5.5 AWS Classification No. EXX20, EXX22, EXX24, EXX27, EXX28 EXX25, EXX26 EXX12, EXX13, EXX14, EXX19 EXX10, EXX11 EXX15, EXX16, EXX18, EXX48 EXX15, EXX16, EXX17 EXX15, EXX16, EXX17 All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications All classifications INMs-X, IN5XX, IN3XX
F-No. grouping of welding consumables for nickel and nickel alloys

F No. 41 41 41 42 42 ASME Specification No. SFA-5.11 SFA-5.14 SFA-5.30 SFA-5.11 SFA-5.14 ENi-1 ERNi-1 IN61 ENiCu7 ERNiCu7, ERNiCu-8 (Continued) AWS Classification No.
362
F No. 42
ASME specification SFA-5.30 IN60
AWS classification ENiCrFe-1, ENiCrFe-2, ENiCrFe-3, ENiCrFe-4, ENiCrFe-7, ENiCrFe-9, ENiCrFe-10, ENiCrCoMo-1, ENiCrMo-2, ENiCrMo-3, ENiCrMo-4, ENiCrMo-5, ENiCrMo-6, ENiCrMo-7, ENiCrMo-10, ENiCrMo-12, ENiCrMo-13, ENiCrMo-14 ERNiCr-3, ERNiCr-4, ERNiCr-6, ERNiCrFe-5, ERNiCrFe-6, ERNiCrFe-7, ERNiCrFe-8, ERNiCrFe-11, ERNiCrCoMo-1, ERNiCrMo-2, ERNiCrMo-3, ERNiCrMo-4, ERNiCrMo-7, ERNiCrMo-10, ERNiCrMo-13, ERNiCrMo-14, ERNiCrWMo-1, ERNiMo-1, IN82, IN62, IN6A, IN52 ENiMo-1, ENiMo-3, ENiMo-7, ENiMo-8, ENiMo-9, ENiMo-10 ERNiMo-2, ERNiMo-3, ERNiMo-7, ERNiMo-8, ERNiMo-9, ERNiMo-10, ENiCrMo-1, ENiCrMo-9, ENiCrMo-11, ERNiCrMo-1, ERNiFeCr-1, ERNiCrMo-8, ERNiCrMo-9, ERNiCrMo-11,
43
SFA-5.11
43
SFA-5.14
43 44 44 44 45 45
SFA-5.30 SFA-5.11 SFA-5.11 SFA-5.14 SFA-5.11 SFA-5.14
A-No. classification of welding consumables

A No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Types of weld deposit Mild steel C-Mo Cr (0.4-2%)-Mo Cr (2-6%)-Mo Cr (6-10.5%)-Mo Cr-martensitic Cr-ferritic Cr-Ni Cr-Ni Ni up to 4% Mn-Mo Ni-Cr-Mo Chemical composition of weld deposit (%) C
0.20 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.30 0.15 0.17 0.15
Cr 0.50
Mo 0.40-0.65 0.40-0.65 0.40-1.50 0.40-1.50

0.70 1.00 4.00 6.00 0.55
Ni 7.50-15.00 15.00-37.00 0.80-4.00

0.85
Mn
1.60 1.60 1.60 1.60 1.20 2.00 1.00 2.50 2.50 1.70
Si
1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 3.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
0.40-2.00 2.00-6.00 6.00-10.50 11.00-15.00 11.00-30.00 14.50-30.00 19.00-30.00 1.50
0.25-0.75 0.25-0.80
1.25-2.25 0.75-2.25
1.25-2.80
363
AWS A 5.1-2004 (A part is extracted)

Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Tensile test(1) Class. E6010 E6013 E6019 E7016 E7018 E7024 E7048 Tensile Yield strength Elongation strength at 0.2%offset (%) (ksi) (ksi) 60 60 60 70 70 70 70 48 48 48 58 58 58 58 22 17 22 22 22 17 22 Impact test Temp. (F) -20 0 -20 -20 -20 Average(1) (ft-lb) 20 20 20 20 Product names KOBE-6010 B-33, RB-26, Z-44 B-10, B-14, B-17 LB-26, LB-47, LB-52 LB-52U, LB-M52, LB-52A, LB-57 LB-52-18, LT-B52A LB-7018-1 KOBE-7024 LB-52T, LB-78VS
Not specified
Not specified 20
Note: (1) Single values are minimum
364
AWS A 5.5-2006 (A part is extracted)

Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Class. E7016-A1 E8016-B2 E8018-B2 E7015-B2L E9016-B3 E9018-B3 E8015-B3L E8016-B6 E8016-B8 E9015-B9
(1)
Chemical composition (%) C 0.12 0.050.12 0.050.12 0.05 0.050.12 0.050.12 0.05 0.050.10 0.050.10 Mn 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.0 1.0 Si 0.60 0.60 0.80 1.00 0.60 0.80 1.00 0.90 0.90 P 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 S 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 Ni 0.40 0.40 Cr Mo 0.400.65 Others V: 0.150.30 Cu: 0.25 Al: 0.04 Nb: 0.020.10 N: 0.020.07 V: 0.05
Product names CM-A76 CM-A96, CM-A96MB, CM-A96MBD CM-B98 CM-B95 CM-A106, CM-A106N, CM-A106ND CM-B108 CM-B105 CM-5 CM-9 CM-95B9
1.00- 0.401.50 0.65 1.00- 0.401.50 0.65 1.00- 0.401.50 0.65 2.00- 0.902.50 1.20 2.00- 0.902.50 1.20 2.00- 0.902.50 1.20 4.06.0 8.010.5 0.450.65 0.851.20
0.08E9016-B9(1) 0.13
1.20
0.30
0.01
0.01
0.80
8.010.5
0.851.20
CM-96B9
E8016-C1
0.12
1.25 1.25 0.401.25
0.60 0.50 0.80
0.03 0.03 0.03
0.03 0.03 0.03
2.002.75 3.003.75 0.801.10
0.15
0.35
LB-62L, LB-65L NB-3J LB-W588
E7016-C2L 0.05 E8016-C3 0.12
365
Class. E7016-G E8013-G E8016-G E8018-G
Chemical composition (%) C Mn Si P S Ni Cr Mo Others
Product names LB-W52, LB-W52B, LB-52NS CM-B83 NB-1SJ, LB-88VS BL-96, CM-9Cb, LB-62, LB-62U, LB-62UL, LB-67L LB-98VS, LB-62D LB-106, LB-70L LB-116, LB-80UL, LB-88LT LB-80L KOBE-7010S KOBE-8010S LB-W62G
E9016-G
1.00 0.80 0.03 min(2) min(2)
0.50 0.30 0.20 0.03 min(2) min(2) min(2)
V: 0.10 min(2) Cu: 0.20 min(2)
E9018-G E10016-G E11016-G E11018-G E7010-P1 E8010-P1 E8018-W2 0.20 0.12 1.20 0.501.30 0.60 0.03 0.03 1.00 0.30 0.50 V: 0.10 Cu: 0.300.75
0.350.03 0.80
0.40- 0.450.03 0.80 0.70
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) Mn + Ni shall be 1.50% Max. (2) The G group shall have the minimum of at least one of the elements listed in this table.
366
AWS A5.4-2006 (A part is extracted)

Stainless Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Class. E308-16 E308H-16 E308L-16 E309-16 E309L-16 Chemical composition (%) C 0.08 Cr Ni Mo Nb+Ta Mn Si P S N Cu 18.0- 9.021.0 11.0 Product names NC-38 NC-38H 0.52.5 NC-38L NC-39 NC-39L 1.02.5 0.75 0.03 NC-39MoL NC-30 NC-32 0.03 0.52.5 8xC, min to 1.00 max 0.75 0.501.50 0.501.50 2.53.5 0.52.0 1.0 0.90 0.75 NC-36 NC-36L, NC-36LT NC-317L NC-37, NC-37L CR-40Cb CR-40 CR-43 CR-43Cb 0.080.20 NC-2209, NC-2594
0.04- 18.0- 9.00.08 21.0 11.0 0.04 0.15 0.04 18.0- 9.00.75 21.0 11.0 22.0- 12.025.0 14.0 22.0- 12.025.0 14.0 22.0- 12.0- 2.025.0 14.0 3.0 1.00 0.04
E309LMo-16 0.04 E310-16 E312-16 E316-16 E316L-16 E317L-16 E347-16 E409Nb-16 E410-16 E430-16 E430Nb-16 E2209-16
0.08- 25.0- 20.00.75 0.20 28.0 22.5 0.15 0.08 0.04 0.04 28.0- 8.00.75 32.0 10.5 17.0- 11.0- 2.020.0 14.0 3.0 17.0- 11.0- 2.020.0 14.0 3.0 18.0- 12.0- 3.021.0 14.0 4.0
1.00
18.0- 9.00.08 21.0 11.0 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.04 11.014.0 11.013.5 15.018.0 15.018.0 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6
0.04
1.00 1.00
21.5- 8.523.5 10.5
Note: Single values are maximum.
367

Nickel and Nickel Alloy Welding Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
Chemical composition (%) Class. C Mn Fe P S Si Cu Ni 62.0 min. Co Ti Cr Nb+ Mo Ta Other Product W Elements names Total 0.50 NI-C70A
ENiCrFe-1 0.08 3.5 11.0 0.03 0.015 0.75 0.50 ENiCrFe-3 0.10 ENiCrFe-9 0.15
13.0 1.5 to to 17.0 4.0(2) 13.0 1.5 to to 17.0 2.5(2) 12.0 0.5 to to 17.0 3.0 0.5 to 3.5 -
5.0 59.0 to 10.0 0.03 0.015 1.0 0.50 min. 9.5 1.0 55.0 to 12.0 0.02 0.015 0.75 0.50 min. 4.5 60.0 min.
(1)
1.0 -
2.5 to 5.5
0.50 NI-C703D 0.50 0.50 NI-C70S NI-C1S
1.5
ENiMo-8 0.10 1.5 10.0 0.02 0.015 0.75 0.50
17.0 2.0 to to 20.0 4.0
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) Cobalt - 0.12 maximum, when specified by the purchaser. (2) Tantalum - 0.30 maximum, when specified by the purchaser.
368
AWS A5.15-1990 [R 2006] (A part is extracted)

Welding Electrodes and Rods for Cast Iron
Chemical composition (%) Class. C 2.0 2.0 0.15 Mn 2.5 2.5 0.60 Si 4.0 4.0 0.15 P 0.04 S 0.03 0.03 0.04 Fe 8.0 Rem. Ni(1) 85 min. Mo Cu(2) 2.5 2.5 Al 1.0 1.0 Other Product Elements names Total 1.0 1.0 CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3
ENi-CI ENiFe-CI Est
Rem. 45-60
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) Nickel plus incidential cobalt. (2) Copper plus incidential silver.
369
AWS A5.17-1997 [R 2007], A5.23-2007 (A part is extracted)

A5.17: Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding A5.23: Low Alloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding Chemical composition of wire
Class. EA3 Chemical composition (%) C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
(1)
Cu
Nb -
N -
V -
Al -
Product names US-40 US-A4 US-90B9 US-49, US-80LT, US-80BN, US-502, US-511N, US-511ND, US-521S, US-56B, US-9Cb
0.15 2.10 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.60 0.80 0.030 0.030
0.40 to 0.35 0.65 0.40 to 0.35 0.65
EA4
EB9
0.08 8.0 0.85 0.02 0.02 0.15 to 1.20(2) 0.80 0.010 0.010 to 0.80(2) to 0.25 to to to 0.04 0.13 10.5 1.20 0.10 0.07 0.25
EG
Not specified
EH14
0.10 1.70 to to 0.10 0.030 0.030 0.20 2.20
2.80 to 3.80
0.35 0.35
US-36, US-36J, US-49A US-203E
ENi3
0.12 1.60 0.80 0.025 0.030 0.15
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) Other elements total (excluding iron) dose not exceed 0.50%. (2) Mn + Ni = 1.50% maximum
370
AWS A5.18-2005, A5.28-2005 (A part is extracted)

A5.18: Carbon Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Metal Arc Welding A5.28: Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Metal Arc Welding Chemical composition requirements for solid electrodes and rods
Chemical composition (%) Class. C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo V Cu Ti Zr Other Al Elements Total Product names
ER70S-2 0.07 ER70S-3 ER70S-6
0.90 0.40 to to 1.40 0.70 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03 0.50
0.05 0.02 0.05 to to to 0.15 0.12 0.15
NO65G MIX-50 MG-51T, TG-S51T TG-S80B2
0.06 0.90 0.45 to to to 0.035 0.15 1.40 0.75 0.06 1.40 0.80 to to to 0.15 1.85 1.15
1.20 0.40 to to 1.50 0.65 2.30 0.90 to to 2.70 1.20
0.07 0.40 0.40 ER80S-B2 to to to 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.07 0.40 0.40 ER90S-B3 to to to 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.40 ER80S-B6 0.10 to 0.50 0.70 ER80S-B8 0.10 0.40 to 0.50 0.70
0.025 0.20 0.20 0.025
0.35 0.50 -
TG-S90B3 MG-S5CM, TG-S5CM MG-S9CM, TG-S9CM 0.04 TG-S90B9
4.50 0.45 to 0.60 to 6.00 0.65 0.50 8.00 0.80 to to 10.50 1.20
0.07 0.15 8.00 0.85 0.15 to to 0.20 ER90S-B9 to 1.20 to 0.010 0.010 0.80 to 0.13 0.50 10.50 1.20 0.30
371
Chemical composition requirements for solid electrodes and rods

Chemical composition (%) Class. C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo V Cu Ti Zr Other Al Elements Total Product names MIX-50S, MG-50, MG-S50, MG-S50LT, TG-S50 MG-S1N, MG-S3N, TG-S1N, TG-S3N MG-W50TB, MG-60, MG-T1NS,MG-S56, MG-S56, MG-S1CM, MG-SM, MG-CM TG-S60A, TG-S62, TG-S1CML, TG-S2CML, TG-S56, TG-S1CM, TG-SM Not specified ER90S-G
(2)
A5.18 ER70S-G A5.28 ER70S-G
Not specified
(1)
ER80S-G
MG-S63B, MG-S9Cb, MG-S2CM, MG-S2CW, MG-S2CMS, TG-S63S, TG-S2CM, TG-S9Cb MG-70, MG-S70 MG-80, MG-S80, TG-S80AM MG-S88A
ER100S-G ER110S-G ER120S-G
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) There shall be no intensional addition of Ni, Cr, Mo, or V. (2) The electrode must have a minimum of one or more of the following: 0.50%Ni, 0.30%Cr, or 0.20%Mo
372
Chemical composition requirements for weld metal from composite electrodes

Chemical composition (%) Class. C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo V Cu Ti Zr Other Al Elements Total Product names MX-100T MX-100T, MX-A100 MX-A55T, MX-A55Ni1 MX-A80L
E70C-6C 0.12 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.50(1) 0.20(1) 0.30(1) 0.08(1) 0.50 E70C-6M 0.12 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.50(1) 0.20(1) 0.30(1) 0.08(1) 0.50 E80C-G E110C-G Not specified (2)
Note: Single values are maximum. (1) The sum of Ni, Cr, Mo, and V shall not exceed 0.50%. (2) The electrode must have a minimum of one or more of the following: 0.50%Ni, 0.30%Cr, or 0.20%Mo
373
AWS A5.20-2005, A5.29-2005 (A part is extracted)

A5.20: Carbon Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding A5.29: Low Alloy Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding Weld metal chemical requirement for classification
Class. Chemical composition (%) C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Al Cu Product names DW-200, MX-100, MX-200, MX-200H MX-A200 MX-200E, MX-55LF 1.75 DW-100, DW-100V, DW-50 DW-50, DW-A50 DW-A51B DW-100E, DW-50, DW-55E DW-50, DW-A55E 1.60
(2)
E70T-1C E70T-1M E70T-9C E71T-1C A5.20(1) 0.12 E71T-1M E71T-5M E71T-9C E71T-9M E71T-12M E71T1-GC E81T1-K2C 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08 1.8
(3)
0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
0.35
DW-A55ESR 0.35 DW-50LSR DW-55L, DW-55LSR DW-A55L DW-A65L 0.300.75

(3)
0.501.000.15 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 0.35 0.05 1.8(3) E81T1-K2M 1.75 2.00 E91T1-K2M 0.80E81T1-Ni1M 0.12 1.50 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 0.35 0.05 1.8(3) A5.29 1.10 E91T1-Ni2C 0.12 1.50 0.80 0.030 0.030 E81T1-W2C 0.12 E91T1-GM
(4)
DW-A55LSR, DW-A81Ni1 DW-62L DW-588 DW-A62L
1.752.75
(5)
(5)
1.8(3) 1.8
0.50- 0.350.45- 0.400.030 0.030 1.30 0.80 0.70 0.80 0.50

(5) (5) (5)
1.00 0.030 0.030 0.30 0.50 0.20 0.10
Note: Single values are maximum unless otherwise noted. (1) The total of all elements listed in this table shall not exceed 5%. (2) The limit for gas shielded electrodes is 0.18%. (3) Applicable to self-shielded electrodes only. (4) In order to meet the alloy requirements of the G group, the undiluted weld metal shall have not less than the minimum specified for one or more following alloys: Mn, Ni, Cr, Mo, V. (5) Minimum values. 374

Stainless Steel Flux Cored and Metal Cored Welding Electrodes and Rods Chemical composition requirement for flux cored electrodes for undiluted weld metal
Class. E308HT1-1/4 E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4 E308T0-1/4 E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4 E309LT0-1/4 E309LT1-1/4 E309T0-1/4 E310T0-1/4 E312T0-1 E316LT0-1/4 E316LT1-1/4 E316T0-1/4 E316T1-1/4 E317LT0-1/4 E347T0-1/4 E347T1-1/4 Chemical composition (%) C Cr Ni Mo Nb + Ta Mn 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 1.02.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 Si 1.0 P S N Cu 0.75 0.04- 18.0- 9.00.75 0.08 21.0 11.0 18.0- 9.00.04 0.75 21.0 11.0 0.08 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.20 0.15 18.0- 9.00.75 21.0 11.0 21.0- 12.0- 2.025.0 16.0 3.0 22.0- 12.00.75 25.0 14.0 22.0- 12.00.75 25.0 14.0 25.0- 20.00.75 28.0 22.5 28.0- 8.00.75 32.0 10.5 0.04 0.03 Product names DW-308H DW-308L, DW-308LT DW-308LH, DW-308LP DW-308 DW-309MoL DW-309MoLP DW-309L DW-309LP, DW-309LH DW-309 DW-310 DW-312 DW-316L 1.0 0.04 0.03 0.75 DW-316LT, DW-316LH, DW-316LP DW-316 DW-316H DW-317L DW-347 DW-347H
1.0
0.04 0.03
0.75
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
17.0- 11.0- 2.00.04 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.08 0.04 0.08 17.0- 11.0- 2.020.0 14.0 3.0 18.0- 12.0- 3.021.0 14.0 4.0
1.0 1.0 1.0
0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03
0.75 0.75 0.75
18.0- 9.08 x C min. - 0.50.75 21.0 11.0 1.0 max. 2.5
Note: Single values shown are maximum. The total of other elements, except iron, shall not present in excess of 0.50%.
375
Class. E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4 R308LT1-5 R309LT1-5 R316LT1-5 R347T1-5
Chemical composition (%) C Cr Ni Mo Nb + Ta Mn 0.52.0 0.52.5 0.52.5 0.52.5 Si 1.0 P S N Cu
Product names DW-329A DW-329AP, DW-2209, DW-2594 TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347
21.0- 7.5- 2.50.04 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.08 18.0- 9.00.75 21.0 11.0 22.0- 12.00.75 25.0 14.0 17.0- 11.0- 2.020.0 14.0 3.0
0.080.04 0.03 0.75 0.20 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
18.0- 9.08 x C min. - 0.50.75 21.0 11.0 1.0 max. 2.5
Note: Single values shown are maximum. The total of other elements, except iron, shall not present in excess of 0.50%.
376

Nickel-Alloy Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding Chemical composition requirement for undiluted weld metal
Chemical composition (%) Class. ENiCr3T0-4 C 0.10 Mn Fe 2.53.5 P S Si Cu Ni Co 67.0 min. 58.0 min.
(2) (1)
Ti 0.75 0.40 -
Cr
Nb+ Mo Ta -
V -
Product W Other name 0.50 DW-N82
3.0 0.03 0.015 0.50 0.50
18.0- 2.022.0 3.0
ENiCrMo3T1-4 0.10 0.50 5.0(3) 0.02 0.015 0.50 0.50 ENiCrMo4T0-4 0.02 1.0 4.00.03 0.03 7.0
(2)
20.0- 3.15- 8.023.0 4.15 10.0 14.516.5 -
0.50 DW-N625
0.2 0.50 Rem. 2.5
15.03.00.35 0.50 DW-NC276 17.0 4.5
Note: Single values shown are maximum. (1) The total of other elements shall not present in excess of 0.50%. (2) Cobalt is 0.10 maximum, when specified by the purchaser. (3) Iron is 1.0 maximum, when specified by the purchaser.
377
EN ISO 2560:2009
Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of non-alloy and fine grain steels Classification (System A) EN ISO 2560-A-E Ex.EN ISO 2560-A-E 46 3 1Ni B 5 4 H5
E: Designates covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding

: All-weld metal yield strength and related requirements Code 35 38 42 46 50 Yield strength or 0.2% offset strength, Min. (N/mm2) 355 380 420 460 500 Tensile strength (N/mm2) 440-570 470-600 500-640 530-680 560-720 Elongation (L=5D) Min. (%) 22 20 20 20 18
: Impact value of all-weld metal Code Z A 0 2 3 4 5 6 Test temp. () Not required +20 0 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 Average 47 Impact absorbed energy Min. (J)
: Chemical composition of all-weld metal Code No symbol Mo MnMo 1Ni 2Ni 3Ni Mn1Ni 1NiMo Z Chemical composition (1)(%) Mn 2.0 1.4 1.4-2.0 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4-2.0 1.4 Mo 0.3-0.6 0.3-0.6 0.3-0.6 Ni 0.6-1.2 1.8-2.6 2.6-3.8 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.2
Other elements as agreed
Note: (1) Single values are maximums. If not specified, Mo<0.2%, Ni<0.3%, Cr<0.2%, V<0.05%, Nb<0.05%, Cu<0.3%
378
: Type of covering Code A C R RR RC RA RB B Type of electrode covering Acid covering Cellulose covering Rutile covering Rutile thick covering Rutile-cellulosic covering Rutile-acid covering Rutile-basic covering Basic covering
: Weld metal recovery and type of current (Option) Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Nominal electrode efficiency (%) 105 105 105<125 105<125 125<160 125<160 >160 >160 Type of current AC, DC DC AC, DC DC AC, DC DC AC, DC DC
: Welding position (Option) Code 1 2 3 4 5 Designation All positions All positions except vertical down Flat butt , flat fillet and Horizontal-vertical fillet Flat butt and fillet Vertical-down and those specified in the code 3
: Diffusible hydrogen (Option) Code H5 H10 H15 Diffusible hydrogen, Max. ml/100g all-weld metal 5 10 15
379
EN ISO 17632:2008
Tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding of non-alloy and fine-grain steels Classification (System A) Ex.EN ISO 17632-A - T 46 3 1Ni B M 4 H5 EN ISO 17632-A - T
T: Designates tubular cored electrodes for metal arc welding

: Yield strength and related requirements (a) Multiple-layer welding: Yield strength of all-weld metal Code 35 38 42 46 50 Yield strength or 0.2% offset strength Min. (N/mm2) 355 380 420 460 500 Tensile strength (N/mm2) 440570 470600 500640 530680 560720 Elongation (L=5D) Min. (%) 22 20 20 20 18 : Chemical composition of all-weld metal Code Mo MnMo 1Ni Average 47 1.5Ni 2Ni 3Ni Mn1Ni 1NiMo Z Chemical composition (1) (%) Mn 2.0 1.4 1.42.0 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.42.0 1.4 Ni 0.6-1.2 1.2-1.8 1.8-2.6 2.6-3.8 0.6-1.2 0.6-1.2 Mo 0.3-0.6 0.3-0.6 0.3-0.6 (b) Single pass welding: Yield strength of weld joint Code 3T 4T 5T Yield strength of base metal Min. (N/mm2) 355 420 500 Tensile strength of weld joint Min. (N/mm2) 470 520 600
: Impact value of all-weld metal or weld joint Code Z A 0 2 3 4 5 6 Testtemp. () Not required +20 0 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 Impact absorbed energy Min. (J)
Other elements as agreed
Note: (1) Single values are maximum. Where no specification, Mo<0.2%, Ni<0.5%, Cr<0.2%, V<0.08%, Nb<0.05%, Cu<0.3%, and for nongas shielded wires, Al<2.0%.
380
: Type of cored flux Code R P B M V W Y Z Features Rutile, Slow-freezing slag Rutile, Fast-freezing slag Basic Metal powder Rutile or basic Fluorides Single pass Single pass or multiple Required pass Type of welding Shielding gas
: Welding position (Option) Code 1 2 3 4 5 Designation All positions All positions except vertical downward Flat butt and fillet, Horizontal fillet Flat butt and fillet Vertical downward and those specified in the code 3
BasicFluorides, Not required Slow-freezing slag Single pass or multiple BasicFluorides pass Fast-freezing slag Other types
: Shielding gas Code M C N Designation Gas mixtures (Gases specified as M2 per EN 439 excepting He) CO2 (Gases specified as C1 per EN 439) Non-gas shielded
: Diffusible hydrogen (Option) Code H5 H10 H15 Diffusible hydrogen, Max. ml/100g deposited metal 5 10 15
381
EN ISO 18276:2006
Tubular cored electrodes for gas-shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding of high-strength steels Classification (System A) EN ISO 18276-A - T Ex.EN ISO 18276-A - T 55 5 Mn1,5Ni B M 4 H5 T
: All-weld metal yield strength and related requirements Yield point or Tensile Elongation 0.2% offset strength (L=5D) Code strength, Min. 2 2 (N/mm ) (N/mm ) (%) 55 550 18 640-820 62 620 18 700-890 69 690 17 770-940 79 790 16 880-1080 89 890 15 940-1180
T: Designates tubular cored electrodes for gas-shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding
: Impact value of all-weld metal Absorbed energy of 47J, Code Three-specimen average, (1) Test temp. (C) Z Not specified A +20 0 0 2 -20 3 -30 4 -40 5 -50 6 -60 Note: (1) One value can be lower than 47J but shall be 32J or higher : Chemical composition of all-weld metal : Type of flux Chemical composition (%) (1) Code Features Code Mn Ni Cr Mo R Rutile, Slow-freezing slag P Z Rutile, Fast-freezing slag Elements as agreed B Basic MnMo 1.4-2.0 0.3-0.6 Mn1Ni M 1.4-2.0 0.6-1.2 Metal powder Z Others Mn1, 5Ni 1.1-1.8 1.3-1.8 Mn2, 5Ni 1.1-2.0 2.1-3.0 1NiMo 1.4 0.6-1.2 0.3-0.6 : Shielding gas 1, 5NiMo 1.4 1.2-1.8 0.3-0.7 2NiMo 1.4 1.8-2.6 0.3-0.7 Code Designation Mn1NiMo 1.4-2.0 0.6-1.2 0.3-0.7 M Gas mixtures Mn2NiMo 1.4-2.0 1.8-2.6 0.3-0.7 C CO2 Mn2NiCrMo 1.4-2.0 1.8-2.6 0.3-0.6 0.3-0.6 Mn2Ni1CrMo 1.4-2.0 1.8-2.6 0.6-1.0 0.3-0.6 Note: (1) Single values are maximum. : Welding position Code Designation 1 All positions 2 All positions except vertical downward 3 Flat butt and fillet, Horizontal fillet 4 Flat butt and fillet 5 Vertical downward and those in Code 3 : Diffusible hydrogen Diffusible hydrogen, Max. Code ml/100g deposited metal H5 5 H10 10
: Heat treatment: T: 560-6001h, FC to 300 for mechanical tests of all-weld metal 382
EN ISO 17634:2006
Tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded metal arc welding of creep-resisting steels Classification (System A) EN ISO 17634-A - T Ex.EN ISO 17634-A - T CrMo1 B M 4 H5
T: Designates tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded metal arc welding
: Chemical composition and mechanical properties of all-weld metal Chemical composition of all-weld metal Chemical composition (%) Code Cr Mo V Mo 0.40-0.65 MoL 0.40-0.65 MoV 0.30-0.60 0.50-0.80 0.25-0.45 CrMo1 0.90-1.40 0.40-0.65 CrMo1L 0.90-1.40 0.40-0.65 CrMo2 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.30 CrMo2L 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.30 CrMo5 4.00-6.00 0.40-0.70 Z Elements as agreed : Type of flux Code Features Rutile, R Slow-freezing slag Rutile, P Fast-freezing slag B Basic M Metal powder Z Other types : Welding position (Opt.) Code Designation 1 All positions All positions except 2 vertical downward Flat butt and fillet, 3 Horizontal fillet 4 Flat butt and fillet Vertical downward 5 and those in Code 3 : Shielding gas Code Designation Gas mixtures (Gases specified M as M2 per EN 439, excepting He) CO2 (Gases specified C as C1 per EN 439) : Diffusible hydrogen (Option) Diffusible hydrogen, Max. Code ml/100g deposited metal H5 5 H10 10
Mechanical properties of all-weld metal Heat treatment of Absorbed energy Kv all-weld metal (J) PWHT 20C Preheat Average Single Code and of three value, Temp. (1) Time interpass values, Min. temp. (%) (C) (min) Min. (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (C) (J) (J) Mo/MoL 355 510 22 47 38 200 570-620 6010 MoV 355 510 18 47 38 200-300 690-730 6010 CrMo1 355 510 20 47 38 150-250 660-700 6010 CrMo1L 355 510 20 47 38 150-250 660-700 6010 CrMo2 400 500 18 47 38 200-300 690-750 6010 CrMo2L 400 500 18 47 38 200-300 690-750 6010 CrMo5 400 590 17 47 38 200-300 730-760 6010 Z Mechanical properties as agreed Note (1) Cooling speed: 200/1h max. to 300 by FC Tensile Proof Elongation strength, strength, (L=5D) Min. Min. Min. Rm Rp0.2 A 383
EN ISO 17633:2006
Tubular cored electrodes and rods for gas shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding of stainless and heat-resisting steels Classification (System A) EN ISO 17633-A - T Ex.EN ISO 17633-A - T 19 12 3L R M 4
T: Designates tubular cored electrodes for gas shielded and non-gas shielded metal arc welding
: chemical composition and mechanical properties of all-weld metal Chemical composition (%) Classification Cr Ni Mo Others Proof Tensile El. strength strength (L=5D) Min. Min. Min. PWHT Rp0.2 Rm A (N/mm2) (N/mm2) Martensite/ferrite type 13 250 11.0-14.0 250 13 Ti 10.5-13.0 Ti (1) 500 13 4 11.0-14.5 3.0-5.0 0.4-1.0 17 300 16.0-18.0 Austenite type 320 19 9 L 18.0-21.0 9.0-11.0 350 19 9 Nb 18.0-21.0 9.0-11.0 Nb (2) 320 19 12 3 L 17.0-20.0 10.0-13.0 2.5-3.0 350 19 12 3 Nb 17.0-20.0 10.0-13.0 2.5-3.0 Nb (2) 350 19 13 4 N L 17.0-20.0 12.0-15.0 3.0-4.5 N: 0.08-0.20 Austenite-ferrite high corrosion resistant type 450 22 9 3 N L 21.0-24.0 7.5-10.5 2.5-4.0 N: 0.08-0.20 Full-austenite high corrosion resistant type 300 18 16 5 N L 17.0-20.0 15.5-19.0 3.5-5.0 N: 0.08-0.20 Special type 350 17.0-20.0 7.0-10.0 18 8 Mn 400 20 10 3 19.5-22.0 9.0-11.0 2.0-4.0 320 23 12 L 22.0-25.0 11.0-14.0 350 23 12 2 L 22.0-25.0 11.0-14.0 2.0-3.0 450 29 9 27.0-31.0 8.0-12.0 Heat resistant type 350 22 12 H 20.0-23.0 10.0-13.0 350 25 20 23.0-27.0 18.0-22.0 Note: (1) Ti :10%-1.5% (2) Nb:8%-1.1%: Nb can be replaced with Ta up to 20% (3) 840-8702h heating, followed by FC to 600 and later AC (4) 580-6202h heating, followed by AC (5) 760-7902h heating, followed by FC to 600 and later AC 384 450 450 750 450 510 550 510 550 550 550 480 500 620 510 550 650 550 550 % 15 15 15 15 30 25 25 25 25 20 25 25 20 25 25 15 25 20
(3) (3) (4) (5)
None None None None None None None None None None None None None None
: Type of flux Code R P M U Z Features Rutile, Slow-freezing slag Rutile, Fast-freezing slag Metal powder Self-shielded Other types
: Shielding gas Code M C N Designation Gas mixtures (Gases specified as M2 per EN 439, excepting He) CO2 (Gases specified as C1 per EN 439) Self-shielded
: Welding position (Option) Code 1 2 3 4 5 All positions All positions except vertical downward Flat butt and fillet, and horizontal fillet Flat butt and fillet Vertical downward and those in Code 3 Designation
385
Alphabetical Index
Alphabetical Index
Note: (HT): For high tensile strength steel (HR): For heat-resistant low-alloy steel (EAW): For enclosed arc welding SAW flux-wire combinations can be accessed from either flux or wire.
B
44 32 44 44 172
B-10 B-14 B-17 B-33 BL-96

D
53 118 88 116 120 122 124 50 51 58 58 234 248 235 248 236 252 237 238 248 239 240 241 252 252 242 250 243 250 244 254 254 256 256 245 246 254
C
300 300 300 172 172 166 167 168 168 170 160 161 161 162 164 165 163 163 154 170 170 170 170 169 226 226 227 227 227
CI-A1 CI-A2 CI-A3 CM-2CW CM-5 CM-9 CM-9Cb CM-95B9 CM-96B9 CM-A76 CM-A96 CM-A96MB CM-A96MBD CM-A106 CM-A106H CM-A106HD CM-A106N CM-A106ND CM-B83 CM-B95 CM-B98 CM-B105 CM-B108 CR-12S CR-40 CR-40Cb CR-43 CR-43Cb CR-43CbS
DW-50 DW-50LSR DW-50W DW-55E DW-55L DW-55LSR DW-62L DW-100 DW-100E DW-100V DW-200 DW-308 DW-308H DW-308L DW-308LH DW-308LP DW-308LT DW-309 DW-309L DW-309LH DW-309LP DW-309MoL DW-309MoLP DW-310 DW-312 DW-316 DW-316H DW-316L DW-316LH DW-316LP DW-316LT DW-317L DW-317LH DW-317LP DW-329A DW-329AP DW-347
DW-347H DW-410Cb DW-430CbS DW-588 DW-2101 DW-2209 DW-2594 DW-A50 DW-A51B DW-A55E DW-A55ESR DW-A55L DW-A55LSR DW-A62L DW-A65L DW-A81Ni1 DW-H11 DW-H16 DW-H30 DW-H30MV DW-H250 DW-H350 DW-H450 DW-H600 DW-H700 DW-H800 DW-N70S DW-N82 DW-N625 DW-NC276 DW-S1LG DW-S43G DW-S60G

250 256 211 88 258 258 258 52 58 117 130 121 123 125 126 119 290 290 290 290 288 288 288 288 288 288 312 312 314 314 328 328 328
F
326
FA-B1
388
G
72 292 292 292 292 294 73 78
G-50/US-36 G-50/US-H250N G-50/US-H350N G-50/US-H400N G-50/US-H450N G-50/US-H500N G-60/US-36 G-80/US-36

H
286 286 286 286 286 280 280 280 280 282 282 282 282 284 284 284
HF-11 HF-12 HF-13 HF-16 HF-30 HF-240 HF-260 HF-330 HF-350 HF-450 HF-500 HF-600 HF-650 HF-700 HF-800K HF-950

LB-52U LB-57 LB-62 LB-62D LB-62L LB-62U LB-62UL LB-65L LB-67L LB-70L LB-76 LB-78VS LB-80EM LB-80L LB-80UL LB-88LT LB-88VS LB-98VS LB-106 LB-116 (HT) LB-116 (EAW) LB-7018-1 LB-W52 LB-W52B LB-W62G LB-W588 LT-B50 LT-B52A

35 46 104 114 109 106 105 114 110 111 46 41 330 112 114 113 42 43 114 114 330 102 86 86 86 86 48 48
K
328 38 39 37 40
KL-4 KOBE-6010 KOBE-7010S KOBE-7024 KOBE-8010S

L
46 34 36 46 107 46
LB-26 LB-52 LB-52-18 LB-52A LB-52NS LB-52T
ME-L34 310 MF-1R 324 MF-27/US-56B 202 MF-29A/US-2CW 204 MF-30/US-H550N 294 MF-30/US-H600N 294 MF-38/US-36 74,326 MF-38/US-40 (HT) 145 MF-38/US-40 (HR) 193 MF-38/US-49A 150 MF-38/US-49 (HR) 190 MF-38/US-49 (HT) 142,326 MF-38/US-A4 (HT) 144
MF-38/US-A4 (HR) MF-38/US-W52B MF-53/US-36 MF-53/US-W52B MF-300/US-36 MG-50 MG-50T MG-51T MG-60 MG-70 MG-80 MG-CM MG-S1CM MG-S1N MG-S2CM MG-S2CMS MG-S2CW MG-S3N MG-S5CM MG-S9Cb MG-S9CM MG-S12CRS MG-S50 MG-S50LT MG-S56 MG-S63B MG-S70 MG-S70NCb MG-S80 MG-S88A MG-S308 MG-S308LS MG-S309 MG-S309LS MG-S316LS MG-SM MG-T1NS MG-W50TB MIX-1TS MIX-50 MIX-50S MX-55LF MX-100 MX-100T
192 92 78 92 76 62 64 63 132 132 134 154 174 136 174 174 176 136 176 176 176 176 66 136 174 132 132 316 134 134 262 262 262 262 262 174 96 90 64 64 66 131 60 57
389
MX-200 MX-200E MX-200H MX-A55Ni1 MX-A55T MX-A80L MX-A100 MX-A135N MX-A200 MX-A410NM MX-A430M

54 55 60 127 131 128 56 261 60 261 261
P
201 195 197 200 207 204 202 194 196 199 198 149 80 148 96 150 146 147 150 324 326 324 320 320
N
108 114 210 230 224 225 228 230 230 218 220 219 228 221 222 223 230 228 233 233 233 308 310 308 310 310 70 270
NB-1SJ NB-3J NC-30 NC-32 NC-36 NC-36L NC-36LT NC-37 NC-37L NC-38 NC-38H NC-38L NC-38LT NC-39 NC-39L NC-39MoL NC-316MF NC-317L NC-329M NC-2209 NC-2594 NI-C1S NI-C70A NI-C70S NI-C625 NI-C703D NO65G NO4051
PF-90B9/US-90B9 PF-200D/US-511ND PF-200D/US-521S PF-200S/US-9Cb PF-200S/US-12CRSD PF-200S/US-502 PF-200/US-56B PF-200/US-511N PF-200/US-521S PF-500D/US-521HD PF-500/US-521H PF-H55AS/US-36J PF-H55E/US-36 PF-H55LT/US-36 PF-H55S/US-49A PF-H80AK/US-80BN PF-H80AK/US-80LT PF-H80AS/US-80LT PF-H203/US-203E PF-I50R PF-I52E/US-36 PF-I55E/US-36 PF-N3/US-709S PF-N4/US-709S

R
33 326
RB-26 RR-2

S
64
SE-A50

T
178 179 140 181 184 182 188 140
TG-S1CM TG-S1CML TG-S1N TG-S2CM TG-S2CMH TG-S2CML TG-S2CW TG-S3N
TG-S5CM TG-S9Cb TG-S9CM TG-S12CRS TG-S50 TG-S51T TG-S56 TG-S60A TG-S62 TG-S63S TG-S70NCb TG-S70SA1 TG-S80AM TG-S80B2 TG-S90B3 TG-S90B9 TG-S308 TG-S308L TG-S309 TG-S309L TG-S309MoL TG-S310 TG-S310MF TG-S316 TG-S316L TG-S317L TG-S329M TG-S347 TG-S410 TG-S410Cb TG-S709S TG-S2209 TG-S2594 TG-SCM TG-SM TG-SN625 TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347

188 186 185 188 68 69 188 138 138 188 318 188 138 180 183 187 268 268 268 268 268 270 270 268 270 270 272 270 272 272 318 272 272 155 188 318 264 265 266 267
U
204
US-2CW/MF-29A
390
US-9Cb/PF-200S 200 US-12CRSD/PF-200S 207 US-36/G-50 72 US-36/G-60 73 US-36/G-80 78 US-36J/PF-H55AS 149 US-36/MF-38 74,326 US-36/MF-53 78 US-36/MF-300 76 US-36/PF-H55E 80 US-36/PF-H55LT 148 US-36/PF-I52E 326 US-36/PF-I55E 324 US-40/MF-38 (HT) 145 US-40/MF-38 (HR) 193 US-49A/MF-38 150 US-49/MF-38 (HT) 142,326 US-49/MF-38 (HR) 190 US-56B/MF-27 202 US-56B/PF-200 202 US-80BN/PF-H80AK 150 US-80LT/PF-H80AK 146 US-80LT/PF-H80AS 147 US-90B9/PF-90B9 201 US-203E/PF-H203 150 US-502/PF-200S 204 US-511ND/PF-200D 195 US-511N/PF-200 194 US-521HD/PF-500D 199 US-521H/PF-500 198 US-521S/PF-200 196 US-521S/PF-200D 197 US-709S/PF-N3 320 US-709S/PF-N4 320 US-A4/MF-38 (HT) 144 US-A4/MF-38 (HR) 192 US-H250N/G-50 292 US-H350N/G-50 292 US-H400N/G-50 292 US-H450N/G-50 292 US-H500N/G-50 294 US-H550N/MF-30 294 US-H600N/MF-30 294 US-W52B/MF-38 92
US-W52B/MF-53

92
Z
44
Z-44
391
Global Manufacturing And Sales Bases

JAPAN
KOBE STEEL, LTD., Welding Business Marketing Dept., International Sales & Marketing Sec. Tel. (81) 3 5739 6331 Fax. (81) 3 5739 6960
ASIA
KOREA: KOBE WELDING OF KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. (82) 55 292 6886 Fax. (82) 55 292 7786 KOBELCO WELDING MARKETING OF KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. (82) 51 329 8950 to 8952 Fax. (82) 51 329 8949 CHINA: KOBE WELDING OF SHANGHAI CO., LTD. Tel. (86) 21 6191 7850 Fax. (86) 21 6191 7851 KOBE WELDING OF TANGSHAN CO., LTD. Tel. (86) 315 385 2806 Fax. (86) 315 385 2829 KOBE WELDING OF QINGDAO CO., LTD. Tel. (86) 532 8098 5005 Fax. (86) 532 8098 5008 SINGAPORE: KOBELCO WELDING ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. Tel. (65) 6268 2711 Fax. (65) 6264 1751
THAILAND: THAI-KOBE WELDING CO., LTD. Tel. (66) 2 636 8650 to 8652 Fax. (66) 2 636 8653 KOBE MIG WIRE (THAILAND) CO., LTD. Tel. (66) 2 324 0588 to 0591 Fax. (66) 2 324 0797 MALAYSIA: KOBE WELDING (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. Tel. (60) 4 3905792 Fax. (60) 4 3905827 INDONESIA: P.T. INTAN PERTIWI INDUSTRI (Technically Collaborated Company) Tel. (62) 21 639 2608 Fax. (62) 21 649 6081 INDIA: KOBELCO WELDING INDIA PVT. LTD. Tel. (91) 124 4010063 Fax. (91) 124 4010068
EUROPE
NETHERLANDS: KOBELCO WELDING OF EUROPE B.V. Tel. (31) 45 547 1111 Fax. (31) 45 547 1100
AMERICA
USA: KOBELCO WELDING OF AMERICA INC. Tel. (1) 281 240 5600 Fax. (1) 281 240 5625
3rd Special Edition
TODAY
KOBELCO WELDING CONSUMABLES
FOR STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
A Quick Guide to Suitable Welding Consumables for Stainless Steel

SMAW Steel type Key notes for application Brand name(1) [P] NC-38 [P] NC-38LT [P] NC-38L [P] NC-38L [P] NC-38H [P] [P] [P] [P] NC-39 NC-39L NC-39MoL NC-32 [P] NC-36 [P] NC-36LT [P] NC-36L [P] NC-36L [P] NC-316MF [P] NC-317L [P] NC-37 [P] NC-37L [P] NC-37 [P] NC-37 [P] NC-37 [P] NC-30 [P] NC-329M [P] CR-40 [P] CR-40Cb [P] CR-43Cb [P] CR-43CbS AWS class. E308-16 E308L-16 E308L-16 E308L-16 E308H-16 E309-16 E309L-16 E309LMo-16 E312-16 E316-16 E316L-16 E316L-16 E316L-16 E317L-16 E347-16 E347-16 E347-16 E347-16 E347-16 E310-16 E410-16 FCAW Brand name(1) [P] DW-308 [P] DW-308LP [P] DW-308LT [P] DW-308LTP [P] DW-308L [P] DW-308LP [P] DW-308LH [P] DW-308H [P] DW-308N2 [P] [P] [P] [P] [P] [P] DW-309 DW-309L DW-309MoL DW-309LP DW-309MoLP DW-312 AWS class. E308T0-1/-4 E308LT1-1/-4 E308LT0-1/-4 E308LT1-1/-4 E308LT0-1/-4 E308LT1-1/-4 E308LT1-1/-4 E308HT1-1/-4 E309T0-1/-4 E309LT0-1/-4 E309LMoT0-1/-4 E309LT1-1/-4 E309LMoT1-1/-4 E312T0-1 E309LT1-1/-4 E316T0-1/-4 E316LT1-1/-4 E316LT1-1/-4 E316LT0-1/-4 E316LT1-1/-4 E316LT1-1/-4 E316T1-1/-4 E317LT0-1/-4 E347T0-1/-4 E347T1-1/-4 E347T0-1/-4 E347T1-1/-4 E310T0-1/-4 E2209T0-1/-4 E2209T1-1/-4 -
304
General Cryogenic temperatures
304L
Low carbon (0.04% max.) High temperatures, Solution treatment
304H 304N2
High temperatures General
Dissimilar metals
General
High temperatures, Solution treatment 316 General Cryogenic temperatures 316L Low carbon (0.04% max.) High temperatures, Solution treatment 316H 316L Mod. 317L High temperatures Urea (Low ferrite content) Low carbon (0.04% max.) General 347 Low carbon High temperatures 321 310S Duplex stainless 410 405, 409 General High temperatures General General General Overlaying in cladding Underlaying in cladding Low carbon Car exhaust system
[P] DW-309LH [P] DW-316 [P] DW-316LP [P] DW-316LT [P] DW-316L [P] DW-316LP [P] DW-316LH [P] DW-316H [P] DW-317L [P] DW-347 [P] DW-347H [P] DW-347 [P] DW-347H [P] DW-310 [P] DW-329A [P] DW-329AP [P] DW-410Cb [P] DW-430CbS [P] MX-A135N [P] MX-A410NM [P] MX-A430M
13Cr-Ni type 409, 430, 436, 410L
(1) [P] designates PREMIARC.
Tips for Selecting Appropriate Welding Consumables

1. This guidance is to help users select appropriate welding consumables for a particular job. Users are requested to confirm whether the brand they selected can satisfy the chemical and mechanical requirements for the relevant job before use. 2. FCAW flux-cored wires designated with DW are of rutile-type and those denoted with MX are of metal-type. Each brand selects a CO2 or Ar-CO2 shielding gas according to its inherent characteristics or the application. DW wires with the suffix P are suitable for all position welding. GMAW solid wires symbolized with MG use 98%Ar-2%O2 for shielding. GTAW solid wires designated with TGS and flux-cored wires with TG-X use a pure argon gas for shielding.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
GMAW Brand name(1) [P] MG-S308 [P] MG-S308LS AWS class. ER308 ER308LSi -
GTAW Brand name(1) [P] TG-S308 [P] TG-S308L [P] TG-S308L [P] TG-X308L [P] TG-S309 [P] TG-S309L [P] TG-X309L [P] TG-S316 [P] TG-S316L [P] TG-S316L [P] TG-X316L [P] NO4051 [P] TG-S310MF [P] TG-S317L [P] TG-S347 [P] TG-X347 [P] TG-S347L [P] TG-S347 [P] TG-S347 [P] TG-S347 [P] TG-S310 [P] TG-S329M [P] TG-S410 [P] TG-S410Cb AWS class. ER308 ER308L ER308L R308LT1-5 ER309 ER309L R309LT1-5 ER316 ER316L ER316L R316LT1-5 ER317L ER347 R347T1-5 ER347 ER347 ER347 ER347 ER310 ER410 -
SAW
Brand name(1) [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-308 [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-308L [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-308L AWS class.(Wire) ER308 ER308L ER308L -
[P] MG-S309 [P] MG-S309LS
ER309 ER309LSi
[P] PF-S1 / [P] US-309 [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-309L
ER309 ER309L
[P] MG-S316LS [P] MG-S347S [P] MG-S347LS [P] MG-S347S [P] MG-S347S [P] MG-S347S [P] MG-S410 [P] MG-S430M
ER316LSi ER347Si ER347Si ER347Si ER347Si ER347Si ER410 -
[P] PF-S1M / [P] US-316 (Single pass) [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-316 (Multi-pass) -
ER316 ER316 -
[P] PF-S1M / [P] US-316L (Single pass) ER316L [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-316L (Multi-pass) ER316L [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-317L [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-347 [P] PF-S1 / [P] US-347 [P] PF-S4M / [P] US-410 ER317L ER347 ER347 -
3. PF designates bond-type SAW fluxes and US designates SAW solid wires. 4. For dissimilar metal joints between stainless steels and carbon or low-alloy steels, 309-, 309L, or 309LMo-type welding consumables are often used where the joint is subject to non-cyclical temperature services below 315C. However, where either postweld heat treatment is required or the joint is subject to cyclical temperature services above 315C, a Ni-based alloy welding consumable is recommended. For dissimilar metal joints between stainless steel castings and medium or high carbon steels, 312type welding consumables containing high amounts of ferrite are better to prevent hot cracks in the weld. 5. For details of individual brands, refer to KOBELCO WELDING HANDBOOK.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY In addition to the sophisticated balance achieved in the chemical composition, DW-308L significantly lessens spatter and fumes. As shown in Figure 1, DW-308L reduces spatter by 40-50% over a range of welding parameters when compared to a conventional stainless flux cored wire. Materials savings can thus be realized in addition to savings in labor and material costs associated with postweld cleaning. As shown in Figure 2, DW-308L reduces fumes by 20-25% over a range of welding parameters when compared to a conventional stainless flux cored wire.

DW-308L represents a new generation of stainless flux cored wires by significantly reducing spatter and fumes over a wide range of welding parameters while featuring self-peeling slag removal and glossy bead appearance.
Basic characteristics of DW-308L As shown in the AWS classification designations above, DW-308L is suited for flat and horizontal position welding with both CO2 gas and 75-80%Ar + balanced CO2 mixed gas shielding. DW-308L can be used in welding both 304L and 304 stainless steel. What makes DW-308L a new generation wire? Properly-controlled ferrite content (typically, 9% by Shaeffler Diagram) in DW-308L weld metal provides better resistibility to hot cracking. Additionally, low carbon content (typically, 0.027%) in DW-308L weld metal increases resistance to intergranular corrosion. The chemical composition of the weld metal provides superior mechanical properties and corrosion resistibility.
2.0
Conv. wire

Figure 2: A comparison between DW-308L and conventional flux-cored wire in terms of fume emission rate (Wire size: 1.2 mm, Shielding has: 100%CO2).
Convenient self-peeling slag removal and glossy bead appearance of DW-308L will leave you feeling very satisfiedFigures 3 and 4.
Spatter generation (g/min)
1.6
DW-308L
1.2
0.8
Figure 3: Excellent self-peeling slag removability of DW-308L.
0.4
0.0
150
200 Welding current (A)
250
Figure 1: A comparison between DW-308L and conventional flux-cored wire in terms of spatter generation (Wire size: 1.2 mm; Shielding gas: 100%CO2; Welding speed: 30cpm). 3
Figure 4: The glossy appearance of DW-308L fillet weld bead.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY ing positions as horizontal fillet, vertical-up, vertical-down and overhead.

DW-308LP also represents a new generation of stainless flux cored wires, but in a different way than DW-308L. As easy to use as a mild-steel flux cored wire, DW-308LP can easily be used in all positions including vertical, horizontal, and overhead.
Basic characteristics of DW-308LP As seen in the AWS classification designations shown above, DW-308LP is suitable for welding in all positions, with both CO2 gas and 75-80%Ar + balanced CO2 mixed gas shielding. DW-308LP can be used in welding both 304L and 304 stainless steel. What makes DW-308LP a new generation wire? Like DW-308L, the sophisticated chemical composition of DW-308LP weld metal provides superior mechanical properties and corrosion resistibility. In addition, DW-308LP offers unsurpassed welding performance in all positions and over a wide range of welding parameters.
It has generally been believed that welding stainless steel in vertical and overhead positions was more difficult than mild steel because molten metal was more likely to drop. This difficulty was assumed because of the differences in the physical properties of stainless steel: it has a lower melting point (1400-1427C) than mild steel (15001527C), and less thermal conductivity (0.04 cal/ cm/sec/C in the 0-100C range as opposed to 0.11 cal/cm/sec/C in the 0-100C range). However, DW-308LP has jumped over these hurdles to become a superior flux cored wire suitable for welding in all positions. Figure 2 shows an application for DW-308LP: a curved, large-diameter water pipe that, because of the inherent difficulty in positioning the work, requires all-position welding. DW-308LP is suitable for welding fixed pipes, storage tanks and rolling stock, which are all difficult to position during welding.
Overhead
Figure 2: A water pipe for the water gate equipment under fabrication by using DW-308LP in all positions.
Horizontal fillet Vertical-up Vertical-down
Figure 1: Cross-sectional weld profiles of DW-308LP (Wire size: 1.2 mm) with 304-type base metal (Plate thickness: 3 mm).
As shown in Figure 1, DW-308LP provides superior weld profiles with smooth fusion to the base metals and good penetration in such various weld4
Finally, DW-308LP offers very good re-arc-starting capabilityalmost no miss in re-arc-starting within 5, 10, and 30 seconds respectively after extinguishing the arc in 50-time re-arc-starting tests in the use of either inverter-type power sources or thyristor-type power sources. This excellent performance can be more beneficial in tack welding, automatic welding and robotic welding, eliminating the downtime for re-arc-starting.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY DW-316L also provides higher deposition rates than solid wires and covered electrodes as shown in Figure 1. For instance, the deposition rate of DW stainless wires can be about two times that of covered electrodes at 150A and about 1.2 times that of solid wires at 250A. The use of 1.2-mm wire can produce higher deposition rates than 1.6 mm. This means that you can fill a particular welding groove faster with DW-316L, thereby increasing productivity while decreasing labor costs.

DW-316L is an advanced stainless flux cored wire that significantly reduces spatter and fumes over a wide range of welding parameters and features selfpeeling slag removal and glossy bead appearance.
Basic characteristics of DW-316L DW-316L is classified as AWS A5.22 E316LT0-1 and E316LT0-4, suitable for welding both 316L and 316 stainless steel in flat and horizontal positions. As for shielding, either CO2 gas or 7580%Ar + balanced CO2 gas mixtures can be used. What makes DW-316L an advanced wire? Properly controlled ferrite content (typically 8% by Schaeffler Diagram) in DW-316L weld metal provides excellent resistibility to hot cracking. Low carbon content (typically 0.026%) in the weld metal provides superior resistance to intergranular corrosion. To verify resistance to intergranular corrosion, Strauss testing (Copper Sulfate Sulfuric Acid Test) per JIS G0575, equivalent to ASTM A262 Practice E, is generally employed. In this testing, DW-316L weld metal sensitized by the heat treatment (650C2h) exhibits no cracking in the bending test after corrosion testing. The sophisticated chemical composition of the weld metal provides outstanding mechanical properties and corrosion resistibility against diluted sulfuric acids in particular. DW-316L significantly lessens spatter by 40-50% when compared with conventional stainless fluxcored wire. DW-316L features convenient selfpeeling slag removal and glossy bead appearance. Because less postweld cleaning is required to remove spatter and slag, material and labor costs can be reduced. DW-316L also produces 20-25% less fumes compared with conventional stainless flux cored wire. This improves the work environment for welders.

Figure 1: A comparison of deposition rates between fluxcored wire, MIG solid wire and covered electrode as a function of welding current.
Because of the superior corrosion resistibility, mechanical properties and usability, DW-316L is often used for welding 316L stainless solid and clad components of chemical tankers that require stricter corrosion resistance of the welds Figure 2. In order to ensure the quality of the welds in the ship applications, DW-316L is approved by ship classes such as AB, LR, NV, BV, and NK.
Figure 2: An application of DW-316L for fillet welding of the pipe fittings and pipelines equipped on the bridge and in the cargo tanks of a chemical tanker.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
Vertical-up position
DW-316LP is an advanced stainless flux cored wire that offers unsurpassed usability in all positions including flat, horizontal, vertical-up, vertical-down, and overhead.
Basic characteristics of DW-316LP DW-316LP is classified as AWS A5.22 E316LT11 and E316LT1-4, suitable for welding in all positions with either CO2 gas or 75-80%Ar + balanced CO2 gas mixture shielding. DW-316LP can be used for welding both 316L and 316 stainless steel. What makes DW-316LP an advanced wire? Like DW-316L, the elaborate chemical composition of the DW-316LP weld metal containing a low amount of carbon (typically 0.028%) provides superior mechanical properties and corrosion resistibility particularly against diluted sulfuric acids. Its intergranular corrosion resistibility is proved to be excellent through Strauss testing. DW-316LP also offers excellent welding performance in all positions and over a wide range of welding parameters. Figure 1 shows an example of proper welding parameters (welding current and arc voltage) in the vertical-up position. Once you adjust the welding current to 160-170A for example, you can properly weld a 6-mm-thick stainless plate in any of the flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions without any current readjustment. Because of the superior corrosion resistibility, mechanical properties and out-of-position welding usability, DW-316LP is often used for welding storage tanks of chemical tankers (Figure 2). Figure 3 shows an example of the welding procedures for the butt joints of a chemical tanker storage tank, which is one-sided welding procedure using a FB-B3 backing material for the root pass.
Arc voltage (V)
35
For 6-mm thick plate
30
25
20
For 3-mm thick plate
15
50
100
150
200
250
Welding current (A)
Figure 1: The proper range of welding currents and arc voltages in the vertical-up position using a 1.2-mm DW stainless wire for welding 6- and 3-mm thick stainless steel plates.
Figure 2: An application of DW-316LP: welding a storage tank (bottom) of a chemical tanker (top) with full penetration in all positions.
DW -316LP weld metal
316L base metal
G roove: 7 0 -deg V Root fac e: 1 mm Root gap: 3 mm
FB-B3 backing material
Figure 3: An example of the welding procedure with DW316LP for the storage tank of a chemical tanker, a one-sided welding procedure using a FB-B3 refractory backing for the root pass in vertical-up position.
12
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY (1) Welding 304 or 304L stainless steel to carbon or low-alloy steel.

DW-309L weld metal
Within the DW stainless series, DW-309L is an exceptional flux-cored wire; it is an indispensable wire for welding dissimilar metal joints and the buffer layers for clad steel and overlaying.
Basic characteristics of DW-309L The respective AWS classification designators, E309LT0-1 and E309LT0-4, will help you know the basic characteristics of DW-309L as follows. E: designates an electrode. 309: indicates 309 type deposited metal (22%Cr-12%Ni as minimum). L: designates low-carbon type (C%= 0.04 max.). T: designates a tubular wire or a flux-cored wire. 0: indicates the intended welding positions are flat and horizontal. 1: indicates the suitable shielding gas is CO2. 4: indicates the suitable shielding gas is 75-80%Ar + balanced CO2. What welding applications need DW-309L Most plant and equipment in oil refineries, chemical plants, power generation plants, chemical tankers, liquefied gas plants and carriers, and food processing plants consists, on any scale, of dissimilar metal joints and clad steel components. This is to minimize the material costs and, simultaneously, maximize performance. DW-309L is designed so that its weld metal can accommodate adverse effects caused by dilution by carbon or low-alloy base metals. The adverse effects include martensite (a brittle structure) formation and fully austenitic structure (non-ferritebearing austenite sensitive to hot cracking) formation in the weld metal. This feature makes DW309L suitable for dissimilar metal joints which can contain various combinations of austenitic stainless steel and carbon or low alloy steels as shown in the following figures.
304 or 304L stainless steel
Carbon or low-alloy steel
(2) Buffer layers in 304 or 304L clad steel welds.

E308 or E308L weld metal 304 or 304L clad 304 or 304L clad
DW-309L weldmetal
Carbon or low-alloy weld Carbon or low-alloy steel
(3) Buffer layers in E308 or E308L overlay welds.

E308 or E308L strip overlay E308 or E308L overlay
E308 or E308L strip overlay
DW-309L buffer layer Carbon or low-alloy steel Carbon or low-alloy weld metal
(4) Buffer layers in welding 304 or 304L stainless steel to carbon or low-alloy steel.
Carbon or low-alloy base metal E308 or E308L weld metal 304 or 304L base metal
DW-309L buffer layer
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT

Overhead butt joint
Basic characteristics of DW-309LP The AWS classification of DW-309LP differs from that of DW-309L in only the seventh digit. The seventh digit, 1 indicates that out-of-position welding is intended. For other characteristics of DW-309LP, the reader may refer to the descriptions of the DW-309L classification. In what kinds of joints DW-309LP shines A typical application of DW-309LP is seen in chemical tankers (Figure 1). Chemical tankers are equipped with cargo tanks made of solid or clad austenitic stainless steels such as 304L, 316L, and 317L. Cargo tanks usually contain corrosive substances such as petroleum products, chemical products, acids, alkalis, molasses, animal oils, and vegetable oils. Therefore, cargo tanks and piping systems require corrosion-resistant stainless and stainless-clad steels.
No. 1 to 4 cargo tanks
Flat butt joint
Horizontal fillet joint
Figure 2: A cross sectional view of a cargo tank and a variety of welding joints in all positions.
Carbon steel weld metal
Carbon steel base metal
14
304 or 304L clad
E308 or E308L weld metal
DW-309LP buffer layer
Figure 3: A DW-309LP buffer layer in an overhead joint weld of stainless-clad steel.
14 304 or 304L clad
Carbon steel
Figure 1: Cargo tanks of a chemical tanker.
E308 or E308L weld metal
Carbon steel weld metal
Where 304L stainless-clad steel is used for the cargo tanks, DW-309LP is a suitable flux-cored wire for the buffer layer. DW-309LP provides excellent usability in all positions and is as easy to use as a mild-steel flux-cored wire. Figure 2 shows a cross sectional view of a cargo tank of a chemical tanker. Figures 3 and 4 show examples of DW309LP buffer layers in butt welds of stainless-clad steel joints of a cargo tank.
8
DW-309LP buffer layer
Figure 4: A DW-309LP buffer layer in a vertical joint weld of stainless-clad steel.
Vertical butt joints
DW-309LP: an advanced flux-cored wire offering superior usability in all positions including flat, horizontal, vertical-up, vertical-down, and overhead welding.
Horizontal butt joint
Overhead fillet joint
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT

Photo courtesy of Hitachizosen Co., Ltd.
Part of the DW stainless steel series, DW-309MoL and DW-309MoLP are special flux-cored wires. They are indispensable filler metals for welding dissimilar metal joints, such as in the buffer layer of clad steels, and the underlayer for overlaying. Mo-bearing austenitic stainless steel (316L and 317L), duplex stainless steel, carbon steel, and low-alloy steel usually constitute such dissimilar metal joints and clad steels. For the overlaying substrates, carbon steel and low-alloy steel are used. The demand for cost effective clad steels in particular, and thus for suitable filler metals, is expected to increase due to the brisk business in the relevant industries. DW-309MoL and DW-309MoLP are classified as AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/-4 and E309LMoT11/-4 respectively. As the AWS classifications indicate, the former is suitable for flat and horizontal fillet welding, whereas the latter is suitable for positional welding; both wires use either CO2 gas or 75-80%Ar/20-25%CO2 mixture shielding gas. The typical chemical and mechanical properties of these wires are shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Typical chemical and mechanical properties of DW309MoL and DW-309MoLP deposited metals with CO2 shielding gas
Trade designation C (%) Si (%) Mn (%) P (%) S (%) Ni (%) Cr (%) Mo (%) FNW
(1)
As DW-309MoL and DW-309MoLP weld metals contain sufficient amounts of ferrite, they can accommodate the detrimental effects caused by dilution by the carbon or low-alloy base metal. These effects may include the formation of martensite (brittle structure) and a fully austenitic structure (sensitive to hot cracking) in the weld metal. Similar to mild-steel titanium-type fluxcored wires, these wires offer excellent usability with a stable arc, low spatter, self-peeling slag removal, regular bead shape, and glossy bead appearance. Table 2 shows an example of a welding procedure for 317L stainless clad steel.
Table 2: One-side welding of 317L stainless clad steel plate with DW-309MoL and a FB-B3 backing
Pass No. 1 2 3 4 5 Trade designation DW-100 DW-100 DW-309MoL DW-309MoL DW-317L Size Welding (mm) position 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Flat Flat Flat Flat Flat
50 317L clad 2.5
Amp. (A) 200 280 180 180 190
Volt. (V) 24 30 26 26 28
Speed (cm/min) 15 25 43 30 14

Carbon steel

4 FB-B3 backing 12
DW-309MoL 0.027 0.61 1.18 0.019 0.009 12.60 23.20 2.37 28 540 720 30
DW-309MoLP 0.025 0.62 0.81 0.020 0.010 12.44 22.60 2.21 25 540 699 30
(a) Weld pass sequence
0.2% PS (MPa) TS (MPa) El (%)
(b) Cross section macrostructure
(1) Ferrite Number per WRC Diagram-1992.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT

Conventional stainless steel flux-cored wires (FCW) generally contain a minute amount of bismuth oxide (Bi2O3) in the flux to improve slag removal in welding. The resulting weld metal contains a very small amount of Bi. When this weld metal is exposed to high temperatures over 600C, the ductility (elongation) of the weld metal is reduced because of the segregation of Bi at the grain boundaries, and cracks may occur. In contrast to this, the H-series DW stainless steel FCWs shown in Table 1 contain no bismuth oxide in the flux and, thus, no Bi in the weld metal. Consequently, the elongation of the weld metal at high temperatures is higher than that of conventional FCWs as shown in Figures 1 and 2. This is why the Bi-free FCWs are suitable for high temperature applications including high temperature equipment and postweld stabilization heat treatment. The Hseries FCWs contain advanced flux compositions (without Bi2O3) that make slag removal comparable to conventional FCWs.
Table 1: Typical chemical and mechanical properties of Hseries DW stainless steel flux-cored wires
Trade DWdesignation 308H AWS class. C Chemical composition of weld metal (mass%) Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Nb Bi FNW(1) TS (MPa) El. (%) DW308LH DW316H DW316LH DW347H DW309LH

Figure 1: A comparison of high temperature elongation between DW-308H and conventional 308 FCW.

E316L E347 E309L E308H E308L E316 T1-1/-4 T1-1/-4 T1-1/-4 T1-1/-4 T1-1/-4 T1-1/-4 0.052 0.42 1.50 9.62 18.68 <0.001 4 575 48 0.026 0.41 1.35 10.20 18.70 <0.001 5 540 52 0.050 0.38 1.10 11.60 18.75 2.40 <0.001 7 570 42 0.023 0.45 1.08 11.94 18.47 2.45 <0.001 8 540 45 0.027 0.38 1.18 10.20 18.87 0.57 <0.001 6 602 43 0.028 0.47 1.24 12.58 24.17 <0.001 20 578 39

Figure 2: A comparison of high temperature elongation between DW-347H and conventional 347 FCW.
(1) Ferrite Number per WRC Diagram-1992.
Where welds are subject to solid solution heat treatment and hot rolling, too, the H-series DW stainless steel FCWs should also be used to prevent reduced ductility.
10
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY Among several KOBELCO filler metals for duplex stainless steel, DW-329A and DW-329AP enjoy higher reputations worldwide due to excellent performance in usability, mechanical properties and corrosion resistibility. Both brands resemble each other in terms of type of flux (rutile-based flux), suitable shielding gases (CO2 and Ar/CO2 mixtures), mechanical properties and chemical composition. However, their applicable welding positions are different: DW-329A is suitable for flat and horizontal fillet welding only, while DW-329AP is excellent in out-of-position welding. DW-329AP features the chemical composition and mechanical properties listed in Table 1 and the microstructure in Figure 2.
Table 1: Typical chemical and mechanical properties of DW329AP (1.2 mm) all-weld metal and AWS requirements(1)
Trade designation and AWS properties C (%) Si (%) Mn (%) P (%) S (%) Cu (%) Ni (%) Cr (%) Mo (%) N (%) PRE(2) FNW(3) 0.2% PS (MPa) TS (MPa) El. (%) RA (%) DW-329AP 0.024 0.55 0.89 0.018 0.005 0.06 9.68 22.96 3.28 0.14 36.0 40.5 617 808 31 48 Requirements of AWS A5.22 E2209T1-4 0.04 max 1.0 max 0.5-2.0 0.04 max 0.03 max 0.5 max 7.5-10.0 21.0-24.0 2.5-4.0 0.08-0.20 690 min 20 min -

Such technologically demanding welding applications as chemical tankers, pulp mills, and offshore structures are the typical fields where DW-329A and DW-329AP shine in flux-cored arc welding of duplex stainless steel.
What is duplex stainless steel? Duplex stainless steel is known for combining the superior stress-corrosion crack resistance of ferritic stainless steel with the excellent ductility, toughness and weldability of austenitic stainless steel. To establish this sophisticated characteristic, duplex stainless steel features a binary microstructure consisting of approx. 50% ferrite and 50% austenite as shown in Figure 1 and a compositional balance of Cr, Ni, Mo and N. It also features yield strength that is two times higher than the 300series austenitic stainless steels. Because duplex stainless steel has good weldability in terms of hot and cold crack resistance, users can follow almost the same welding procedure as that for austenitic stainless steels. Chemical plant machinery, oil and natural gas drilling pipes and pipelines, chemical tankers, and water gates are typical applications for duplex stainless steels.
Note (1) Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2. (2) PRE = Cr% + 3.3Mo% + 16N%. (3) FNW: Ferrite Number per WRC Diagram-1992.
Figure 1: An example of duplex stainless steel microstructure which exhibits distributed austenite (brighter areas) in the ferrite matrix (darker areas).
The unsurpassed performance of KOBELCO duplex stainless flux-cored wires
Figure 2: A typical austenite-ferrite binary microstructure of DW-329AP weld metal: the brighter areas show ferrite, and the darker areas show austenite.
11
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY ride-involved applications. DW-329AP weld metal features, as shown in Table 2, excellent resistance to pitting corrosion due to its elaborate chemistry design.
Table 2: Results of pitting corrosion testing of DW-329AP (1.2 mm) weld metal with 80%Ar-20%CO2 shielding(1)
Testing condition 20C-24hr Corrosion loss (g/m2-hr) 0.005 0.032 Judgement No pitting No pitting
PRE (Table 1) or Pitting Resistance Equivalent is used as the pitting index to evaluate the resistance to pitting corrosion. With a higher PRE value, the pitting corrosion resistance can be improved. The WRC chemistry-phase diagram (Figure 3) is commonly used for estimating the ferrite number related to the ferrite content of duplex stainless steel weld metals.
25C-24hr
Note (1) Testing method: ASTM G48 Practice A. Specimen size: 10T x 15W x 35L (mm).
Figure 5 and Table 3 show the weld joint properties of DW-329AP with sound macrostructure, sufficient tensile strength and ductility. These test results were obtained in joint welding testing with a 20-mm thick duplex stainless steel base metal of UNS S31803 (0.025%C, 0.47%Si, 1.43%Mn, 5.51%Ni, 21.98%Cr, 2.96%Mo, 0.16%N).
Figure 3: WRC chemistry-phase diagram (Solidification mode: A: austenite,; F: ferrite,; AF: +; FA: +).
DW-329AP weld metal possesses sufficient notch toughness or absorbed energies as shown in Figure 4. However, as the testing temperature decreases, the absorbed energy decreases. This is a noticeable disadvantage when compared with austenitic stainless steel weld metals. Therefore, duplex stainless steel weld metals are not suitable for cryogenic temperature applications.
80 70 Absorbed energy (J)
Figure 5: Macrostructure of DW-329AP one-sided weld joints in flat welding (left) and vertical-up welding (right) with ceramic backing and 80%Ar-20%CO2 shielding. Table 3: Results of tensile and bend testing of DW-329AP (1.2 mm weld joints with 80%Ar-20%CO2 shielding
Welding position Tensile Specimen size (mm) Tensile strength (MPa) Fracture location Specimen size (mm) Bend Bending radius Appearance(1) Judgement 1G 20T x 25W 735 Base metal 9.5T x 20W 2TR-180 deg. Left below Acceptable 3G 20T x 25W 723 Base metal 9.5T x 20W 2TR-180 deg. Right below Acceptable
60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20
Note (1) Appearance of specimens after testing by 2TR-180.
Test temperature ()
Figure 4: Charpy impact absorbed energies of DW-329AP (1.2 mm) weld metal at low temperatures with 80%Ar20%CO2 shielding.
Duplex stainless steel is superior in the resistance to pitting corrosion (defined as extremely localized corrosion, resulting in holes in the metal) in chlo12
1G position
3G position
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
PREMIARC MX-A430M is an Unsurpassed FCW for Cr Stainless Steel Welding
Engine
Exhaust manifold
Flexible tube
Converter
Center pipe
Muffler
20-Year Track Records for Welding Automotive Exhaust Systems
The automotive industry worldwide has been promoting weight reduction of car bodies by using thinner, lighter materials to improve the fuel consumption efficiency, and improving the fuel combustion efficiency to reduce exhaust gases. In this trend, automotive exhaust systems have seen innovations in steel materials, and the increasing use of 17%Cr and 13%Cr ferritic stainless steel sheets and pipes for exhaust manifolds, converters, and mufflers. To respond to this trend, Kobe Steel developed MX-A430M metal-type flux-cored wire about 20 years ago. Since then this wire has earned a high reputation for the following advantages. 1. HIGHER BURN-THROUGH RESISTANCE: Automotive exhaust parts use sheet metals as thin as 0.8-2.0 mm. MX-A430M (1.2 mm) offers higher resistance to burn-through (excessive meltthrough) as shown in Figure 1. This results from proper penetration and a wider weld pool.
N o burn-through
conventional ER430 wire to prevent incomplete fusion as shown in Figure 2.
MX-A430M
Conventional ER430 wire
Figure 2: MX-A430M weld metal sufficiently bridges the gaps avoiding incomplete fusion in the 3-layer lapping joint that consists of a 1.5-mm stainless, 1.0-mm carbon, and 1.5-mm stainless steel assemblage with a root gap of 1.0 mm between sheet metals (130A, 17V, 45cm/min., 80%Ar20%CO2).
3. SUPERIOR CRACK RESISTANCE: The welding joints of auto parts are inevitably contaminated with machine oil caused by press-forming. Oil can be a source of carbon, sulfur and hydrogen, causing cracks in the weld. MX-A430M offers superior crack resistance, because of its finer microstructure over conventional ER430 wire (Figure 3).
Welding speed (cm/min)
C onventional E R4 3 0 wire
N o burn-through MX-A 430M
Wire diameter: 1.2 mm Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 Plate thickness: 2.0 mm
MX-A430M
Conventional ER430 wire
W elding current (A)
Figure 3: MX-A430M weld metal displays very fine microstructure to prevent cracks when compared with conventional ER430 wire.
Figure 1: MX-A430M offers a wider current-speed range over conventional ER430 wire to prevent burn-through.
2. BETTER ROOT-GAP-BRIDGING ABILITY: Because the automotive exhaust parts are assemblages of thin pipes and press-formed shapes, the welding joints necessarily contain small or large gaps. If the weld pool cannot sufficiently bridges the gaps, incomplete fusion can occur. MXA430M offers better root-gap-bridging ability over
13
4. EXCELLENT CORROSION AND OXIDATION RESISTANCE: The automotive exhaust parts are required to be resistible against corrosive condensed liquids and high-temperature oxidation as well as snow-melting agent. The fine microstructure and unique chemical composition (17%Cr-Nb) of MX-A430M weld metal offer higher resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion and oxidation over conventional ER430 wire.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT

The TG-X series of flux-cored stainless steel filler rods can eliminate gas purging for back shielding the root pass weld in one-side TIG pipe welding, cutting the costs for back shielding gases and gas purging downtime including the setting time for gas purging jigs. Process pipelines of Type 304, Type 316, Type 347 and dissimilar metals are typical applications for TG-X308L, TG-X316L, TG-X347 and TG-X309L, respectively.
How TG-X filler rods can eliminate back shielding With a typical solid filler rod, back shielding is required in welding stainless steel pipes, or the root pass weld would not penetrate the backside of the joint properly. This can be attributed to significant oxidation of the root pass weld due to high chromium content of the weld. Therefore, back shielding with an inert gas is a must. In contrast, unlike the typical solid wire, a TG-X filler rod contains a specific flux inside a tubular rod of stainless steel as shown in Figure 1. The flux can be fused by the arc heat to become molten slag. This molten slag can flow smoothly to the reverse side of the root to cover uniformly the penetration bead extruded inside the pipe. This molten slag protects the molten weld metal and red heated bead from the adverse effects of nitrogen and oxygen in the atmosphere. When the weld cools down the slag solidifies to become thin, fragile slag, which can be removed easily by lightly hitting the face of the joint with a chipping hammer. Then a quality bead will appear on the face and reverse sides of the root with a smooth, uniform ripple without oxidation as shown in Figure 2. TG-X filler rods provide regular penetration through the entire part of the pipe in all positions as shown in Figure 3.
Stainless steel sheath
Flux
Figure 1: A cross sectional view of TG-X flux-cored filler rod.
Figure 2: Glossy, regular bead appearance of the reverse (left) and face (right) surfaces of the root pass weld made by GTAW with a TG-X308L filler rod on a Type 304 pipe joint without back shielding.
Tack weld
Tack weld
Tack weld
Tack weld
Figure 3: Macrostructures of TG-X308L welds made on a 304-type stainless steel pipe (12T150mm) in 5G position.
14
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY higher than that of solid filler rods. However, if you would calculate the total welding cost by multiplying the unit prices for each factor, you may notice that the TGX series can save a great deal in terms of total welding cost. Chemical and microscopic properties of root pass welds Chemical compositions of the root pass welds are shown in Table 2 for individual TG-X filler rods. As shown in this table, every TG-X filler rod exhibits low nitrogen in the bulk of root pass weld metal. Electron Probe Micro-Analysis (EPMA) of the vicinity of the reverse surface area has verified that no microscopic condensation of nitrogen can be observed. Still more, microstructure testing has revealed that the distribution of ferrite precipitation in the austenite matrix is uniform throughout the root pass weld. Low nitrogen content, together with the glossy bead appearance mentioned above, is evidence of the effectiveness of the shielding effect of the slag of TG-X filler rod.
Table 2: Typical properties of single-V groove one-sided root pass weld with TG-X filler rods
Filler rod for root pass(1) Type of base metal and thickness Welding position Welding current for root pass C Si Mn Chemical composition and ferrite content of root pass weld metal (%)(2) Ni Cr Mo Nb Ti N FS, FN SD, F% DD, FN TG-X308L TG-X316L TG-X309L TG-X347 (2.2mm) (2.2mm) (2.2mm) (2.2mm) 304, 9 mm Flat DCEN 105A 0.040 0.55 1.11 9.72 18.89 0.044 4.6-5.7 7 5.5 316L, 9 mm Flat DCEN 105A 0.018 0.64 1.48 12.34 18.93 2.17 0.041 7.1-7.6 7.5 8 Mild steel / 316, 19 mm Flat DCEN 105A 0.047 0.56 1.36 9.99 19.47 0.35 0.038 6.9-8.5 7 8 321, 20 mm Flat DCEN 105A 0.028 0.65 1.78 10.35 18.67 0.44 0.07 0.044 4.4-6.2 6 5
How TG-X filler rods can cut costs for gas purging and back shielding The use of a conventional solid filler rod needs back shielding with an inert gas: normally argon gas. Though the time and the amount of an inert gas needed for purging the inside of the pipe vary depending on the inside diameter and the length of the pipe to be purged, they affect markedly the total welding cost. Table 1 compares the uses of a usual solid filler rod and a TG-X filler rod on the factors affecting the welding costs in root pass welding on a pipe with an inside diameter of 305 mm. It is obvious that the use of a TG-X filler rod can noticeably reduce labor (man-hour) by 23-74% and the total argon gas consumption by 55-91% in a comparison with typical solid filler rods.
Table 1: A comparison between TG-X and solid filler rods on man-hour, argon gas consumption, filler rod consumption and power consumption in root pass welding of a pipe
Filler rod Groove preparation TG-X
70
Solid
70
1
3
2.5
1
300 mm for local shielding 5.2 min. 10 min. 30 min. 50% 45 min. 100 g 122.2 liter 225 liter 240 liter 587 liter 0.358 kwh 6000 mm for entire shielding 104 min. Not req. 30 min. 50% 134 min. 100 g 2444 liter 225 liter 240 liter 2909 liter 0.358 kwh
Back shielding length of pipe Prepurging(1) Setting jigs Welding(2) Arc time rate Total man-hour Total filler rod consumption Prepurging(1) Welding(2) Back shield(3) Total argon gas consumption Total power consumption
Without back shielding Not required Not required 35 min. 50% 35 min. 120 g Not required 263 liter Not required 263 liter 0.405 kwh
(1) The prepurging condition is per AWS D10.11-7X (Guide for Root Pass Welding and Gas Purging). (2) Shielding gas flow rate for welding: 15 liter/min Welding condition: 110 Amp./13 Volt. (3) Shielding gas flow rate for back shielding: 8 liter/min.
On the other hand, with a TG-X filler rod, because of the flux-cored rod, the filler rod consumption increases a little and power consumption slightly increases because of a little lower deposition efficiency (approx. 90%) than with a solid filler rod. In addition, the unit price of TG-X filler rods is
15
(1) Torch shielding gas: Ar (without back shielding). (2) FS: Ferrite scope; SD: Schaeffler diagram; DD: DeLong diagram.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT

Change the welding mode to crater treatment Root pass welding direction
Tips for using TG-X filler rods The following are the specific techniques for root pass welding with a TG-X filler rod. (1) PROPER ROOT OPENING to assure a sound penetration bead:
70
Groove preparation
Turn the crater onto the groove face to terminate

1.0
G
Plate thickness (T) Root opening (G) 4 mm 2.0 mm 6 mm 2.5 mm 10 mm min. 3.0 mm
(7) PROPER BEAD CONNECTION to prevent oxidation in the penetration bead and to obtain normal penetration bead contour: Maintain solid slag both on the crater and on the bead on the reverse side when re-starting an arc to join a preceding bead. The re-arcing point should be placed back from the edge of the crater by approximately 10 mm as shown below.
Re-start the arc at the 10-mm backward point from the crater edge
(2) PROPER KEYHOLE TECHNIQUE to help the molten slag flow to the backside of the root:
Welding direction 0.5-1.0mm Root opening 0.5-1.0mm Keyhole Molten pool Weld metal
Cross-sectional solid slag
(3) HIGHER FEEDING PITCH with careful wire feeding than with a solid filler rod to ensure adequate fusion of the rod and a sound penetration bead and to compensate a slightly lower deposition efficiency of TG-X filler rods. (4) PROPER WELDING CURRENT to ensure regular fusion and penetration:
Plate thickness Amperage 3-5 mm 80-90 A 6-9 mm 90-105 A 10 mm min 90-110 A
Welding direction
Cross-sectional weld metal
Re-start the arc when solid slag remains
In 5G position welding, the termination of the succeeding bead onto the crater of the preceding bead should be done in the uphill positions to control the molten slag and thereby to help create the keyhole:
Preceding bead Proper bead connecting point in the uphill position
(5) SHORT ARC LENGTH to ensure stable crater formation and regular slag flow by keeping the nozzle contact with the groove fusion faces, with a proper extension of tungsten electrode:
Root pass 2-3 Tungsten electrode Base metal
Root of joint
Welding direction of the succeeding bead
Center of pipe
TIG torch nozzle
(6) PROPER CRATER TREATMENT by turning the crater onto the groove face to prevent crater cracking and shrinkage cavities in the crater:
16
(8) ONLY ROOT PASS welding is suitable. TG-X filler rods are designed so that enough slag can be generated to cover both the surfaces of the face and reverse sides of the root pass bead; therefore, if a TG-X filler rod is used in filler passes, all of the slag may cover the face side of the bead, thereby causing slag inclusions and lack of fusion.
4-6
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY Figure 1 shows the microstructure of NC-38L weld metal in comparison with that of 304L type base metal. It clearly shows how different the microstructures are. This is because, the base metal does not contain the ferrite to be a fully austenitic structure, while the weld metal contains a certain percentage of ferrite as indicated in Figure 2. This ferritic network structure in the austenitic matrix is effective at preventing the hot cracking that may occur during welding. On the other hand, an excessive ferrite content can cause sigma-phase embrittlement at elevated temperatures, so it must be properly controlled.

NC-38L is a versatile electrode for 304L and 304 stainless steel in all positions. Suitable for various applications at low and elevated temperatures.
Inception of NC-38L NC-38L was developed around 1961. N is for Nickel, while C is for Chromium. These are major alloying elements in austenitic stainless steel. 38 was coined from the AWS classification of E308L. L is for low carbon in the weld metal. Basic characteristics of NC-38L NC-38L is a lime-titania type electrode, classified as AWS A5.4 E308L-16. NC-38L is suited for welding by both AC or DCEP (DC Electrode Positive) polarity. The deposited metal is of a low-carbon, 18%Cr-8%Ni type. As shown in Table 1, the composition of the weld metal offers a restricted amount of carbon, typically 0.034 percent. This low carbon content of the weld metal reduces the possibility of intergranular Cr-carbide precipitation and thereby increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion.
Table 1: Chemical composition of NC-38L all-weld metal (%)
C Typical AWS req. 0.034 0.04 max. Si 0.33 0.90 max. Mn 1.43 0.52.5 P 0.022 0.04 max. S 0.006 0.03 max. Ni 9.57 9.011.0 Cr
(A) 304L-type base metal (fully austenitic structure)
(B) NC-38L weld metal (austenite + ferrite)
Figure 1: Microscopic structures of 304L type base metal and NC-38L weld metal (100X).
20.07 18.021.0
Figure 2: The typical ferrite percentage of NC-38L deposited metal indicated in a Schaeffler diagram.
Outstanding features of NC-38L Among all the competitive various brands classified as E308L, NC-38L has the following outstanding features. (1) LESS SUSCEPTIBILITY TO hot cracking due to the properly controlled ferrite percentage:
17
(2) SUPERIOR CORROSION RESISTANCE due to sophisticated design of chemical compositions: Table 2 shows corrosion test results of two different types. In the 65% nitric acid test (Huey test), the average weight loss of the test specimens is measured to know the intergranular corrosion resistance to the acids. The copper sulfate sulfuric acid test (Strauss test) checks the occurrence of cracking in bent specimens to know the intergranular corrosion resistance to the acids.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY Tips for better results with NC-38L The choice of NC-38L can be the way to fulfill strict requirements for ferrite content, corrosion resistance and mechanical properties. The choice of NC-38L can also be the way to get sound welds in out-of-position welding by both AC and DCEP polarity. When you use NC-38L, however, the following tips should be noted in order to get better results. (1) No preheating should be used when you weld 304L and 304 type stainless steel. Rather, the interpass temperature should be kept at 150C or lower. This is to minimize the heat-affected zone, and thereby to minimize sensitization of the base metal that is caused by Cr-carbide precipitation at the grain boundaries of the heat-affected zone. (2) Use proper welding currents. This is to prevent an electrode from the burning caused by Joules heat. Note that a Cr-Ni stainless steel electrode has electrical resistance approximately 5 times that of a carbon steel electrode, and has low thermal conductivity approximately 1/3 that of a carbon steel electrode. This means the Joules heat produced in a Cr-Ni stainless electrode tends to concentrate, which causes the electrode burn. In addition, the electrode burn adversely affects usability and mechanical properties. (3) Re-dry NC-38L at 150-200C for 30-60 minutes before use when it picks up moisture. If an electrode picks up moisture, the arc blow becomes stronger, which causes much spatter, irregular bead appearance and undercut. (4) Keep the arc length shorter to create sufficient shielding for the weld pool, thereby preventing oxygen and nitrogen in the atmosphere from entering into the weld pool. The weaving width should be smaller than 2.5 times the electrode diameter to obtain adequate shielding for the weld pool. (5) Wire brushing of the weld in order to remove welding slag and objectionable surface discoloration from welding should be done by stainless steel wire brushes that have not been used for any other purpose.
Table 2: Typical corrosion test results of NC-38L deposited metal to evaluate the intergranular corrosion resistance
65% nitric acid test (Huey test) As weld 650C x 2hr, AC 1050C x 30min, WQ 0.00052 ipm 0.00069 ipm 0.00047 ipm
Copper sulfate sulfuric acid test (Strauss test) 650C x 2hr, AC No defect
(3) CONSISTENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Table 3) of the weld metal due to properly controlled chemical compositions:
Table 3: Mechanical properties of NC-38L all-weld metal
0.2%PS (MPa) Typical AWS req. 410 TS (MPa) 580 520 min. El. (%) 48 35 min. vE at 0C (J) 78 -
(4) PROPERLY BALANCED USABILITY in out-of-position welding. Highly reputed for nearly 40 years Since it was launched, NC-38L has seen its features refined and its markets expanded. Kobe Steel pursues keen quality control in order to maintain the outstanding features of NC-38L produced in Japan and Thailand. This quality control is an important factor in the products persistently high reputation, particularly for welding pressure vessels, tanks and pipes in such sophisticated equipment industries as oil refineries, chemical plants, and energy plants.
Figure 3: NC-38L is an indispensable electrode for construction of energy process plants.
18
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY (1) LOWER HOT-CRACK SUSCEPTIBILITY due to the proper amount of ferrite, and lower phosphorus and sulfur in the weld metal: NC-36L is designed so that a proper amount of ferrite precipitates while the molten weld metal solidifies. Figure 1 shows the microstructure of a weld consisting of 316L-type base metal and NC-36L weld metal. It clearly shows the ferrite network structure precipitated in the austenite matrix of the weld metal. 316L-type base metal, however, does not contain ferrite to become a fully austenite structure. This ferrite network structure is effective at preventing hot cracks that may occur in weld metal.
NC-36L weld metal

NC-36L is a matching electrode for welding 316Ltype stainless steel. It can be used also for welding 316-type stainless steel, unless creep strength is a strict requirement at high temperature applications.
The birth of NC-36L NC-36L is the first stainless electrode developed by Kobe Steel. It was developed in 1952 when many fabricators in Japan were still using imported stainless steel electrodes. The brand name, NC36L, was chosen as follows. N was for Nickel, C was for Chromium, 36 was coined from the applicable 316L-type stainless steel, and L was for low carbon. Basic characteristics of NC-36L NC-36L is a lime-titania type, all-position electrode and is classified as AWS A5.4 E316L-16. The suffix 16 designates that NC-36L is suitable for welding by both AC and DC-EP (electrode positive) polarity. The deposited metal is of a lowcarbon, 18%Cr-12%Ni-Mo type. As shown in Table 1, the chemical composition of the weld metal offers a restricted amount of carbon, typically 0.023 percent. This low carbon content of the weld metal reduces the possibility of intergranular Cr-carbide precipitation and thereby increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion.
Table 1 Chemical composition of NC-36L all-weld metal (%)
C Typical AWS req. 0.023 0.04 max. Si 0.57 0.90 max. Mn 1.56 0.52.5 P 0.04 max. S 0.03 max. Ni 11.014.0 Cr 17.020.0 Mo 2.20 2.03.0
316L-type base metal Figure 1: A microstructure of the weld consisting of 316L base metal and NC-36L weld metal (120X).
On the other hand, excessive ferrite content can cause sigma-phase embrittlement at elevated temperatures, so the ferrite content must be properly controlled. Figure 2 shows the typical amount of ferrite in the NC-36L deposited metal plotted in a DeLong diagram.
Ni eq.= Ni%+30C%+30N%+0.5Mn%
0.025 0.003 12.17 18.68
What NC-36L offers Among all the competitive various brands classified as E316L, NC-36L offers the following unsurpassed performance.
Cr eq.= Cr%+Mo%+1.5Si%+0.5Nb%
Figure 2: The typical ferrite number of NC-36L deposited metal indicated in a DeLong diagram.
19
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY Why NC-36L has lived so long Since it was launched in the markets, NC-36L has seen its features refined and its markets expanded. Kobe Steel pursues continual quality control so as to maintain the outstanding features of NC-36L produced in Japan and Thailand. This quality control is a key factor in the product's persistently high reputation, particularly in such specialty fields as the chemical, oil refinery, paper, and nuclearpower industries. In construction of the equipment for these industries the quality control is one of the most important keys to the success. Tips for better results with NC-36L The choice of NC-36L can be the way to fulfill stricter requirements for ferrite content, corrosion resistibility, and mechanical properties. When you use NC-36L, however, the following tips should be noted in order to get better welding results. (1) No preheating should be used when you weld 316L- and 316-type stainless steels. Rather the interpass temperature should be kept at 150C or lower. This is to minimize the heat-affected zone, and thereby to minimize sensitization of the base metal that is caused by Cr-carbide precipitation at the grain boundaries of the heat-affect zone and can cause weld decay or localized corrosion at the areas adjacent to the grain boundaries in a corrosive environment. (2) Use proper welding currents. This is to minimize the electrode-burn caused by Joule's heat. The electrode-burn adversely affects usability and mechanical properties of the weld metal. (3) Re-dry NC-36L at 150-200C for 30-60 minutes before use when it picks up moisture. If an electrode picks up moisture the arc blow becomes stronger, which causes much spatter, irregular bead appearance, and undercut. (4) Keep the arc length shorter to create sufficient shielding for the weld pool, thereby preventing oxygen and nitrogen in the atmosphere from entering into the weld pool. The weaving width should be smaller than 2.5 times the electrode diameter to obtain adequate shielding for the weld pool.
(2) EXCELLENT RESISTANCE AGAINST general, intergranular, and pitting corrosion: Because of the sophisticated design of its chemical composition NC-36L weld metal features excellent resistibility against general, intergranular, and pitting corrosion. Table 1 shows several corrosion test results of NC-36L deposited metal.
Table 1: Corrosion test results of NC-36L deposited metal in the as-welded (AW) and sensitizing treatment (SE) conditions
Type of corrosion and test method General corrosion by 5% diluted sulfuric acid test (JIS G0591), AW Intergranular corrosion by 65% nitric acid test (ASTM A262-C), AW Intergranular corrosion by copper sulfate sulfuric acid test (ASTM A262-E), SE(1) (1) SE: 650C2h followed by air cooling. Typical test results Corrosion loss: 5 g/m2/h Corrosion rate: 0.00138 ipm (inch per month) Bending test after corrosion test: No cracking
(3) CONSISTENT MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Table 2) of the weld metal due to the elaborately designed chemical composition:
Table 2: Mechanical properties of NC-36L all-weld metal
0.2%PS (MPa) Typical AWS req. 420 TS (MPa) 580 485 min. El. (%) 45 30 min. vE at 0C (J) 83 -
(4) POSITIONAL WELDING SUITABILITY in flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions.
Figure 3: The cooling pipe equipment of the energy plants is one of the applications of NC-36L because of superior pitting corrosion resistibility against chloride ions.
20
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY What kinds of joints need NC-39L

Among KOBELCO stainless electrodes, NC-39L is unique. It is an indispensable electrode for welding dissimilar metal joints and the buffer layers for clad steel and overlaying.
Essential characteristics of NC-39L The AWS classification shown above (E309L-16) will help you know the essential characteristics of NC-39L as follows. E: designates an electrode. 309: indicates 309 type deposited metal (22%Cr-12%Ni as minimum). L: designates low-carbon type (C% = 0.04 max.). 16: indicates suitable current polarity and welding position: DC-EP (direct current, electrode positive) and AC (alternating current) in allposition welding. What features does NC-39L offer? In addition to the essential characteristics stated above, NC-39L offers: (1) SUPERIOR HOT-CRACK RESISTANCE due to a higher ferrite content in the austenitic weld metal (typical ferrite content: approximately 10% by means of a Schaeffler diagram), which can accommodate the dilution by the carbon and lowalloy steel base metal in dissimilar-metal joints. (2) EXCELLENT CORROSION RESISTANCE and heat resistance due to the sophisticated design of the chemical composition with lower carbon content (typical C%: approximately 0.030): The restricted percent carbon content of the weld metal reduces the possibility of intergranular Crcarbide precipitation at grain boundaries and thereby increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion. (3) STEADY TENSILE STRENGTH and impact toughness of the deposited metal due to strict quality control in production. (4) CONSISTENT X-RAY SOUNDNESS in all position welding due to well-designed usability.
21
It can be said that almost all machinery and vessels are fabricated and constructed using various combinations of dissimilar metals on any scale. This is because sophisticated equipment, which must offer both efficient performance and competitive material and fabrication costs, is required for industrial advancement. Figure 1 shows various combinations of metals used for sophisticated equipment such as high-temperature high-pressure boilers, oil industry equipment, synthetic chemical equipment, and high-temperature high-pressure hydrotreating equipment. In fabricating the boilers, for example, 18Cr-8Ni stainless steel must necessarily be joined to 2.25Cr-1Mo steel. In welding this type of dissimilar-metal joint, NC-39L is an appropriate electrode, provided the service temperature is below 800F (427C).

Figure 1: Various metals and their applications in high-temperature high-pressure equipment.
PRODUCTS SPOTLIGHT
KOBELCO WELDING TODAY diluted weld metal, thereby ensuring the austenite + ferrite microstructure to prevent hot cracks in the weld metal. Dilution is defined as the change in chemical composition of a deposited metal caused by the admixture of the base metal or underlayer weld metal. It can be measured by the mass percentage of the base metal or underlayer weld metal that was fused in the weld metal as shown in Figure 3 for groove welds and bead-on-plate welds. Typical value of dilution for shielded metal arc welding is believed to be 25-40%.
In fabricating pressure vessels for high-temperature high-pressure hydrotreating, the inner surface of the vessels is cladded by overlay welding with stainless steel welding consumables. Most of the inner surface is overlay welded by either submerged arc welding or electroslag welding. However, the inner surface at the butt joint area of the shell is overlay welded by shielded metal arc welding as shown in Figure 2.
A' A

Strip overlay by SAW or ESW
2nd-3rd layers by SMAW: E347
Figure 3: Determination of dilution ratios of welds.

2.25C r-1Mo steel 1st layer by SMAW: NC -39L Butt weld of shell by SAW
A-A' section
Figure 2: The application of NC-39L for the 1st layer (buffer layer) of overlaying the inner surface of high-temperature high-pressure hydrotreating reactor vessels.
NC-39L is also use for welding dissimilar metal joints of cryogenic-temperature-service piping for the production and storage of liquefied gases, provided the service temperature is higher than minus 100C. These dissimilar metal joints include aluminum-killed steel-to-304 stainless steel joints in liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) equipment and 3.5Ni steel-to-304 stainless steel joints in liquefied ethylene gas (LEG) equipment. Key points in dissimilar metal welding In welding dissimilar metal joints and the buffer layers for clad steel and overlaying with NC-39L, the control of dilution is an important issue to obtain the proper chemical composition of the
22
Dilution is governed by welding currents. Figure 4 shows the relationship between dilution and welding current in bead-on-plate welds by shielded metal arc welding. It is obvious that the dilution increases in proportion to an increase of welding current. In addition to welding current, other factors affect dilution. A single pass weld will have a higher percentage of dilution than a multi-pass weld. There is always considerable dilution in the root pass. The greater the amount of weaving, the greater the dilution.

Figure 4: The relationship between welding current and dilution in bead-on-plate welds by shielded metal arc welding.
THE WORLDWIDE MANUFACTURER
GLOBAL MANUFACTURING AND SALES BASES

ASIA ASIA
JAPAN: KOBE STEEL, LTD., Welding Business Marketing Dept., International Sales & Marketing Sec. Tel. (81) 3 5739 6331 Fax. (81) 3 5739 6960 KOREA: KOBE WELDING OF KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. (82) 55 292 6886 Fax. (82) 55 292 7786
THAILAND: THAI-KOBE WELDING CO., LTD. Tel. (66) 2 636 8650 to 8652 Fax. (66) 2 636 8653 KOBE MIG WIRE (THAILAND) CO., LTD. Tel. (66) 2 324 0588 to 0591 Fax. (66) 2 324 0797
MALAYSIA: KOBE WELDING (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD. KOBELCO WELDING MARKETING OF KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. (60) 4 3905792 Fax. (60) 4 3905827 Tel. (82) 51 329 8950 to 8952 Fax. (82) 51 329 8949 INDONESIA: P.T. INTAN PERTIWI INDUSTRI CHINA: (Technically Collaborated Company) KOBE WELDING OF SHANGHAI CO., LTD. Tel. (62) 21 639 2608 Fax. (62) 21 649 6081 Tel. (86) 21 6191 7850 Fax. (86) 21 6191 7851 KOBE WELDING OF TANGSHAN CO., LTD. Tel. (86) 315 385 2806 Fax. (86) 315 385 2829 KOBE WELDING OF QINGDAO CO., LTD. Tel. (86) 532 8098 5005 Fax. (86) 532 8098 5008 SINGAPORE: KOBELCO WELDING ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. Tel. (65) 6268 2711 Fax. (65) 6264 1751 INDIA: KOBELCO WELDING INDIA PVT. LTD. Tel. (91) 124 4010063 Fax. (91) 124 4010068
EUROPE
NETHERLANDS: KOBELCO WELDING OF EUROPE B.V. Tel. (31) 45 547 1111 Fax. (31) 45 547 1100
AMERICA
USA: KOBELCO WELDING OF AMERICA INC. Tel. (1) 281 240 5600 Fax. (1) 281 240 5625

Welding Rod

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Welding Rod

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Products Spotlight

Stormy, Freezing Seas... Tougher Materials... DWA-55L Meets the Requirement

Heat input (kJ/mm)

1.8 SM490A, 60 mmT, Double bevel groove joint 1.1 36 36 40

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Figure 4. A-V range for DWA-55L (1.2, 80%Ar-20%CO2)

A Happy New Year to Dear KWT Readers!!

P1 Products Spotlight: DWA-55L for better CTOD

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

P3-7 Technical Highlight: GTAW of stainless steel piping

J J= >A ? I KJDAH F=HJ A

JDAHA =HA ! IDEBJI JD=J

P9 Bulletin: Fighting against...

=@A I= @ME?DAI >A?=KIA JD=J ?= IAHLA D J A= I

I= @ME?DAI =J = @A E ID F 6DA .HA ?D >HA=@ MEJD LACAJ=> AI D=

IJ F FK =H I= @ME?D EI JDA = @ ?DAAIA

=?DE A -LAHO KJ >O =

H E C MA HA?AELA IJ ALAHO> @O 4AF HJA@ >O

AMIF=FAH MDE?D EI HA=@ E IE@A

P10 Bulletin: Beijing Essen Fair

Pipe welding procedures

GTAW of Stainless Steel Piping

Ni 8.0011.00 8.0013.00 19.022.0 11.014.0 10.015.0 11.015.0 9.0013.0 9.0013.0

Cr 18.020.0 18.020.0 24.026.0 16.018.0 16.018.0 18.020.0 17.020.0 17.020.0

TP316 TP316L TP317L

2.003.00 2.003.00 3.004.00

TP347 TP321 Dissimilar metals (4)

ER309 TGS-309 ER309L TGS-309L TGS-309MoL ER309LMo

Conventional GTAW root pass welding with solid filler rods

Flux-cored filler rods eliminate gas purging through back shielding

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Figure 2. A cross-sectional view of a TGX flux-core filler rod

(a) Reverse bead surface

(b) Face bead surface

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Plate thickness (T) Root opening (G)

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Chemical, mechanical and microscopic properties of root pass welds

Table 6. Results of SCC test (1)

Table 7. Results of pitting corrosion test

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Table 8. Results of intergranular corrosion test

Root pass: TGX-308L

Corrosion resistance of root pass welds

304L 2nd pass: TGS-308L

Root pass: TGX-316L 316L 2nd pass: TGS-316L Not used

Technical Terms Explanation

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Fighting against extreme climate

Greetings from KWAI

Kazuhiko Ito Kobelco Welding of America

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

BEIJING ESSEN WELDING

Eager business talks between visitors and the exhibitor

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

The lecturer and collaborators pose after successful welding seminar

KOBELCO WELDING TODAY

Stainless Flux Cored Filler Rods

No back purge necessary

Size and Packaging

T 0.040 G Key-hole Molten pool 0.020-0.040

Alloy TG-X308L TG-X309L TG-X316L TG-X347

Comparison of TGX to Conventional Solid Filler Rod